Professional Documents
Culture Documents
o
Ol
CO
Ol
c b
s
a:
2
SECTION INDEX - GENERAL
Section Title
Loctite Product Chart
Torque Specifications .
Fluids and Lubricants .
CASE CORPORATION
Rae 8-17141
Section Number
1001
..1002
Copyright 1992 J I Case Company
Printed in U.SA
August. 1992
1001
STANDARD TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Torque Specifications - Decimal
Hardware 1001-2
Torque Specifications - Steel Hydraullc
Fittings 1001-4
Torque Specifications - Metric Hardware ...1001-3 Torque Specifications - O-ring Face
Seal Fittings..... ....................1001-5
CASE CORPORATION Bur 8-71600
Printed in U.S.A.
Issued May 1988
1001-2
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS - DECIMAL HARDWARE
Use the torques in this chart when special tor-
ques are not given. These torques apply to fasten-
ars with both UNC and UNF threads as received
from suppliers. dry. or when lubricated with engine
oil Not applicable if special graphites, rnotydisul-
fide greases. or other extreme pressure lubricants
are used.
8113608
1001-3
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS - METRIC HARDWARE
Use the following toques when special torques
are not given.
These values apply to fasteners with coarse
threads as received from supplier. plated or un-
plated. or when lubricated with engine oil. These
values do not apply if graphite or molydisulfide
grease or oil if used.
811359A
1001-4
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS - STEEL HYDRAULIC FITTINGS
Tube OD Thread Pound- Newton
Hose ID Size Feet metres
37 Degree Flare Fittings
1/4 in 7/16-20 6-12 8-16
6.4 mm
5/16 in 1/2-20 8-16 11-21
7.9 mm
3/8 in 9/16-18 10-25 14-33
9.5 mm
1/2 in 3/4-16 15-42 20-56
12.7 mm
5/8 in 7/8-14 25-58 34-78
15.9 mm
3/4 in 1-1/16-12 40-80 54-108
19.0 mm
l/8.in 1-3/16-12 60-100 81-135
22.2 mm
1.0 in 1-5/16-12 75-117 102-158
25.4 mm
1-1/4 in 1-5/8-12 125-165 169-223
31.8 mm
1-1/2 in 1-7/8-12 210-250 285-338
38.1 mm
Split Flange Mounting Bolts
Pound- Newton
Size Feet metres
5/16-18 15-20 20-27
3/8-16 20-25 26-33
7/16-14 35-45 47-61
1/2-13 55-65 74-88
5/8-11 140-150 190-203
Tube OD Thread Pound- Newton
Hose ID Size Feet metres
Straight Threads with O-ring
1/4 in 7/16-20 12-19 16-25
6.4 mm
5/16 in 1/2-20 16-25 22-23
7.9 mm
3/8 in 9/16-18 25-40 34-54
9.5 mm
1/2 in 3/4-16 42-67 57-90
12.7 mm
5/8 in 7/8-14 58-92 79-124
15.9 mm
3/4 in 1-1/16-12 80-128 108-174
19.0 mm
7/8 in 1-3/16-12 100-160 136-216
22.2 mm
1.0 in 1-5/16-12 117-187 159-253
25.4 mm
1-1/4 in 1-5/8-12 165-264 224-357
31.8 mm
1-1/2 in 1-7/8-12 250-400 339-542
38.1 mm
8113618
1001-5
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS - O-RING FACE SEAL FITTING
Nom.
SAE
Dash Thread Pound- Newton Thread Pound- Newton
Size Tube 00 Size Feet Metres Size Feet Metres
O-ring Face Seal End O-ring Boss End
Fitting or Locknut
-4 1/4 In 9/16-18 10-12 14-16 7/16-20 17-20 23-27
6.4 mm
-6 3/8 in 11/16-16 18-20 24-27 9/16-18 25-30 33-40
95 mm
-8 1/2 in 13/16-16 32-40 43-54 3/4-16 45-50 61-68
12.7 mm
-10 5/8 in 1-14 46-56 60-75 7/8-14 60-65 81-88
I
15.9 mm
I
-12 3/4 in 1-3/16-12 65-80 90-110 1-1/16-12 85-90 115-122
19.0 mm
I
-14 7/8 in
I
1-3/16-12 65-80 90-110 1-3/16-12 95-100 129-136
22.2 mm
-16 1.0 in 1-7/16-12 92-105 125-140 1-5/16-12 115-125 156-169
25.4 mm
-20 1-1/4 in 1-11/16-12 125-140 170-190 1-5/8-12 150-160 203-217
31.8 mm
-24 1-1/2 in 2-12 150-180 200-254 1-7/8-12 190-200 258-271
38.1 mm
8871553
CASE CORPORATION
Section
1002
FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS
Bur 8-12271 Printed in U.S.A.
Issued March 1991
1002-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CAPACITIES AND LUBRICANTS ...
.......................................2
ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATIONS . . 3
DIESEL FUEL .
.. .4
CAPACITIES AND LUBRICANTS
Engine Oil
Capacity with Filter Change 11.6 U.S. quarts (11 litres)
Type of oil. See Engine Oil Recommendations on page 3
Engine Cooling System
Capacity without heater 17.2 U.S. quarts (16.3 litres)
Capacity with heater.. ... 17.9 U.S quarts (16.9 litres)
Type of coolant. Ethylene glycol and water mixed for lowest ambient temperature
At least SO/50 mix
Fuel Tank
Capacity 25 U.S. gallons (94.6 litres)
Capacity with auxiliary tank.................................. . 33 U.S. gallons (124.9 litres)
Type of fuel See Diesel fuel specifications on page 4
Hydraulic System
Hydraulic reservoir refill capacity 21.5 US. gallons (81.4 litres)
Type of oil Case TCH Fluid
Transmission
Capacity 47.6 U.S. quarts (45 litres)
Total System Capacity 57.1 U.S. quarts (54 litres)
Type of oiL............. Case Hy-Trans Plus (MS 1207)
Front Axle - Four Wheel Drive
Capacity of center bowl 7.4 quarts (7 Iitres)
Capacity of planetary (each) 1.1 U.S. quarts (1 litre)
Type of oil..... .. CaselH 135-H EP gear lube
Brake Reservoir
Type of fluid Case TCH Fluid
Conversion Formulas
Imperial quart = litres x 0.879877
Imperial gallon =litres x 0.219969
Bur 8-12271 Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
1002-3
ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATIONS
Case IH No.1 Engine Oil is recommended for use inyour Case IH Engine. Case IH
Engine Oil will lubricate your engine correctly under all operating conditions. If Case
IH No.1 Multi-Viscosity Engine Oil is not available, Case IH No.1 Single Grade Engine
Oil can be used
If Case IH No.1 Multi-Viscosity or Single
Grade Engine Oil is not available, use
only oil meeting API engine oil service ca-
tergory CE.
654L9
See the chart below for recommended viscosity at ambient air temperature ranges.
NOTE: Do not put Performance Additives or other oil additive products in the engine
crankcase. The oil intervals given in this manual are according to tests with Case IH
lubricants.
AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE RANGES
Temperature Fahrenheit
, I I
I I I I I I
I
I
MUL TI-GRADE OIL
I I
.
I I I I I I I I
.
I
SINGLE GRADE OIL
.
I I
I I I I I I I I I I I I
737L9
-34' _29'-23' -18' -12' -7" _1' 4' 10' 16" 21' 27" 32' 38' 43' -49'
Temperature Celsius
Bur 8-12271 Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
1002-4
DIESEL FUEL
Use NO.2 diesel fuel in the engine of
this machine. The use of other fuels can
cause the loss of engine power and high
fuel consumption.
Invery cold temperatures, a mixture of
NO.1and NO.2 diesel fuels is tempora-
rily permitted. See the following Note.
NOTE: See your fuel dealer for
winter fuel requirements in your area. If
the temperature of the fuel is below the
cloud point (wax appearance point), wax
crystals in the fuel will cause the engine
to lose power or not start.
The diesel fuel used in this machine
must meet the specifications inthe chart
below or Specification 0975-81 of the
American Society for Testing and Mate-
rials.
Fuel Storage
Ifyou keep fuel in storage for a period
of time, you can get foreign material or
water in the fuel storage tank. Many
engine problems are caused by water in
the fuel.
Keep the fuel storage tank outside
and keep the fuel as cool as possible.
Remove water from the storage con-
tainer at regular periods of time.
Specifications for Acceptable NO.2 Diesel Fuel
API gravity, minimum .. 34
Flash point, minimum. .. 140F (60C)
Cloud point (wax appearance point), maximum .. -5F (-20C) See Note above
Pour point. maximum -15F (-26C) See Note above
Distillation temperature. 90% point... 540 to 640F (282 to 338C)
Viscosity, at 100F (88C)
Centistokes . 2.0 to 43
Saybolt Seconds Universal................. .. 32 to 40
Cetane number, minimum 43 (45 to 55 for winter or high altitudes)
Water and sediment, by volume, maximum........................... .. 0.05 of 1%
Sulfur, by weight, maximum............... .. 0.5 of 1%
Copper strips corrosion, maximum .. No. 2
Ash, by weight, maximum................. .. 0.01 of 1%
Bur 8-12271 Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
Section
1024
SPECIFICATION DETAILS
IMPORTANT: This engine was made using the metric measurement system. All
measurements and checks must be made with metric tools to make sure of an
accurate reading when inspecting parts.
CASE CORPORATION
Rae 8-24162
Copyright 1991 J I Case Company
Printed in U.S.A.
J une, 1983 (Revised J anuary, 1991)
1024-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
RUN-IN INSTRUCTIONS. . 3
IDENTIFICATION MARKS
Crankshaft 4
Cylinder Block.... .. .4
Cylinder Head..... . ..4
ENGINE SPECIFICATION DETAILS
Cylinder Block... . .4
Service Cylinder Sleeve..... . 5
Piston....... . 5
Piston Pin 5
Piston Rings 6
Cylinder Head. .. ...................6
Lifters .. ... 6
Connecting Rod . 7
Crankshaft. 8
Camshaft 9
Turbocharger 9
Gear Train 9
Rocker Arm Assembly. ..............10
Intake Valve... .. 10
Exhaust Valve 10
Valve Springs.......... . 11
Valve Seat Installation Dimensions 11
SPECIAL TORQUES .. , 11-13
Rae 8-24162 Revised 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
1024-3
RUN-IN INSTRUCTIONS
Engine Lubrication
Fill the engine crankcase with CO or CE service classification oil that has the correct viscosity rating for the ambient air
temperature. Install new oil filters, after the engine has been rebuilt.
Run-In Procedure for Rebuilt Engine
Step 1 Disconnect the wire to the electric shut-off on the injection pump so that the engine will not start Crank the
engine for 30 seconds until there is oil pressure, then reconnect the wire.
Step 2 Remove the air from the cooling system at the temperature sending unit.
Step 3 Run the engine at 1000 RPM minimum load for 5 minutes and check for oil leaks
Step 4 During the Run-In, continue to check the oil pressure, coolant level, and coolant temperature.
Run-In Procedure for Rebuilt Engines (With a Dynamometer)
The following procedure must be followed when using a PTOdynamometer to Run-In the engine. The dynamometer will
control the engine load at each speed and will remove stress on new parts during Run-In.
During the Run-In, continue to check the oil pressure, coolant level and coolant temperature.
STEP
1
2
3
TIME
5 Minutes
5 Minutes
5 Minutes
ENGINE SPEED
1000 RPM
1100 RPM
2200 RPM
DYNAMOMETER SCALE LOAD
50
1/2
Full
Run-In Procedure for Rebuilt Engines (Without a Dynamometer)
STEP
1
2
3
TIME
5 Minutes
5 Minutes
5 Minutes
ENGINE SPEED
1000 RPM
1100 RPM
2200 RPM
LOAD
No Load
Light Load
Light Load
Run-In Procedure (Agriculture Tractors)
For the first 8 hours of field operation stay one gear lower than normal. For the next 12 hours 00NOT "lug" the engine.
Prevent "lugging" by moving the lever to a lower gear. The engine must not be "lugged" below the rated engine RPM
during early hours of life.
Run-In Procedure (Construction Equipment)
For the first 8 hours, operate the engine at full throttle maintaining a normal load. Avoid converter or hydraulic stall. The
engine must not be "lugged" below the Rated Engine RPM (00 not stall the engine more than 10 seconds).
Rae 8-24162 Revised 1-91 Printedin USA
1024-4
IDENTIFICATION MARKS
Crankshaft
Letter N =Nitroc Hardened, crankshaft must be rehardened to a minimum hardness of 450 HV 0.2 rockwell any time
the crankshaft has been reconditioned.
Cylinder Block
LetterX =The cylinder block has been retaced and up to 0.25 mm has been removed. Use a thicker head gasket (DNa
notches).
Letter XX =The cylinder block has been refaced and up to 0.50 mm has been removed Use a thicker head gasket
(three notches).
Cylinder Head
Letter G = Thermostat passage in cylinder did not need to be machined
Letter M =Thermostat passage in cylinder head was machined.
Letter V =Valve seats have been machined.
LetterX = The cylinders inthe cylinder block have been bored oversize. Use a head gasket with oversize cylinder holes
(one notch)
LetterXX =The cylinder block has been refaced and up to 0.25 mm has been removed use athicker head gasket (DNa
notches) .
Letter XXX = The cylinder block has been refaced and up to 0.50 mm has been removed. Use a thicker head gasket
(three notches).
Numbers =RH rear corner of cylinder head indicates the amount of material removed from the cylinder head.
ENGINE SPECIFICATION DETAILS
Cylinder Block
Metric Value
Type.. . Non-Sleeved
Material Cast Iron
10 of Cylinder... . 102.00 to 102.04 mm
Maximum Service Limit . 102.116 mm
Cylinder Out of Round (Maximum) 0.038 mm
Cylinder Taper (Maximum) 0.076 mm
0.5 mm Oversize Piston
Machine Cylinder Bore to 102.40 to 102.44 mm
Hone to (Finished Diameter) 102.50 to 102.54 mm
1.00 mm Oversize Piston
Machine Cylinder Bore to 102.90 to 102.94 mm
Hone to (Finished Diameter) 103.00 to 103.04 mm
Warpage (Maximum).................................................................. 0.075 mm
Maximum Material Removal 0.50 mm
Rae 8-24162 Revised 1-91 Printed in U.SA
1024-5
Service Cylinder Sleeve
Type Dry, Can Be Replaced
Material Cast Iron
Machine Cylinder Block Bore to 104485 to 104.515 mm
Installation.................. . . Press Fit
Machine Sleeve Bore to:
Standard Size Piston (Finished Diameter) ................................10200 to 102.04 mm
0.5 mm Oversize Piston
Machine Cylinder Bore to 10240 to 10244 mm
Hone to (Finished Diameter) 102.50 to 102.54 mm
1.0 mm Oversize Piston
Machine Cylinder Bore to.. .. 102.90 to 102.94 mm
Hone to (Finished Diameter) .. 103.00 to 103.04 mm
Piston
Type Cam Ground
Material................... ...Aluminum alloy
OD at 12 mm From the Bottom, 90 Degrees Piston Pin
Standard Size Piston 101.873 to 101.887 mm
Minimum Service Limit. 101.823 mm
0.5 mm Oversize Piston 102.373 to 102.387 mm
Minimum Service Limit. 101.323 mm
1.0 mm Oversize Piston 102.873 to 102.887 mm
Minimum Service Limit 102.823 mm
ID of Piston Pin Bore 40.006 to 40.012 mm
Maximum Service Limit 40.025 mm
Width of 1st Ring Groove (Top) .2465 to 2.485 mm
Width of 2nd Ring Groove (Intermediate) 2.425 to 2445 mm
Width of 3rd Ring Groove (Oil Ring) 4.040 to 4.060 mm
Protrusion Above Cylinder Block (Maximum) 0.660 mm
Piston Pin
Type Full Float
OD of Pin 39.997 to 40.003 mm
Minimum Service Limit 39.990 mm
Rae 8-24162 Revised 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
1024-6
Piston Ri ngs
NO.1 Compression 4T-390 Engine Key Stone Type (Barrel Face)
End Gap in 102.02 10.... .. 0.4 to 0.70 mm
No.1. Compression 4-390 Engine Rectangular Type (Barrel Face)
End Gap in 102.02 10.................. . 0.25 to 0.55 mm
Maximum Service l.irnit.. 0.806 mm
Side Clearance 0.075 to 0.120 mm
Maximum Service Limit... 0.15 mm
NO.2 Compression. Rectangular Type (Tapper Face)
End Gap in 102.02 10. ................0.25 to 0.55 mm
Maximum Service Limit 0.806 mm
Side Clearance 0.075 to 0.120 mm
Maximum Service Limit . 0.15 mm
NO.3 Oil Control Rings.. Two Piece
End Gap in 102.02 10 0.25 to 0.55 mm
Maximum Service Limit............................................... . 0.806 mm
Side Clearance. . 0 130 mm
Cylinder Head
Warpage (Maximum) 0.20 mm
Maximum Material Removal.......................... . 1.00 mm
Minimum Head Height .. 9375 mm
Engines Manufactured in U.S.A.:
Prior to Engine Serial Number 45511034 Injectior Nozzle 9 mm
Engine Serial Number 45511034 and After Injectior Nozzle 7 mm
Engines Manufactured in Darlington England:
Prior to Engine Serial Number 21092870 Injectior Nozzle 9 mm
Engine Serial Number 21092870 and After . Injector Nozzle 7 mm
Engines Manufactured in Neuss Germany:
Prior to Engine Serial Number 52107489 Injector Nozzle 9 mm
Engine Serial Number 52107489 and After Injector Nozzle 7 mm
Lifters
Material Hardened Iron
00 of Lifter 15.961 to 15.977 mm
Minimum Service Limit. . .. 15.960 mm
Bore Diameter in Block 16.000 to 16.030 mm
Maximum Service Limit. 16.055 mm
Rae 8-24162 Revised 1-91 Printed in USA.
1024-7
Connecting Rod
Bushing . Steel Backed Leaded Bronze
Bushing 10 Installed (Reamto Size)........................................................... ..40.053 to 40.067 mm
Maximum Service Limit 40.092 mm
Bearing Liners...................... . Replaceable
J ournal 10 Without Bearing Liners 72.987 to 73.013 mm
Bearing Oil Clearance ..............0.038 to 0.116 mm
Maximum Service Limit..... . 0129 mm
Side Clearance...................................... . 0.100 to 0.300 mm
Maximum Service Limit ... 0330 mm
Connecting Rod Bend (Maximum)
Without Bushing. . .
With Bushing .
Connecting Rod Twist (Maximum)
Without Bushing. . ,..
With Bushing .
. 0.200 mm
0150 mm
. 0.500 mm
. 0.300 mm
Rae 8-24162 Revised 1-91 Printed in U.SA
1024-8
Crankshaft
Type Hardened Steel, Balanced
Main Bearing Liners...... .. . Replaceable
End Clearance, Center Main Bearing Cap 0.13 to 0.25 mm
Center Main Bearing Thrust Surface Thickness......... .. 2.50 mm
Connecting Rod J ournal
00, Standard . 68.987 to 69.013 mm
Maximum Service Lirnit.. . 68.962 mm
0.25 mm 00 Undersize, Grind to 68.737 to 68.763 mm
Maximum Service Limi!........................................................... .. 68.712 mm
0.50 mm 00 Undersize, Grind to...................................... . 68.487 to 68.513 mm
Maximum Service Limit.. 68.462 mm
0.75 mm 00 Undersize, Grind to 68.237 to 68.263 mm
Maximum Service Limi!............ . . 68.212 mm
1.00 mm 00 Undersize, Grind to..........................67.987 to 68.013 mm
Maximum Service Limi!..................................... . 67.962 mm
Connecting Rod J ournal Maximum Taper 0.013 mm
J ournals Out of Round Maximum....................................... . 0050 mm
Undersize Main Bearing Liners For Service . 0.25,0.50,0.75 and 1.00 mm
Main Bearing Oil Clearance 0.041 to 0.119 mm
Maximum Service Limit 0 140 mm
Main Bearing J ournal
00, Standard 82.987 to 83.013 mm
Maximum Service. Limi!..... . 82.962 mm
0.25 mm 00 Undersize, Grind to . 82.737 to 82.763 mm
Maximum Service Limit. 82.712 mm
0.50 mm 00 Undersize, Grind to 82.487 to 82.513 mm
Maximum Service Limit 82.462 mm
0.75 mm 00 Undersize, Grind to .......................................................................82.237 to 82.263 mm
Maximum Service Limit. 82.212 mm
1.00 mm 00 Undersize, Grind to 81.987 to 82.013 mm
Maximum Service Limit.. 81.962 mm
Main Bearing J ournal Bore 10 No Liners 87.982 to 88.018 mm
Maximum Service Limit . 88.031 mm
Main J ournal Width:
1st, 2nd, 3rd, 5th .. 37.424 to 37.576 mm
4th 37.475 to 37.525 mm
Connect Rod J ournals Width 38.950 to 39.050 mm
Rae 8-24162 Revised 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
1024-9
Camshaft
Type Hardened Iron
Bushing (Front Only) 1, Replaceable
Bushing Lubrication:
Front Bushing Pressure Lubricated
Intermediate. Pressure Lubricated
Rear Pressure Lubricated
Oil Clearance 0.076 to 0.152 mm
IDof NO.1 Bushing, Installed 54.107 to 54.133 mm
Maximum Service Limit .. 54.146 mm
IDof NO.1 Oversize (57.24 mm 00) Service Bushing 54.089 to 54.139 mm
Maximum Service Limit 54.146 mm
10 of NO.2, 3, 4 and 5 Service Bushing 54.089 to 54.139 mm
Maximum Service Limit 54.146 mm
Width of No 1 Bushing 25.15 to 25.65 mm
Width of No.2, 3, 4 and 5 Service Bushing 1775 to 18.25 mm
Camshaft Bushing J ournal OD 53.987 to 54.013 mm
Camshaft Bore Diameter in Block
NO.1 Bushing 57.222 to 57.258 mm
NO.1. Oversize Bushing, Machine to 57. 722 to 57.758 mm
No.2, 3,4 and 5, Less Bushings 54.089 to 54139 mm
NO.2, 3,4 and 5 Oversize for Bushings, Machine to 57.222 to 57.258 mm
Camshaft Thrust Thickness 9.42 to 9.58 mm
Minimum Service Limit 9.34 mm
Camshaft Thrust Clearance 0.130 to 0.340 mm
Maximum Service Limit 0.470 mm
Camshaft Lobes:
Minimum Diameter at Peak Intake 47.265 mm
Minimum Diameter at Peak Exhaust 46.994 mm
Turbocharger
Horizontal Travel of Turbine Shaft 0.10 to 0.16 mm
Gear Train
Backlash:
Crankshaft Gear to Camshaft Gear 0.08 to 0.33 mm
Crankshaft Gear to Idler Gear 0.08 to 0.33 mm
Camshaft to Fuel Pump Gear 0.08 to 0.33 mm
Idler Gear to Oil Pump 0.08 to 0.33 mm
Camshaft to Auxiliary 0.08 to 0.33 mm
Maximum Service Limit (All Gears) 0.45 mm
Rae 8-24162 Revised 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
1024-10
Rocker Arm Assembly
OD of Shaft . . 18.963 to 18.975 mm
Minimum Service Limit.............. . 18.938 mm
ID of Arm Bore.............................. .. 19.000 to 19.026 mm
Maximum Service Limit 19.051 mm
Lubrication.. . Pressure From Oil Gallery
Shaft Oil Holes . Down
Intake Valve
Tappet Clearance (Cold) 0.254 mm
Face Angle 29 Degrees
Face Run-Out................. .. 0.038 mm
Valve Head Edge Thickness, Minimum........................... . 1.50 mm
Length 128.84 to 129.46 mm
OD of Stem . 7.960 to 7.980 mm
Minimum Service Limit . 7.940 mm
OD of Head 44870 to 45.130 mm
Seat Angle................................ . 30 Degrees
Seat Contact Width 1.32 to 1.92 mm
Seat Run-Out....... . 0.10 mm
Insert Height..................... .. 6.84 to 6.96 mm
OD of Insert......................... .. .47.063 to 47.089 mm
ID of Insert..................... Tapered
Valve Recession Below Head Surface 0.99 to 1.52 mm
Maximum Service Limit. .. 1.52 mm
IDof Valve Guide Bore 8.019 to 8.039 mm
Maximum Service Limit 8.089 mm
Exhaust Valve
Tappet Clearance (Cold) 0.508 mm
Face Angle 44 Degrees
Face Run-Out. 0.038 mm
Valve Head Edge Thickness, Minimum......................................................................................................150 mm
OD of Head .41.870 to 42.130 mm
OD of Stem .. 7.960 to 7.980 mm
Minimum Service Limit 7.940 mm
Length 128.74 to 129.36 mm
Insert Seat Angle.... .45 Degrees
Seat Contact Width .. 1.47 to 2.07 mm
Seat Run-Out. 0.10 mm
Insert Heigh!...... . 6.65 to 6.77 mm
OD of Insert........ . 43713 to 43.739 mm
ID of Insert... . Tapered
Valve Recession Below Head Surface 0.99 to 1.52 mm
Maximum Service Limit 1.52 mm
IDof Valve Guide Bore 8.019 to 8.039 mm
Maximum Service Limit 8.089 mm
Rae 824162 Revised 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
1024-11
Valve Springs
Free Length 55.63 mm
Total Coils. .. 7.25
Wire Diameter.......... .. . 4.830 to 4.930 mm
Compressed to 38.53 mm (Valve Open) 785 to 839 N
Maximum Service Limit . 765 N
Compressed to 49.25 mm (Valve Closed) 285 to 321 N
Minimum Service Limit 270 N
Valve Seat Installation Dimensions
Exhaust Seat
Diameter of Insert .43. 713 to 43.73 mm
Machine Insert Bore to...... . .. .....43.647 to 43663 mm
Depth of Bore. ..........1010 to .092 mm
Press FiL... ..0.05 to 0 102 mm
Intake Seat
Diameter of Insert 47.063 to 47.089 mm
Machine Bore to ..46.987 to 47.013 mm
Depth of Bore .. 10.30 to 10.50 mm
Press Fit....................... '''_ 0.05 to 0.102 mm
14 mm Valve Guide Installation Dimensions
Guide Diameter 14.026 to 14.038 mm
Machine Guide Bore to 13.987 to 14013 mm
Press Fit.. 013 to .051 mm
Installed Height (above top of valve guide boss on head) 11.25 to 11.75 mm
Guide Installed ID 819 to 8.39 mm
SPECIAL TORQUES
Metric Value
Aftercooler Bolts...... 21 to 27 Nm
Alternator Bracket Bolts (Lower) 21 to 27 Nm
Alternator Bracket Bolts (Upper) 21 to 27 Nm
Alternator Retaining Bolt 21 to 27 Nm
Balancer Counter Weight Bolts.................... .. 21 to 27 Nm
Balancer Mounting Bolts 167 to 183 Nm
Balancer Idler Gear .. 52 to 62 Nm
Belt Tensioner Bracket Bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Belt Tensioner Retaining Bolt. 39 to 47 Nm
Block Heater 11 to 13 Nm
Rae 8-24162 Revised 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
1024-12
SPECIAL TORQUES (Cont'd)
Metric Valve
Camshaft Retaining Bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Coolant Inlet Bolts 39 to 47 Nm
Connecting Rod Bolts..................... 95 to 100 Nm
(Lubricate Threads with Engine Oil)
Cylinder Head Bolts 120 to 132 Nm
Engine Lift Bracket Bolts (Rear) 71 to 83 Nm
Exhaust Manifold Bolts 39 to 47 Nm
Fan Pulley Bracket Bolts .. __ .. 23 to 26 Nm
Fan Pulley Bolts 8.8..... ...__ __ __ 37 to 43 Nm
Fan Pulley Bolts 10.9.. " .__ 52 to 62 Nm
Flywheel Housing Bolts . 54 to 66 Nm
Flywheel Retaining Bolts 130 to 144 Nm
Flywheel Housing Cover Bolts __ 21 to 27 Nm
Fuel Filter Inlet Bolt 29 to 35 Nm
Fuel Air Removal Bolt........ .. 5 to 7 Nm
Fuel Filter Inlet NuL....... 29 to 35 Nm
Fuel Line Fitting (High Pressure) 22 to 28 Nm
Fuel Line Fitting (Low Pressure) 22 to 28 Nm
Fuel Shutoff Solenoid.. .. 15 Nm
Front Cover Bolts.... 21 to 27 Nm
Front Housing Bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Injection Pump Drive Gear Nut 59 to 71 Nm
Injection Pump Lock Bolt (Lock Position) 8 Nm
Injection Pump Lock Bolt (Unlock Position) 20 Nm
Injection Pump Retaining Nuts 21 to 27 Nm
Injection Pump Bracket Bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Injector Leak Off Bolt. . __ .. .. 5 to 7 Nm
Injector Retaining NuL... .. 55 to 65 Nm
Rae 8-24162 Revised 1-91 Printed in U.S.A
1024-13
SPECIAL TORQUES (Cont'd)
Metric Valve
Intake Manifold Bolts.. __ 21 to 27 Nm
Intake Manifold Plug __ __ 115 to 135 Nm
Lifter Cover Bolts.................. .. .. __ -- __ 21 to 27 Nm
Main Bearing Bolts............. ..__. __ __ __ __ __.__ 165 to 180 Nm
(Lubricate the Thread with Engine Oil)
Oil Fill Tube Bolts __ __ __ __ __ 39 to 47 Nm
Oil Pan Drain Plug..... __ ......68 to 82 Nm
Oil Pan Heater Plug 108 to 132 Nm
Oil Pan Retaining Bolts __ __ 21 to 27 Nm
Oil Pump Retaining Bolts. .. __.. ........21 to 27 Nm
Oil Inlet Tube Bolts __ .18 to 30 Nm
Oil Inlet Tube Brace.. ..21 to 27 Nm
Oil Filter Housing Bolts __ __ 21 to 27 Nm
Oil Relief Valve Plug __ __ __ __ __ __..__ __ __.__ __ __108 to 132 Nm
Primer Pump 21 to 27 Nm
Rear Seal Retaining Bolts __ 8 to 10 Nm
Rocker Arm Bolts __ __ __.21 to 27 Nm
Starter Retaining Bolts __ __ __ __ 39 to 47 Nm
Tachometer Drive Retaining Bolts .. __ __ 2 to 4 Nm
Thermostat Housing Bolts __..__ __ 21 to 27 Nm
Timing Pin Retaining Bolts __ ..__.__ __ 4 to 6 Nm
Thrust Bearing Screws (Torx Head) __ __ __ __ __ __ __...4 to 6 Nm
Turbocharger Mounting Bolts __ __ 30 to 34 Nm
Turbocharger Drain Tube Bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Turbine Housing Bolts 9 to 13 Nm
Center Housing to Back Plate Bolts __ __ 5 to 7 Nm
Compressor Housing Bolts __ 5 to 7 Nm
Compressor Lock Nut... 13 to 1.5Nm
Water Pump Mounting Bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Valve Cover Bolts.......................... 21 to 27 Nm
Rae 8-24162 Revised 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
1024-14
NOTE: The J I Case Company reserves the right to make improvements in design or
changes in specifications at any time without incurring any obligation to install them
on units previously sold.
Rac 8-24162 Revised 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
SECTION INDEX - ENGINE
Section Title Section Number
Engine Removal and Installation................................................. . 2001
Stall Tests. .. 2002
Detailed Engine Specifications. . 2402
Cylinder Head and Valve Train..... . 2415
Cylinder Block. . 2425
Lubrication System... .. 2445
Cooling System .. 2455
Turbocharger............. . ,..... ..2465
Turbocharger Failure Analysis 2565
CASE CORPORATION
Rae 8-17161
Copyright 1992 J I Case Company
Printed in U.S.A
August. 1992
RADIATOR REMOVAL
2001-3
Put identification tags on all disconnected hoses
and wires. Close disconnected hoses and fittings with
caps and plugs.
NOTE: Cal/outs on the photographs are in the order
of the procedure.
STEP 1
Park the machine on a level surface. Raise the loader
and lock the support strut (1) to hold the loader.
STEP 2
Disconnect the overflow hose (2) from the radiator
neck.
Remove the coolant reservoir (3). (bolts, flat washers,
and self-locking nuts).
Disconnect the hood cable (4) from each side of the
shroud. (flatwashers, spacers, lock washers, and nuts)
Remove the hardware from the hood hinges (5). (bolts,
flatwashers, and lock washers).
Have another person help you remove the hood. The
weight of the hood is approximately 75 pounds (34 kg).
Bur 8-17560
NOTE: During instal/ation the hood must be adjusted.
Put the hood in position. Install the hardware in the hood
hinges. Do not tighten the hardware. Close the hood
and remove the plastic plugs for access to the hinge
hardware. Push the top of the hood to the rear as far as
possible and tighten the hinge hardware.
STEP 3
Slowly remove the radiator cap (6).
Install a hose on the drain valve (7) and drain the ra-
diator.
Disconnect the upper and lower radiator hoses (8).
Remove the hardware from the fan shroud (9). (bolts,
lock washers, and flat washers)
NOTE: During installation fill the radiator completely and
the coolant reservoir with apprOXimately 18U.S. quarts
(17 litres) of coolant. See Section 1002 for coolant
specifications. Start and run the engine until the coolant
is at operating temperature. Stop the engine and check
for leakage. When the coolant is cold, check the coolant
reservoir level.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
2001-4
STEP 4
Remove the strap (10) from the top of the radiator
shroud. (bolt, lock washer, and flat washer).
Remove the top cover (11). (bolts, lock washers, and
flat washers).
Remove the upper and lower foam baffles (12).
STEP 5
Disconnect the radiator brackets (13) from each side of
the radiator. (bolts, lock washers, and nuts)
Bur 8-17560
STEP 6
Remove the hardware (14) from each side of the
radiator shroud. (bolts, flat washers, and nuts).
Remove the radiator shroud. The weight of the radiator
shroud is approximately 50 pounds (23 kg).
NOTE: During installation, push the top of the shroud
toward the rear of the machine and tighten the bolts for
the radiator shroud to 270 to 324pound-feet (366to 439
Nm).
STEP 7
Remove the hardware that fastens the condenser and
oil cooler (15) to the radiator. (bolts, lock washers, and
flat washers).
Lift the radiator straight up and remove the radiator.
NOTE: Installation of the radiator is the reverse of
removal.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
ENGINE REMOVAL
2001-5
Do steps 1 through 6 of radiator removal.
STEP 8
The hydraulic reservoir holds approximately 25 U.S.
gallons (95 litres) of oil. Drain the oil from the hydraulic
reservoir (16).
NOTE: During installation make sure the hydraulic re-
servoir is filled with oil. See Section 1002 for specifica-
tions.
STEP 9
Disconnect the hose (17) from the bottom of the torque
converter to drain the oil from the torque converter.
Bur 8-17560
STEP 10
Remove the battery cover (18) from the left step. (cap
screws and lock washers).
STEP 11
Disconnect the ground cable(s) (19) from the batt-
ery(s) .
STEP 12
~7
Remove the bottom cover (20). (bolts, lock washers,
and flat washers).
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
2002-4
CHECK SHEET
1. _ (22301<Y2280-s-pe-cified) rpm (rim!ri)hydrauiiC stall speed
2. _
(2200 to 2300 specified) rpm (rimin) torque converter stall speed
3. _
(1550 to 1750 specified) rpm (rimin) hydraulic and torque converter stall speed
rpm (r/rnin)
1. 2230 to 2280 Torque converter, transmission, hydraulic system and engine ere probably good.
2. 2200 to 2300
3. 1550 to 1750
1. Above 2280 Engine problem. Check engine speeds. See specifications in Section 9001, Check the
2. Above 2300 timing of the fuel injection pump according to instructions in Section 3412.
3. Above 1750
1. Below 2230 Engine problem. Check engine speeds according to instructions in Section 9001. Check
2. Below 2200 the timing of the fuel injection pump according to instructions in Section 3412. Replace
3. Below 1550 the fuel and air filters.
1. Below 2230 Hydraulic system problem (s). See Section 8002. Check the setting of the main relief
2. 2200 to 2300 valve, Check the output of the pumps.
3. Below 1550
1. Above 2280 Hydraulic system problem (s). See Section 8002. Check the setting of the main relief
2. 2200 to 2300 valve. Check the output of the hydraulic pumps. Check for leakage in the loader
3. Above 1750 control valve.
1. 2230 to 2280 Torque converter or transmission problems. See Section 6002 and check the
2. Above 2300 transmission and torque converter.
3. Above 1750
1. 2230 to 2280 Torque converter or transmission problems. See Section 6002 and check
2. Below 2200 the transmission and torque converter.
3. Below 1550
D" . 0 ~",.,,, .
SECTION INDEX - ENGINE
Section Title Section Number
Engine Removal and Installation . ................. 2001
Stall Tests 2002
Detailed Engine Specifications........ ...2402
Cylinder Head and Valve Train . ...... 2415
Cylinder Block . ..2425
Lubrication System . .................................................................................................................................... ....2445
Cooling System ..... .. ..... 2455
Turbocharger . ....... ....2465
Turbocharger Failure Analysis.. . . .. 2565
CASE CORPORATION
Rae 8-17161
Copyright 1992 J I Case Company
Printed in U.S.A.
August. 1992
Section
2001
ENGINE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
CASE CORPORATION
Bur 8-17560
Printed in U.S.A.
Issued March 1991
2001-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIAL TOOLS 2
RADIATOR REMOVAL 3
ENGINE REMOVAL 5
REMOVING AND INSTALLING THE TORQUE CONVERTER 11
INSTALLING THE FRONT ENGINE SUPPORT.. 14
SPECIAL TOOLS
In Europe:
Order special tools from one of the following ad-
dresses:
In the U.S.A. and Canada:
Service Tools
P.O. Box 314
Owatonna, Minnesota 55060
VL Churchill Ltd.
P.O. Box 3, Daventry
Northants, NN11 4NF
England
CAS-1690 Rotation Tool
This tool is first used on page 12.
CAS-2081 Alignment Tool
This tool is first used on page 11.
Bur 8-17560 Issued3-91 Printedin U.S.A.
RADIATOR REMOVAL
2001-3
Put identification tags on all disconnected hoses
and wires. Close disconnected hoses and fittings with
caps and plugs.
NOTE: Cal/outs on the photographs are in the order
of the procedure.
STEP 1
Park the machine on a level surface. Raise the loader
and lock the support strut (1) to hold the loader.
STEP 2
Disconnect the overflow hose (2) from the radiator
neck.
Remove the coolant reservoir (3). (bolts, flat washers,
and self-locking nuts).
Disconnect the hood cable (4) from each side of the
shroud. (flatwashers, spacers, lock washers, and nuts)
Remove the hardware from the hood hinges (5). (bolts,
flatwashers, and lock washers).
Have another person help you remove the hood. The
weight of the hood is approximately 75 pounds (34 kg).
Bur 8-17560
NOTE: During installation the hood must be adjusted.
Put the hood in position. Install the hardware in the hood
hinges. Do not tighten the hardware. Close the hood
and remove the plastic plugs for access to the hinge
hardware. Push the top of the hood to the rear as far as
possible and tighten the hinge hardware.
STEP 3
Slowly remove the radiator cap (6).
Install a hose on the drain valve (7) and drain the ra-
diator.
Disconnect the upper and lower radiator hoses (8).
Remove the hardware from the fan shroud (9). (bolts,
lock washers, and flat washers)
NOTE: During installation fill the radiator completely and
the coolant reservoir with approximately 18U. S. quarts
(17 litres) of coolant. See Section 1002 for coolant
specifications. Start and run the engine until the coolant
is at operating temperature. Stop the engine and check
for leakage. When the coolant is cold, check the coolant
reservoir level.
Issued3-91 PrintedinU.S.A.
2001-4
STEP 4
Remove the strap (10) from the top of the radiator
shroud. (bolt, lock washer, and flat washer).
Remove the top cover (11). (bolts, lock washers, and
flat washers).
Remove the upper and lower foam baffles (12).
STEP 5
Disconnect the radiator brackets (13) from each side of
the radiator. (bolts, lock washers, and nuts)
Bur 6-17560
STEP 6
Remove the hardware (14) from each side of the
radiator shroud. (bolts, flat washers, and nuts).
Remove the radiator shroud. The weight of the radiator
shroud is approximately 50 pounds (23 kg).
NOTE: During installation, push the top of the shroud
toward the rear of the machine and tighten the bolts for
the radiator shroud to 270 to 324pound-feet (366to 439
Nm).
STEP 7
Remove the hardware that fastens the condenser and
oil cooler (15) to the radiator. (bolts, lock washers, and
flat washers).
Lift the radiator straight up and remove the radiator.
NOTE: Installation of the radiator is the reverse of
removal.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
ENGINE REMOVAL
2001-5
Do steps 1 through 6 of radiator removal.
STEP 8
The hydraulic reservoir holds approximately 25 U.S.
gallons (95 litres) of oil. Drain the oil from the hydraulic
reservoir (16).
NOTE: During installation make sure the hydraulic re-
servoir is filled with oil. See Section 1002 for specifica-
tions.
STEP 9
Disconnect the hose (17) from the bottom of the torque
converter to drain the oil from the torque converter.
Bur 8-17560
STEP 10
Remove the battery cover (18) from the left step. (cap
screws and lock washers).
STEP 11
Disconnect the ground cable(s) (19) from the batt-
ery(s).
STEP 12
Remove the bottom cover (20). (bolts, lock washers,
and flat washers).
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
2001-6
STEP 13
Disconnect the two hoses (21) from the RH side of the
oil cooler.
Disconnect thetwo tubes (22) fromthe LH side of the oil
cooler.
STEP 14
Remove the hardware (23) that fastens the condenser
to the oil cooler and radiator. (bolts, lock washers, and
flat washers - bottom three on each side).
Move the condenser (24) to the LH side out of the way.
Have another person help you remove the oil cooler
and radiator (25). The weight of the oil cooler and
radiator is approximately 50 pounds (23 kg).
Remove the fan shroud (26).
Bur 8-17560
STEP 15
Disconnect the two hoses (27) from the LH side of the
pump. Remove the bolts and lock washers that fasten
the flange (28) on the RH side of the pump.
Remove the pump (29). (Bolts, lock washers, and
hardened washers on the lower two bolts).
NOTE: During installation, remove and clean the
suction screen for the pump. Apply Molykote Type G to
the splines of the pump.
STEP 16
Disconnect the two connectors (30).
Remove the hardware (31) from the adjusting straps.
(bolts, lock washers, flat washers, and nut - front
hardware has a weld nut).
Cut tie strap (32).
Issued3-91 PrintedinU.S.A.
STEP 17
Remove the hardware (33) that fastens the compressor
to the bracket. (long bolt, flat washer, lock washer, and
nut). Remove the belt (34) and laythe compressor over
the side of the frame.
NOTE: During installation, adjust the drive belt ac-
cording to instructions in Section 9003.
STEP 18
Close the fuel shut off valve (35).
Bur 8-17560
2001-7
STEP 19
Disconnect throttle rod (36).
Disconnect the wiring clamp (37).
Disconnect the wire from the oil pressure sender (38).
Disconnect the fuel shutoff wire (39).
If the machine has ether injection, disconnect the tube
(40) and the wire (41).
Disconnect the fuel lines (42).
STEP 20
Remove the hardware from the muffler (43). (bolts, lock
washers, flat washers, and nuts)
Loosen the nuts on the muffler clamp (44). Remove the
muffler.
Disconnect the wires from the air restriction switch (45).
Then cut the tie straps which fasten the wire to the fuel
lines and put the wire out of the way.
Loosen the clamp (46) and remove the hose from the
turbocharger.
Remove the hardware that fastens the firewall (47).
(cap screws and flat washers). Remove the firewall (47)
and the air cleaner assembly. If the machine has ether
injection, disconnect the wire from the harness.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
2001-8
STEP 21
Remove harness clamp (48).
Disconnect the wire (49) from the temperature sender.
Cut the tie straps that fasten the harness to the fuel
lines.
STEP 22
Remove harness clamp (50).
Remove harness clamp (51).
Disconnect the wires from the alternator (52).
Loosen the clamp (53) and disconnect the heater hose.
Bur 8-17560
STEP 23
Disconnect the wires (54) from the starter.
Disconnect the ground strap (55). (bolt and lock
washer).
Remove the hardware (56) for the engine mount. (bolt,
flat washer, and nut).
NOTE: During installation, tighten the nut to 135to 165
pound-feet (183to 224Nm).
STEP 24
Connect the lifting eye (57) to the rear of the engine
head.
NOTE: During installation, remove the lifting eye and put
in tool box.
Loosen the clamp (58) and disconnect the heater hose.
Remove the clamp (59).
Remove the hardware (60) for the engine mount. (bolt,
flat washer, and nut)
NOTE: During installation, tighten the nut to 135to 165
pound-feet (183to 224Nm).
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 25
Remove the clamp (61).
STEP 26
Disconnect the tube (62) from the top of the filter head.
Disconnect the wire (63) from the sender on the filter
head.
Bur 8-17560
2001-9
STEP 27
Disconnect the hose (64) from the torque converter.
Disconnect the drive shaft (65) from the torque con-
verter. (bolts and straps)
NOTE: During installation, tighten the bolts to 288to
348 pound-inches (33to 40 Nm).
Loosen the clamps (66) on the hose.
STEP 28
Remove the hardware (67) for the front engine mount.
(bolts, flat washers, and self-locking nuts)
NOTE: During installation, tighten self-locking nuts to
360 to 420 pound-inches (41 to 47Nm).
Issued3-91 Printedin U.S.A.
2001-10
STEP 29
Connect lifting equipment to the lifting eyes on the
engine. Carefully lift the engine slightly and move the
engine toward the front. Disconnect the hose (66)
shown instep 27. Make sure all hoses and wires areout
of the way. Remove the engine from the machine.
Bur 8-17560
NOTE: Installation of the engine is the reverse of
removal. Before starting the engine, do the following:
a. The turbocharger must be filled with oil. Discon-
nect the wire from the fuel shutoff solenoid. Actuate
the starter for 10 to 20 seconds to fill the turboch-
arger with oil. Connect the wire to the fuel shutoff
solenoid.
b. Check the oil level in the transaxle.
c. On machines with PTO, the torque converter
housing is filled with oil. To prevent leakage, the
starter and torque converter housing must be
sealed. Use Loctite 504 on the torque converter
housing and form-in-place gasket material on the
starter.
d. With PTO fill the torque converter housing with
approximately one U.S. quart (0.95 litres) of oil.
See Section 1002 for specifications.
Issued3-91 Printedin U.S.A.
2001-11
REMOVING AND INSTALLING THE TORQUE CONVERTER
NOTE: On machines with PTO, drain the oil from the
torque converter housing.
STEP 30
Remove the cap screws and lock washers that fasten
thetorque converter housing to the engine. Remove the
torque converter housing.
STEP 31
Remove the cap screws and hardened washers that
fasten the drive ring to the flywheel.
STEP 32
Remove the torque converter.
NOTE: If the torque converter or the drive ring is being
replaced, do the following steps.
Bur 8-17560
STEP 33
Install the drive ring and the CAS-2018 alignmenttool.
Install the drive ring to get the least amount of
movement between the alignment tool and the drive
ring.
STEP 34
Install four cap screws and hardened washers.
STEP 35
Tighten the four cap screws evenly to 456 to 504
pound-inches (52 to 57 Nm). Remove the CAS-2018
tool and install the remaining hardened washers and
cap screws. Tighten the cap screws to the same torque
value.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
2001-12
STEP 36
Hold the torque converter in place and install the cap
screws and lock washers.
STEP 37
Use a dial indicator to check the position of the torque
converter.
STEP 38
Remove the plastic plug at the left front of the flywheel
housing.
Bur 8-17560
STEP 39
Install the CAS-1690 tool to rotate the flywheel.
STEP 40
Rotate the flywheel and read the dial indicator. The
torque converter must be centered within 0.004 inch
(0.1 mm) so that the full indicated movement of the dial
indicator is 0.008 inch (0.2 mm) or less.
STEP 41
When the torque converter is centered, tighten the cap
screws to 156 to 180 pound-inches (18 to 20 Nm).
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 42
Remove the CAS-1690 tool and install the plastic plug.
NOTE: On machines with PTa, Apply Loctite 504to the
edge of the flywheel housing.
STEP 43
Install the torque converter housing so that the filter
head is horizontal.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT use extra force to push the
torque converter housing into place. Rotate the drive
yoke to align the shafts with the torque converter and
slide the torque converter housing against the engine.
Bur 8-17560
2001-13
STEP 44
Install the cap screws and lock washers. Tighten the
cap screws to 456 to 540 pound-inches (52to 61 Nm).
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
2001-14
INSTALLING THE FRONT ENGINE SUPPORT
NOTE: If the front engine support was removed for
any reason, the front engine support must be aligned
with the crankshaft of the engine. If the front engine
support is not aligned with the crankshaft of the engine,
the pump can be damaged.
STEP 45
FRONT ENGINE SUPPORT
B892300J
Install a bushing in each top hole in the front engine
support. Install the front engine support with the
hardware shown.
STEP 46
Use a dial indicator to check the alignment of the front
engine support.
Bur 8-17560
STEP 47
Remove the plastic plug at the left front of the flywheel
housing.
STEP 48
Install the CAS-1690 tool to rotate the flywheel.
STEP 49
Rotate the flywheel and read the dial indicator. The front
engine support must be centered with the crankshaft
within 0.010 inch (0.25 mm).
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 50
When the front engine support is centered, tighten the
cap screws to 66 to 79 pound-feet (89 to 107 Nm).
Bur 8-17560
2001-15
STEP 51
Remove the CAS-1690 tool and install the plastic plug.
Issued 3-91 Printedin U.S.A.
2002
STALL TEST
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Specifications 2002-2 Procedure to Heat Hydraulic and
Torque Converter Oil 2002-3
General Information 2002-2
Test Procedure .2002-3
Preparing the Machine for the Stall Test.. 2002-2
Check Sheet 2002-4
CASE CORPORATION
Bur 8-12301
Printed in U.S.A.
Issued March 1991
2002-2
SPECIFICATIONS
The specifications are the same for the naturally aspirated and turbocharged engines.
Low idle 850 to 900 rpm (r/rnin)
Full throttle (no load) 2330 to 2380 rpm (r/rnin)
Hydraulic stall speed (loader only) 2230 to 2280 rpm (r/rnin)
Torque converter stall speed 2200 to 2300 rpm (r/rnin)
Combined stall speed 1550 to 1750 rpm (r/min)
GENERAL INFORMATION
Do the stall test to find the cause of poor perfor-
mance.
The engine is run at full throttle and the transmission
and hydraulic systems are engaged separately, and
then together.
Comparing the engine speeds from the stall test
with the check sheet on page 2002-4 will help to find the
cause of the problem. It can be necessary to check a
separate systemto find the exact cause of the problem.
Use a photo tachometer or other tachometer of
equal accuracy to get accurate results from the stall
test.
The engine, transmission and hydraulic system
must be at operating temperature before doing the stall
test. Heat the oil according to instructions in this
section.
PREPARING THE MACHINE FOR THE STALL TEST
1. SeeSection 9001 and check the full throttle and low
idle speeds.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Withthe engine running at low idle move the trans-
mission control lever to fourth gear and the direction
control lever to FORWARD.
Bur 8-12301
4. Slowly increase the engine speed to full throttle.
5. If the machine begins to move at any time,
decrease the engine speed to low idle and stop the
engine.
6. Adjust or repair the parking brake as required. See
Section 7002 or 9001 as required.
Issued3-91 Printedin U.S.A.
PROCEDURE TO HEAT TORQUE CONVERTER AND HYDRAULIC OIL
2002-3
1. Apply the parking brake.
2. Start and run the engine at low idle.
3. With the engine running at full throttle, hold the
loader control lever in ROLLBACK for 15 seconds.
4. Return the loader control lever to NEUTRAL for 15
seconds.
5. Repeat steps 3and 4until the temperature of the oil
is 125F (52C). The side of the reservoir will be very
warm at this temperature.
6. With the engine running at low idle, move the trans-
mission control to fourth gear and the direction control
lever to FORWARD.
7. Run the engine at full throttle for 15 seconds.
8. Decrease the engine speed to low idle and move
the direction control lever to NEUTRAL for 15 seconds
9. Repeat steps 6 through 8 until the pointer in the
gauge for transmission oil temperature is in the center
of the green zone or the lamps in the optional instru-
ment cluster are illuminated to the center of the green
zone of the gauge for transmission oil temperature.
TEST PROCEDURE
1. Prepare the machine for the stall test according to
instructions in this section.
2. Heat the oil according to instructions inthis section.
3. Apply the parking brake and start the engine.
4. With the engine running at full throttle, hold the
loader control lever in ROLLBACK and read the tachom-
eter. Write the reading on line 1 on the check sheet.
5. Decrease the engine speed to low idle.
6. Move the transmission control lever to fourth gear
and the direction control lever to FORWARD.
Bur 8-12301
7. Slow!y increase the engine speed to full throttle and
read the tachometer. Write the reading on line 2 on the
check sheet.
8. With the transmission control lever in fourth gear,
the direction control lever in FORWARD, and the engine
running at full throttle. hold the loader control lever in
ROLLBACK and read the tachometer. Write the reading
on line 3 on the check sheet.
9. Decrease the engine speed to low idle (two
minutes with turbocharger) and stop the engine.
10. See the check sheet to understand the results of
the stall test.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
2002-4
CHECK SHEET
1. _
(2230 to 2280 specified) rpm (r/min) hydraulic stall speed
2. _
(2200 to 2300 specified) rpm (r/min) torque converter stall speed
3. _
(1550 to 1750 specified) rpm (r/min) hydraulic and torque converter stall speed
rpm (r/min)
1. 2230 to 2280 Torque converter, transmission, hydraulic system and engine are probably good.
2. 2200 to 2300
3. 1550 to 1750
1. Above 2280 Engine problem. Check engine speeds. See specifications in Section 9001. Check the
2. Above 2300 timing of the fuel injection pump according to instructions in Section 3412.
3. Above 1750
1. Below 2230 Engine problem. Check engine speeds according to instructions in Section 9001. Check
2. Below 2200 the timing of the fuel injection pump according to instructions in Section 3412. Replace
3. Below 1550 the fuel and air filters.
1. Below 2230 Hydraulic system problem(s). See Section 8002. Check the setting of the main relief
2. 2200 to 2300 valve. Check the output of the pumps.
3. Below 1550
1. Above 2280 Hydraulic system problem(s). See Section 8002. Check the setting of the main relief
2. 2200 to 2300 valve. Check the output of the hydraulic pumps. Check for leakage in the loader
3. Above 1750 control valve.
1. 2230 to 2280 Torque converter or transmission problems. See Section 6002 and check the
2. Above 2300 transmission and torque converter.
3. Above 1750
1. 2230 to 2280 Torque converter or transmission problems. See Section 6002 and check
2. Below 2200 the transmission and torque converter.
3. Below 1550
Bur 8-12301 Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
Section
2402
4-390 Diesel Engine
SPECIFICATION DETAILS
IMPORTANT: This engine was made using the metric measurement system. All
measurements and checks must be made with metric tools to make sure of an
accurate reading when inspecting parts.
CASE CORPORATION
Rae 8-24163
Copyright 1992 J I Case Company
Printed in U.S.A.
J une, 1983 (Revised February, 1992)
2402-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
RUN-IN INSTRUCTIONS 3
IDENTIFICATION MARKS
Crankshaft 4
Cylinder Block 4
Cylinder Head .4
ENGINE SPECIFICATION DETAILS
Cylinder Block .4
Service Cylinder Sleeve 5
Piston 5
Piston Pin 5
Piston Rings 6
Cylinder Head 6
Lifters 6
Connecting Rod 7
Crankshaft 8
Camshaft 9
Gear Train 9
Rocker Arm Assembly 10
Intake Valve 10
Exhaust Valve 10
Valve Springs 11
Valve Seat Installation Dimensions 11
SPECIAL TORQUES 11-13
Rae 8-24163
Turbocharger 9
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2402-3
RUN-IN INSTRUCTIONS
Engine Lubrication
Fill the 4-390 engine crankcase with CC/SF, CD/SF, CE/SF or CF-4 service classification oil. Use the correct viscosity
rating for the ambient air temperature. Install new oil filters after the engine is rebuilt.
Fill the 4T390 and the 4TA 390 engine crankcase with CE/SF or CF-4 service classification oil. Use the correct viscosity
rating for the ambient air temperature. Install new oil filters after the engine is rebuilt.
Run-In Procedure for Rebuilt Engine
Step 1 Disconnect the wire to the electric shut-off on the injection pump so that the engine will not start. Crank the
engine for 30 seconds until there is oil pressure, then reconnect the wire.
Step 2 Remove the air from the cooling system at the temperature sending unit.
Step 3 Run the engine at 1000 RPM minimum load for 5 minutes and check for oil leaks.
Step 4 During the Run-In, continue to check the oil pressure, coolant level, and coolant temperature.
Run-In Procedure for Rebuilt Engines (with a Dynamometer)
The following procedure must befollowed when using a PTO dynamometer to Run-In the engine. The dynamometer will
control the engine load at each speed and will remove stress on new parts during Run-In.
During the Run-In, continue to check the oil pressure, coolant level and coolant temperature
STEP
1
2
3
TIME
5 Minutes
5 Minutes
5 Minutes
ENGINE SPEED
1000 RPM
1100 RPM
2200 RPM
DYNAMOMETER SCALE LOAD
50
1/ 2
Full
Run-In Procedure for Rebuilt Engines (without a Dynamometer)
STEP
1
2
3
TIME
5 Minutes
5 Minutes
5 Minutes
ENGINE SPEED
1000 RPM
1100 RPM
2200 RPM
LOAD
No Load
Light Load
Light Load
Run-In Procedure (Agriculture Equipment)
For the first 8 hours of field operation stay one gear lower than normal. For the next 12 hours DO NOT "lug" the engine.
Prevent "lugging" by moving the lever to a lower gear. The engine must not be "lugged" below the rated engine RPM
during early hours of life.
Run-In Procedure (Construction Equipment)
For the first 8 hours, operate the engine at full throttle maintaining a normal load. Avoid converter or hydraulic stall. The
engine must not be "lugged" below the Rated Engine RPM (Do not stall the engine more than 10 seconds).
Rae 8-24163 Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2402-4
IDENTIFICATION MARKS
Crankshaft
Letter N =Nitroc Hardened, crankshaft must be rehardened to a minimum hardness of 450 HV0.2 rockwell any time
the crankshaft has been reconditioned.
Cylinder Block
LetterX = The cylinder block has been refaced and up to 0.25 mm has been removed. Use athicker head gasket (two
notches).
Letter XX = The cylinder block has been refaced and up to 0.50 mm has been removed. Use a thicker head gasket
(three notches).
Cylinder Head
Letter G = Thermostat passage in cylinder did not need to be machined.
Letter M = Thermostat passage in cylinder head was machined.
Letter V =Valve seats have been machined.
LetterX =The cylinders inthe cylinder block have been bored oversize. Use a head gasket with oversize cylinder holes
(one notch). This gasket is used for standard replacement, 0.5 mm oversize and 1.0 mm oversize bore.
LetterXX =The cylinder block has been refaced and up to 0.25 mm has been removed use athicker head gasket (two
notches).
Letter XXX = The cylinder block has been refaced and up to 0.50 mm has been removed. Use a thicker head gasket
(three notches).
Numbers =RH rear corner of cylinder head indicates the amount of material removed from the cylinder head.
ENGINE SPECIFICATION DETAILS
Cylinder Block
Metric Value
Type Non-Sleeved
Material Cast Iron
10 of Cylinder 102.00 to 102.04 mm
Maximum Service Limit 102.116 mm
Cylinder Out of Round (Maximum) 0.038 mm
Cylinder Taper (Maximum) 0.076 mm
0.5 mm Oversize Piston
Machine Cylinder Bore to 102.40 to 102.44 mm
Hone to (Finished Diameter) 102.50 to 102.54 mm
1.00 mm Oversize Piston
Machine Cylinder Bore to... .. 102.90 to 102.94 mm
Hone to (Finished Diameter) 103.00 to 103.04 mm
Warpage (Maximum) 0.075 mm
Maximum Material Removal. 0.50 mm
Rae 8-24163 Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2402-5
Service Cylinder Sl eeve
Type , Dry, Can Be Replaced
Material .. , , , Cast Iron
Machine Cylinder Block Bore to ,104.485 to 104.515 mm
Installation Press Fit
Machine Sleeve Bore to:
Standard Size Piston (Finished Diameter) 102.00 to 102,04 mm
0.5 mm Oversize Piston
Machine Cylinder Bore to 102.40 to 102.44 mm
Hone to (Finished Diameter) 102.50 to 10254 mm
1.0 mm Oversize Piston
Machine Cylinder Bore to 102.90 to 102.94 mm
Hone to (Finished Diameter) 103,00 to 103.04 mm
Piston
Type : Cam Ground
Material Aluminum Alloy
00 at 12 mm From the Bottom, 90 Degrees Piston Pin
Standard Size Piston ,101.873 to 101.887 mm
Minimum Service Limit. , , 101.823 mm
0.5 mm Oversize Piston 102.373 to 102.387 mm
Minimum Service Limit. 101.323 mm
1.0 mm Oversize Piston 102.873 to 102.887 mm
Minimum Service Limit. , 102.823 mm
10 of Piston Pin Bore .40.006 to 40.012 mm
Maximum Service Limit 40.025 mm
Width of 1st Ring Groove (Top) 2.465 to 2.485 mm
Width of 2nd Ring Groove (Intermediate) 2.425 to 2.445 mm
Width of 3rd Ring Groove (Oil Ring) , 4.040 to 4.060 mm
Protrusion Above Cylinder Block (Maximum) 0.660 mm
Protrusion Above Cylinder Block (Minimum) 0.280 mm
Piston Pin
Type Full Float
00 of Pin , 39.997 to 40.003 mm
Minimum Service Limit 39.990 mm
Rae 8-24163
Revised292 Printedin U.S.A.
2402-6
Piston Rings
NO.1 Compression 4T-390 Engine Key Stone Type (Barrel Face)
End Gap in 102.02 ID 0.4 to 0.70 mm
NO.1 Compression 4-390 Engine Rectangular Type (Barrel Face)
End Gap in 102.02 ID 0.25 to 0.55 mm
Maximum Service Limit....... .. 0.806 mm
Side Clearance.................... . 0.075 to 0.120 mm
Maximum Service Limit. 0.15 mm
NO.2 Compression Rectangular Type (Tapper Face)
End Gap in 102.021D 0.25 to 0.55 mm
Maximum Service Limit. 0.806 mm
Side Clearance 0.075 to 0.120 mm
Maximum Service Limit.. 015 mm
NO.3 Oil Control Rings Two Piece
End Gap in 102.02 ID 0.25 to 0.55 mm
Maximum Service Limit. . 0806 mm
Side Clearance 0.130 mm
Cylinder Head
Warpage (Maximum) . 0.20 mm
Maximum Material Removal.................. 1.00 mm
Minimum Head Height 93.75 mm
Engines Manufactured in U.S.A.:
Prior to Engine Serial Number 45511034 Injector Nozzle 9 mm
Engine Serial Number 45511034 and After Injector Nozzle 7 mm
Engines Manufactured in Darlington England:
Prior to Engine Serial Number 21092870 Injector Nozzle 9 mm
Engine Serial Number 21092870 and After Injector Nozzle 7 mm
Engines Manufactured in Neuss Germany:
Prior to Engine Serial Number 52107489 Injector Nozzle 9 mm
Engine Serial Number 52107489 and After Injector Nozzle 7 mm
Lifters
Material Hardened Iron
OD of Lifter 15.961 to 15.977 mm
Minimum Service Limit. 15.960 mm
Bore Diameter in Block 16.000 to 16.030 mm
Maximum Service Limit... 16.055 mm
Rae 8-24163 Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2402-7
Connecting Rod
Bushing Steel Backed Leaded Bronze
Bushing ID Installed (Ream to Size) 40.053 to 40.067 mm
Maximum Service Limit 40.092 mm
Bearing Liners Replaceable
J ournal 10 Without Bearing Liners 72.987 to 73.013 mm
Bearing Oil Clearance 0.038 to 0.116 mm
Maximum Service Limit 0.129 mm
Side Clearance 0.100 to 0.300 mm
Maximum Service Limit 0.330 mm
Connecting Rod Bend (Maximum)
Without Bushing 0200 mm
With Bushing 0150 mm
Connecting Rod Twist (Maximum)
Without Bushing 0500 mm
With Bushing 0.300 mm .
Connecting Rod Bolt Maximum 59.25
Rae 8-24163
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2402-8
Crankshaft
Type............................. . Hardened Steel, Balanced
Main Bearing Liners...... . Replaceable
End Clearance, Center Main Bearing Cap . 013 to 0.25 mm
Center Main Bearing Thrust Surface Thickness.. . 2.50 mm
Connecting Rod J ournal
OD, Standard 68.987 to 69.013 mm
Maximum Service Limit.. . 68.962 mm
0.25 mm OD Undersize, Grind to......................................................... ..68.737 to 68.763 mm
Maximum Service Limit.... . 68.712 mm
0.50 mm OD Undersize, Grind to 68.487 to 68.513 mm
Maximum Service Limit........ .. 68.462 mm
0.75 mm OD Undersize, Grind to 68.237 to 68.263 mm
Maximum Service Limit.. 68.212 mm
1.00 mm OD Undersize, Grind to. .. . 67.987 to 68.013 mm
Maximum Service Limit.............................................. .. 67962 mm
Connecting Rod J ournal Maximum Taper.................................................. .. 0.013 mm
J ournals Out of Round Maximum 0.050 mm
Undersize Main Bearing Liners For Service 0.25,0.50, 0.75 and 1.00 mm
Main Bearing Oil Clearance 0.041 to 0.119 mm
Maximum Service Limit 0.140 mm
Main Bearing J ournal
OD, Standard 82.987 to 83.013 mm
Maximum Service Limit. 82.962 mm
0.25 mm OD Undersize, Grind to 82.737 to 82.763 mm
Maximum Service Limit. 82.712 mm
0.50 mm OD Undersize, Grind to 82.487 to 82.513 mm
Maximum Service Limit. 82.462 mm
0.75 mm OD Undersize, Grind to 82.237 to 82.263 mm
Maximum Service Limit. 82.212 mm
1.00 mm OD Undersize, Grind to 81.987 to 82.013 mm
Maximum Service Limit. 81.962 mm
Main Bearing J ournal Bore 10 No Liners 87.982 to 88.018 mm
Maximum Service Limit 88.031 mm
Main J ournal Width:
tst, 2nd, 3rd, 5th.......................... . 37.424 to 37.576 mm
4th................................................... . 37.475 to 37.525 mm
Connect Rod J ournals Width 38.950 to 39.050 mm
Main Bearing Bolt Maximum Length 119.25 mm
Rae 8-24163
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2402-9
Camshaft
Type................ . Hardened Iron
Bushing (Front Only) 1, Replaceable
Bushing Lubrication:
Front Bushing Pressure Lubricated
Intermediate Pressure Lubricated
Rear Pressure Lubricated
Oil Clearance 0.076 to 0.152 mm
10 of NO.1 Bushing, Installed 54.107 to 54.133 mm
Maximum Service Limit 54.146 mm
10of NO.1 Oversize (57.24 mm 00) Service Bushing 54.089 to 54.139 mm
Maximum Service Limit 54.146 mm
10 of No.2, 3, 4 and 5 Service Bushing 54.089 to 54.139 mm
Maximum Service Limit 54.146 mm
Width of No. 1 Bushing 25.15 to 25.65 mm
Width of No.2, 3, 4 and 5 Service Bushing 17.75 to 18.25 mm
Camshaft Bushing J ournal 00 53.987 to 54.013 mm
Camshaft Bore Diameter in Block
NO.1 Bushing 57.222 to 57.258 mm
NO.1 Oversize Bushing, Machine to 57.722 to 57.758 mm
No.2, 3, 4 and 5, Less Bushings 54.089 to 54.139 mm
No.2, 3, 4 and 5 Oversize for Bushings, Machine to 57.222 to 57.258 mm
Camshaft Thrust Thickness 9.42 to 9.58 mm
Minimum Service Limit 9.34 mm
Camshaft Thrust Clearance 0.130 to 0.340 mm
Maximum Service Limit 0.470 mm
Camshaft Lobes:
Minimum Diameter at Peak Intake 47.265 mm
Minimum Diameter at Peak Exhaust... 46.994 mm
Turbocharger
Horizontal Travel of Turbine Shaft 0.10 to 0.16 mm
Gear Train
Backlash:
Crankshaft Gear to Camshaft Gear 0.08 to 0.33 mm
Crankshaft Gear to Idler Gear 0.08 to 0.33 mm
Camshaft to Fuel Pump Gear 0.08 to 0.33 mm
Idler Gear to Oil Pump 0.08 to 0.33 mm
Camshaft to Auxiliary 0.08 to 0.33 mm
Maximum Service Limit (All Gears) 0.45 mm
Rae 8-24163
Revised2-92 Printedin U.S.A.
2402-10
Rocker Arm Assembly
00 of Shaft . 18.963 to 18.975 mm
Minimum Service Limit .. 18.938 mm
10 of Arm Bore 19.000 to 19.026 mm
Maximum Service Limit 19.051 mm
Lubrication Pressure From Oil Gallery
Shaft Oil Holes Down
Intake Valve
Tappet Clearance (Cold) 0.254 mm
Face Angle..................... . 29 Degrees
Face Run-Out.. 0.038 mm
Valve Head Edge Thickness, Minimum 1.50 mm
Length 128.84 to 129.46 mm
00of Stem 7.960 to 7.980 mm
Minimum Service Limit.. 7.940 mm
00 of Head .44.870 to 45.130 mm
Seat Angle 30 Degrees
Seat Contact Width 1.32 to 1.92 mm
Seat Run-Out... 0.10 mm
Insert Height 6.84 to 6.96 mm
00 of Insert .47.063 to 47.089 mm
10 of Insert Tapered
Valve Recession Below Head Surface 0.99 to 1.52 mm
Maximum Service Limit . 1.52 mm
10 of Valve Guide Bore 8.019 to 8.039 mm
Maximum Service Limit 8.089 mm
Exhaust Valve
Tappet Clearance (Cold) 0.508 mm
Face Angle 44 Degrees
Face Run-Out 0.038 mm
Valve Head Edge Thickness, Minimum 1.50 mm
00 of Head 41.870 to 42.130 mm
00 of Stem 7.960 to 7.980 mm
Minimum Service Limit 7.940 mm
Length 128.74 to 129.36 mm
Insert Seat Angle 45 Degrees
Seat Contact Width 1.47 to 2.07 mm
Seat Run-Out. 0.10 mm
Insert Height 6.65 to 6.77 mm
00of Insert .43.713 to 43.739 mm
10 of Insert Tapered
Valve Recession Below Head Surface 0.99 to 1.52 mm
Maximum Service Limit : 1.52 mm
10 of Valve Guide Bore 8.019 to 8.039 mm
Maximum Service Limit 8.089 mm
Rae 8-24163 Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2402-11
Valve Springs
Free Length , , ,' , ,.,.., , , , 55.63 mm
Total Coils ' ,' ' , ,' , , , 7.25
Wire Diameter, , , '.., , , , , , . , .4.830 to 4.930 mm
Compressed to 38.53 mm , (Valve Open) 785 to 839 N
Maximum Service Limit , , , , 765 N
Compressed to 49.25 mm , (Valve Closed) 285 to 321 N
Minimum Service Limit , , ' 270 N
Valve Seat Installation Dimensions
Exhaust Seat
Diameter of Insert .' ,..43.713 to 43.73 mm
Machine Insert Bore to , , .43.647 to 43,663 mm
Depth of Bore , , 10.10 to .092 mm
Press Fit.. 0.05 to 0.102 mm
Intake Seat
Diameter of Insert .47.063 to 47.089 mm
Machine Bore to .46.987 to 47.013 mm
Depth of Bore . 10.30 to 10.50 mm
Press Fit................. 0.05 to 0.102 mm
Valve Guide Installation Dimensions
11 mm Valve Guide Installation Dimensions
Valve Guide 00 , , 11.150 to 11.163 mm
Machine Guide Bore to 11.112 to 11.138 mm
Press Fit... 0.012 to 0.051 mm
Installed Height (above top of valve guide boss on head) "'"'''''''''''' """"'"'''''''''''''''' """ " " " " 11.25 to 11.75 mm
Guide Installed 10 8.19 to 8.39 mm
14 mm Valve Guide Installation Dimensions
Guide Diameter 14.026 to 14.038 mm
Machine Guide Bore to 13.987 to 14.013 mm
Press Fit. , 013 to 051 mm
Installed Height (above top of valve guide boss on head) 11.25 to 11.75 mm
Guige Installed 10 , 8.19 to 8.39 mm
Metric Value
Aftercooler Bolts , 21 to 27 Nm
SPECIAL TORQUES
Alternator Bracket Bolts (Lower) 21 to 27 Nm
Alternator Bracket Bolts (Upper) , , , 21 to 27 Nm
Alternator Retaining Bolt 21 to 27 Nm
Balancer Counter Weight Bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Balancer Mounting Bolts 167 to 183 Nm
Balancer Idler Gear 52 to 62 Nm
Belt Tensioner Bracket Bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Rae 8-24163 Revised2-92 Printedin U.S.A,
2402-12
Metric Valve
Belt Tensioner Retaining Bolt .39 to 47 Nm
Block Heater 11 to 13 Nm
Camshaft Retaining Bolts...... 21 to 27 Nm
Coolant Inlet Bolts 39 to 47 Nm
Connecting Rod Bolts 60 Nm Plus 60 Degrees
(Lubricate Threads with Engine Oil)
Cylinder Head Torque
Short Bolts 90 Nm Plus 90 Degrees
Long Bolts 120 Nm Plus 90 Degrees
Engine lift Bracket Bolts (Rear) 71 to 83 Nm
Exhaust Manifold Bolts 39 to 47 Nm
Fan Pulley Bracket Bolts 23 to 26 Nm
Fan Pulley Bolts
Grade 8.8 Size M8 37 to 43 Nm
Grade 10.9 Size M8 52 to 62 Nm
Grade 8.8 Size M10 51 to 62 Nm
Grade 10.9 Size M10 51 to 62 Nm
Flywheel Housing Bolts 54 to 66 Nm
Flywheel Retaining Bolts................ 130 to 144 Nm
Flywheel Housing Cover Bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Fuel Filter Inlet Bolt 29 to 35 Nm
Fuel Air Removal Bolt 5 to 7 Nm
Fuel Filter Inlet Nut 29 to 35 Nm
Fuel Line Fitting (High Pressure) 22 to 28 Nm
Fuel line Fitting (Low Pressure) 22 to 28 Nm
Fuel Shutoff Solenoid 15 Nm
Front Cover Bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Front Housing Bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Injection Pump Drive Gear Nut.. 59 to 71 Nm
Injection Pump Lock Bolt (Lock Position) 8 Nm
Injection Pump Lock Bolt (Unlock Position) 20 Nm
Injection Pump Retaining Nuts 21 to 27 Nm
Injection Pump Bracket Bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Injector Leak Off Bolt 5 to 7 Nm
Injector Retaining Nut. 55 to 65 Nm
Rae 8-24163 Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2402-13
Metric Valve
Intake Manifold Bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Intake Manifold Plug 115 to 135 Nm
Lifter Cover Bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Main Bearing Bolts 80 Nm Plus 60 Degrees
(Lubricate the Thread with Engine Oil)
Oil Fill Tube Bolts 39 to 47 Nm
Oil Pan Drain Plug 68 to 82 Nm
Oil Pan Heater Plug 108 to 132 Nm
Oil Pan Retaining Bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Oil Pump Retaining Bolts... . 21 to 27 Nm
Oil Inlet Tube Bolts 18 to 30 Nm
Oil Inlet Tube Brace 21 to 27 Nm
Oil Filter Housing Bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Oil Relief Valve Plug 108 to 132 Nm
Primer Pump 21 to 27 Nm
Rear Seal Retaining Bolts 8 to 10 Nm
Rocker Arm Bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Starter Retaining Bolts 39 to 47 Nm
Tachometer Drive Retaining Bolts 2 to 4 Nm
Thermostat Housing Bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Timing Pin Retaining Bolts 4 to 6 Nm
Thrust Bearing Screws (Torx Head) .4 to 6 Nm
Turbocharger Mounting Bolts 30 to 34 Nm
Turbocharger Drain Tube Bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Turbine Housing Bolts 9 to 13 Nm
Center Housing to Back Plate Bolts 5 to 7 Nm
Compressor Housing Bolts 5 to 7 Nm
Compressor Lock NuL 13 to 15 Nm
Water Pump Mounting Bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Valve Cover Bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Rae 8-24163 Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2402-14
NOTE: The J I Case Company reserves the right to make improvements in design or
changes in specifications at any time without incurring any obligation to install them
on units previously sold.
Rae 8-24163 Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
Section
2415
CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVE TRAIN
4-390 Diesel Engine
IMPORTANT: This engine was made using the metric measurement system. NI
measurements and checks must be made with metric tools to make sure of an
accurate reading when inspecting parts.
CASE CORPORATION
Rae 8-24173
Copyright 1992 J I Case Company
Printed in U.S.A.
J une, 1983 (Revised February. 1992)
2415-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
IDENTIFICATION MARKS 2
SPECIFICATIONS 3
SPECIAL TORQUES 4
SPECIAL TOOLS 5
CHECKING AND RESURFACING THE CYLINDER HEAD 12,13
VALVE GUIDE REPLACEMENT
14 mm Replacement Valve Guides 14
11 mm Replacement Valve Guides 15
INSPECTION OF THE VALVES AND VALVE SEATS 16-18
VALVE SEAT INSTALLATION.......................................... 19
REFACING INTAKE AND EXHAUST VALVES AND VALVE SEATS 20-26
CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLy 27,28
ROCKER ARM DiSASSEMBLy .28,29
ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLy 29
CYLINDER HEAD INSTALLATION 30-34
LOCATING TOP CENTER 35
ADJ USTING THE ROCKER ARM TO VALVE CLEARANCE 35-39
THERMOSTAT SERViCE 39-40
IDENTIFICATION MARKS
letter G Thermostat passage in cylinder did not need to be machined.
letter M =Thermostat passage in cylinder head was machined.
Letter V =Valve seats have been machined.
CYLINDER HEAD REMOVAL 6-10
CYLINDER HEAD DiSASSEMBLy................. 11
letter X =The cylinders inthe cylinder block have been bored oversize. Use a head gasket with oversize cylinder holes
(one notch).
LetterXX = The cylinder block has been refaced and up to 0.25 mm has been removed. Use athicker head gasket (two
notches).
Letter XXX =The cylinder block has been refaced and up to 0.50 mm has been removed. Use a thicker head gasket
(three notches).
Numbers = RH rear corner of cylinder head indicates the amount of material removed from the cylinder head.
Rae 8-24173 Revised 2-92 Printed in U.SA
2415-3
SPECIFICATIONS
ENGINES MANUFACTURED IN USA
Prior to Engine Serial Number 45511034 Injector Nozzle 9 mm
Engine Serial Number 45511034 and After Injector Nozzle 7 mm
ENGINES MANUFACTURED IN DARLINGTON ENGLAND
Prior to Engine Serial Number 21092870..................... Injector Nozzle 9 mm
Engine Serial Number 21092870 and After Injectior Nozzle 7 mm
ENGINES MANUFACTURED IN NEUSS GERMANY
Prior to Engine Number 52107489 Injector Nozzle 9 mm
Engine Serial Number 52107489 and After Injector Nozzle 7 mm
CYLINDER HEAD
Maximum Warpage 0.010 mm in any 50 mm diameter area or more than
0.075 mm overall end to end or side to side.
Maximum amount of material that can be removed during resurfacing 1.0 mm
Minimum total height of cylinder head 93.75 to 94.25 mm
CYLINDER HEAD MACHINING IDENTIFICATION MARKS
Total thickness of cylinder head material removed See Page 12
X on head indicates block resurfacing See Page 27
Von head indicates valves have been ground See Page 27
G on head indicates thermostat bore inspected See Page 40
M on head indicates thermostat bore machined See Page 40
14 MM REPLACEMENT VALVE GUIDE
Valve guide 00 14.026 to 14.038 mm
Bore cylinder head to 13.987 to 14.013 mm
Press fit 0.013 to 0.051 mm
Installed height above top of valve guide boss on cylinder head 11.25 to 11.75 mm
11 MM REPLACEMENT VALVE GUIDE
Valve guide 00 11.150 to 11.163 mm
Bore cylinder head to 11.112 to 11.138 mm
Press fit 0.012 to 0.051 mm
Installed height above top of valve guide boss on cylinder head 11.25 to 11.75 mm
EXHAUST VALVE INSERT
Diameter of insert .43.713 to 43.739 mm
Diameter of bore 43.647 to 43.663 mm
Depth of bore 10.10 to 10.30 mm
Press fit 0.05 to 0.092 mm
INTAKE VALVE INSERT
Diameter of insert .47.063 to 47.089 mm
Diameter of bore .46.987 to 47.013 mm
Depth of bore 10.30 to 10.50 mm
Press fit 0.05 to 0.102 mm
:
Rae 8-24173 Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2415-4
SPECIAL TORQUES
Alternator bracket bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Belt tensioner bracket bolts (Allen head) 21 to 27 Nm
Belt tensioner bolt 39 to 47 Nm
Cylinder head bolts 120 to 132 Nm
Exhaust manifold bolts 39 to 47 Nm
Fan belt pulley bracket bolts 23 to 25 Nm
Fan belt pulley bolts
Grade 8.8 Size M8 26 to 31
Grade 10.9 Size M8 37 to 43
Grade 8.8 Size M10 51 to 62 Nm
Grade 10.9 Size M10 51 to 62 Nm
Fuel filter housing nut 29 to 35 Nm
Injector leak off fitting 5 to 7 Nm
Injector cap nut 55 to 60 Nm
Intake manifold cover bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Lift bracket bolts (Rear) 71 to 83 Nm
Rocker arm bracket bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Thermostat housing bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Valve cover bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Rae 8-24173 Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2415-5
SPECIAL TOOLS
B90288SJ
B9028B3J
CAS-1066A Head Bolt Wrench
This tool is first used on Page 36.
CAS-1694 Injector Bore Cleaner (For 9 mm injectors)
CAS-2155 Injector Bore Cleaner (For 7 mm injectors)
This tool is first used on Page 28.
B902884J
CAS-2162 Torque Angle Gauge
This tool first used on Page 31.
CAS-1743 Valve Guide Reamer
This tool is first used on Page 14.
Rae 8-24173
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2415-6
STEP 1
CYLINDER HEAD REMOVAL
STEP 4
Lift the belt tensioner and remove the fan belt.
STEP 2
Remove the belt tensioner bolt and the belt tensioner.
STEP 3
Mc,iQ,I6~94g
Remove the fan hub bolts and the fan hub.
Rae 8-24173
'T68944
Remove the belt tensioner bolts and the bracket.
STEP 5
i1
Remove the fan hub bracket bolts and the bracket.
STEP 6
Remove the bolts that hold the alternator and remove
the alternator.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 7
Remove the alternator bracket bolts and the bracket.
STEP 8
Remove the thermostat bolts and the housing as-
sembly.
STEP 9 4T-390 ENGiNE
To remove the turbocharger see section 2465 in the
service manual.
Rae 8-24173
2415-7
STEP 10
STEP 11
Disconnect and remove the fuel lines.
STEP 12
I,
Install protective covers on the injection pump outlet
lines and the injection lines.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2415-8
STEP 13 CAV INJECTION PUMP
Remove the leak off fitting and gasket.
STEP 14 BOSCH INJECTION PUMP
Remove the leak off fitting and gaskets.
STEP 15
15
Remove the leak off fittings, gaskets and the leak off
line.
Rae 8-24173
STEP 16
Loosen the nut on the injectors.
NOTE: The injector must not rotate in the bore of the
cylinder head. This will damage the cylinder head.
STEP 17
Remove the injectors from the cylinder head.
NOTE: Make sure the injector seal is removed from the
cylinder head.
STEP 18
Use a strap type wrench to remove the fuel filters.
NOTE: Some engines have asingle fuel filter.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 19
. " .w N
T68983
Remove the fuel line fittings and the fuel line.
STEP 20
STEP 21 CAY INJECTION PUMP
Remove the inlet line.
Rae 8-24173
2415-9
STEP 22 BOSCH INJECTION PUMP
Remove the inlet line.
STEP 23
:> .:,.;
T~8~9~j
Install a protective cover in the injection pump.
STEP 24
.~:..
. . ~~ .....-.:~
..------ ':T68994
Remove the valve bolts and the valve covers.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2415-10
STEP 25
.... ".--..... ",...., .
Remove the intake manifold cover bolts and the intake
manifold cover.
STEP 26
Remove the rocker arm bolts and the rocker arm as-
semblies.
STEP 27
Remove the push rods from the cylinder head.
Rae 8-24173
STEP 28
Remove the lift bracket bolts and the lift bracket.
STEP 29
Remove the cylinder head bolts and the cylinder head.
STEP 30
~A#W T68~
Cover the cylinder bores and pistons. Clean all foreign
material from the cylinder head mounting surface.
NOTE: The cylinders and pistons must be covered to
prevent damage to the pistons and cylinder walls.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2415-11
STEP 31
CYLINDER HEAD DISASSEMBLY
STEP 34
687~8'
Put the cylinder head on a clean work surface.
STEP 32
.../-)
.~~,~ . -"(. 6~Q7':l()
~ ...'.~:::w:..
Use a valve spring compressor to push down the valve
springs. Remove the valve keepers.
STEP 33
{" -. "t-
~ ~ . . . &
Remove the valve spring retainers and the valve spring.
Rae 8-24173
Remove the valve seals.
STEP 35
; ::
Remove the valves.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2415-12
STEP 36
CHECKING AND RESURFACING THE CYLINDER HEAD
STEP 38
.:.:.:
....pp
Clean the cylinder head completely. Remove carbon
and other deposits. Check for cracks and any other
damage to the head.
STEP 37
Check the cylinder head surface with a straight edge
and feeler gauge. Resurface the cylinder head if
warpage or erosion is more than 0.010 mm in any 50
mm diameter area or if there is more than 0.075 mm
overall end to end or side to side
Rae 8-24173
B902888J
Resurface the cylinder head inincrements necessary to
straighten the surface and maintain surface finish ac-
cording to the following specifications:
A = 10 mm total amount of material removed.
B = 93.75 mm minimum total height of the cylinder
head.
C = Surface finish1.5 to 3.2 micrometers.
D = Use this area to stamp the total thickness of
cylinder head material removed in rnrn.
"levised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A
STEP 39
B902889J
Measure the valve guide diameter at three depths with a
bore gauge.
Rae 8-24173
2415-13
STEP 40
".
Measure the bore gauge with a micrometer. If the
diameter of the valve guide at any depth is more than
8.089 mm, install anewvalve guide. See Page 14for 14
mmvalve guides and Page 15 for 11 mmvalve guides.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2415-14
VALVE GUIDE REPLACEMENT
14 mm Replacement Valve Guides
STEP 42
There are two different diameters of replacement valve
guides for your engine. You can get either 14 mm or 11
mm 00 replacement valve guides. Measure the re-
placement valve guides before you machine the
cylinder head.
Specifications
Valve guide 00 14.026 to 14.038 mm
Bore cylinder head to 13.987 to 14.013 mm
Installed height above top of valve guide boss
on cylinder head 11.25 to 11.75 mm
STEP 41
Drill the valve guide bores to 13.987 to 14.013 mm
diameter.
Rae 8-24173
B902891J
Make a bushing 16.038 mm 10 x 11.25 to 11.75 mm
long. Install the bushing over the newvalve guide. Press
the new valve guide into the cylinder head until the
press contacts the bushing.
STEP 43
Drill the new valve guides to a diameter of 8.0 mm.
Ream the new valve guides to a finished diameter of
8.019 to 8.039 rnrn.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.SA
2415-15
11 mm Replacement Valve Guides
Specifications STEP 45
Valve guide 00 11.150to 11.163 mm
Bore cylinder head to 11.112 to 11.138 mm
Installed height above top of valve guide
boss on cylinder head 1125 to 11.75 mm
STEP 44
DIAMETER OF
11.112 TO 11.138 mm
(\
Drill the valve guide bores to 11.112 to 11.138 mm
diameter.
Rae 8-24173
t
11.25 TO 11.75 mm
t
B902891J
Make a bushing 16.038 mm 10 x 11.25 to 11.75 mm
long Install the bushing over the newvalve guide. Press
the new valve guide into the cylinder head until the
press contacts the bushing.
STEP 46
Drill the valve guides to adiameter of 8.0 mm. Reamthe
new valve guides to a finished diameter of 8.019 to
8.039 mm.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2415-16
STEP 47
INSPECTION OF THE VALVES AND VALVE SEATS
STEP 48 (Cont'd)
STEP 48
Check the valves for the following conditions.
VALVE STEM WITH A NARROW NECK
j
8902893J
NOTE: REPLACE THE VALVE IF THIS CONDITION OCCURS.
This Condition Can Be Caused By:
1. Valve does not have lubrication.
2. Restriction in the water passages.
3. Operating the engine under continued overload at
too much engine RPM.
._-- GROOVE IN VALVE FACE
8902894J
NOTE: GRIND OR REPLACE VALVE IF THIS CONDITION
OCCURS.
This condition can be caused by foreign material
entering the engine through the intake system or not
giving service to the air intake system.
Rae 8-24173
I FINE PiniNG
8902895J
NOTE: THIS IS A NORMAL CONDITION.
Small amounts of very fine pitting can be found on the
surfaces of the valve face or seat after the valves are
cleaned. These are normal and will not change the
engine performance. This fine pitting is caused by
normal oxidation procedure and can occur on any
engine during the run-in period. It is not necessary to
grind valves or seats ifthis fine pitting is found. because
pitting will generally occur after the engine has run for
several hours.
8902896J
NOTE: GRIND OR REPLACE THE VALVE IF THIS CONDITION
OCCURS.
This condition is generally caused byworn valve guides
or bad seals on the valves. permitting oil to go by the
valves. Low operating temperature is a secondary
cause. Worn piston rings and cylinder walls will also
permit too much oil to reach the combustion chamber.
RUST OR PiniNG ON VALVE STEM
1
8902897J
NOTE: REPLACE VALVE IF THIS CONDITION OCCURS.
This condition can be caused by using bad quality
engine oil or fuel and by not correctly keeping the
engine in storage.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
NOTE: THIS CONDITION CAN BE CAUSED BY USING BAD
QUALITY ENGINE OIL OR FUEL.
DEEP BURNED VALVE FACE
CONCAVE VALVE HEAD
These conditions are generally caused by running the
engine at very high engine temperatures, grinding the
valve face too thin or valve grinding that is not correct.
B902900J
Rae 8-24173
2415-17
STEP 49
INTAKE VALVES
7.960 TO7.980 mm
7.960 TO7.980 mm
B902901J
Check the intake valve stem diameter at three points
along the stem. If the stem diameter is less than 7.960
mm, the valve must be replaced.
EXHAUST VALVES
7.960 TO7.980 mm
B902902J
Check the exhaust valve stem diameter at two points as
shown. Ifthe stemdiameter is less that 7.960 mm or the
stem tip diameter is less than 7.960 mm, the valve must
be replaced.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 48 (Cont'd)
/' 1. RUST OR PiniNG IN VALVE FACE
2425-18
STEP 50
VALVE WITHOUT REPLACEABLE SEATS
1.52 mm MAX.
B902903J
Put the valves inthe cylinder head and check to make
sure that the valve heads are recessed in the cylinder
head. Thevalves must not protrude from the head. Ifthe
valve head is recessed more than 1.52 mm below the
cylinder head surface, the valve must be replaced or a
valve insert must be installed to make sure that there is
equal compression ratios between cylinders.
Rae 8-24173 Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2415-19
STEP 51
VALVE SEAT INSTALLATION
STEP 52
Machine the cylinder head to the following specifica-
tions for valve seats.
Exhaust Valve Seat Specifications:
Diameter of Valve Seat 43.713 to 43739 mm
Diameter of Bore 43.647 to 43.663 mm
Depth of Bore 10.10 to 10.30 mm
Press Fit 0.05 to 0.092 mm
Intake Valve Seat Specifications:
Diameter of Valve Seat 47.063 to 47.089 mm
Diameter of Bore 46.987 to 47.013 mm
Depth of Bore 10.30 to 10.50 mm
Press Fit 0.05 to 0.102 mm
1. VALVE SEAT BORE
/
B902904J
Rae 8-24173
Clean the recessed area in the cylinder head. Put the
newvalve seats in dry ice for a minimum of one hour to
shrink the valve seats for easy installation. Use a driver
and install the valve seats.
A
Always wear gloves to prevent frostbite to
your hands when handling frozen parts.
SM118A
STEP 53
Use a center punch and stake the valve seats in three
positions. Grind the valve seats to the correct angle.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A
2415-20
REFACING INTAKE AND EXHAUST VALVES AND VALVE SEATS
STEP 54
VALVE IDENTIFICATION
The 45 degree exhaust valves are smaller in diameter
than the intake valves.
The 30 degree intake valves are larger in diameter than
the exhaust valves.
Rae 8-24173
STEP 55
VALVE AND SEAT GRINDING ANGLES
44 DEGREE
ANGLE
30 DEGREE VALVE
45 DEGREE SEAT
30 DEGREE SEAT
B902905J
Ifdimension A and B is less than 1.5 mm the valve must
be replaced.
NOTE: Use aprecision seat grinder. Take very light cuts
with the grinding stones so just enough metal is
removed to end up with a good smooth seat finish.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2415-22
IF THE VALVE CONTACT AREA ON THE
SEAT LOOKS LIKE THIS (A SEAT THAT
HAS BEEN GROUND).
SEAT CONTACT AREA ON THE VALVE
TO LOW
IF THE VALVE CONTACT AREA ON THE
SEAT LOOKS LIKE THIS.
_ USE A 45 DEGREE ST~
TO MAKE WIDER, THE
- USE A 45 DEGREE STl
CONTACT AREA.
SEAT CONTACT AREA ON THE VALVE
TOO HIGH
Rae 8-24173
IF THE VALVE CONTACT AREA ON THE
SEAT LOOKS LIKE THIS.
_ USE A 45 DEGREE 51
AND TO MAKE WIDER
_ THE VALVE MUST BE f
VALVE SEAT MUST Sf
CAUSE MORE GRIN[
CHANGE THE LOWER l
Revised 2-92
DIAGNOSIS OF DIFFERENTDYE PATTERNS
45 Degree Exhaust valves
INE TO LIFT THE - USE A 60 DEGREE STONE TO LIFT AND
NARROW THE LOWER CONTACT AREA.
- CHECK THAT THE VALVE HEAD IS NOT - IF THE VALVE HEAD IS RE-
RECESSED MORE THAN 1.52 mm. BE- CESSED MORE THAN 1.52 rnm,
LOW THE CYLINDER HEAD SURFACE. REPLACE THE VALVE AND IN-
STALL A VALVE SEAT.
- CHECK THAT THE VALVE HEAD IS NOT _ IF THE VALVE HEAD IS RE-
RECESSED MORE THAN 1.52 mmBELOW CESSED MORE THAN 1.52 mm,
THE CYLINDER HEAD SURFACE. REPLACE THE VALVE AND IN-
STAU A VALVE SEAT.
ONE TO LOWER _ USE A 30 DEGREE STONE TO NARROW
THE CONTACT THE UPPER CONTACT AREA, IN-
CREASED BY THE 45 DEGREE STONE.
IEPLACEDAND A
!INSTALLED BE-
liNG WIU NOT
eONTACT POINT.
Printed in U.S.A.
_ CHECK THAT THE VALVE HEAD IS NOT _IF THE VALVE HEAD IS RE-
RECESSED MORE THAN 1.52 mm, BE- CESSED MORE THAN 1.52 mm,
LOW THE CYLINDER HEAD SURFACE. REPLACE THE VALVE AND IN-
STALL A VALVE SEAT.
STEP 56
Put a small amount of blue dye on the valve face. Install
the valve in the head and rotate the valve on the seat.
STEP 57
Remove the valve and look at the contact area on the
valve face and seat. The blue dye will be gone from the
valve face where the valve made contact with the seat.
Rae 8-24173
2415-21
STEP 58
30 DEGREE VALVES
45 DEGREE VALVES
B902906J
Correct refacing of valves and seats will give a dye
pattern as shown.
NOTE: If the dye pattern is other than the patterns
shown, check the diagnosis of different dyepatterns on
the following pages.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2415-24
IF THE VALVE CONTACT AREA ON THE
SEAT LOOKS LIKE THIS (A SEAT THAT
HAS BEEN GROUND).
<,
SEAT CONTACT AREA ON THE VALVE
TO HIGH.
IF THE VALVE CONTACT AREA ON THE
SEAT LOOKS LIKE THIS.
_ USE A 30 DEGREE
WIDER AND TO LO'
AREA.
- THE VALVE MUST E
VALVE SEAT IN!
MORE GRINDING \
THE LOWER CONTI
IF THE VALVE CONTACT AREA ON THE _ USE A 30 DEGREE
SEAT LOOKS UKE THIS (A SEAT THAT WIDER THE CONTA
HAS BEEN GROUND).
<,
IF THE VALVE CONTACT AREA ON THE _ THE VALVE MUST e
SEAT LOOKS LIKE THIS. VALVE SEAT INS
MORE GRINDING \
THE LOWER CONTI
SEAT CONTACT AREA ON THE VALVE
TO NARROW
Rae8-24173 Revised,
t STONE TO MAKE
~ER THE CONTACT
E REPLACED AND A
TALLED BECAUSE
"ILL NOT CHANGE
,CTPOINT.
_ USE A 15 DEGREE STONE TO LOWER _ CHECK THAT THE VALVE HEAD IS NOT
THE UPPER CONTACT AREA. RECESSED MORE THAN 152 mm BELOW
THE CYLINDER HEAD SURFACE.
_ IFTHE VALVE HEAD IS RECESSED MORE
THAN 1.52 mm. REPLACE THE VALVE
AND INSTALL A VALVE SEAT.
- IF THE VALVE HEAD IS RE-
CESSED MORE THAN 152 mm,
REPLACE THE VALVE AND IN-
STALL A VALVE SEAT.
STONE TO MAKE
cr AREA.
E REPLACED AND A
TALLED BECAUSE
VILL NOT CHANGE
,CTPOINT.
-92 Printedin U.SA
_ CHECK THAT THE VALVE HEAD IS NOT
RECESSED MORE THAN 152 mmBELOW
THE CYLINDER HEAD SURFACE.
B902909J
SEAT CONTACT AREA ON THE VALVE
TO NARROW
CONTACT AREA
IF THE VAlVE CONTACT AREA ON THE
VALVE SEAT LOOKS LIKE THIS.
2415-23
_ USE A 45 DEGREE STONE TO INCREASE - CHECK THAi
THE CONTACT AREA. RECESSED"
THE CYLINDI
-THE VALVE MUST BE RE-
PLACED AND A VALVE SEATlN-
STALLED BECAUSE MORE
GRINDING WILL NOT CHANGE
THE LOWER CONTACT AREA.
SEAT CONTACT AREA ON THE VALVE
TO WIDE.
Rae 8-24173
CONTACT AREA
IF THE VALVE CONTACT AREA ON THE
SEAT LOOKS LIKE THIS.
_ USE A 30 DEGREE STONE TO LOWER
THE UPPER CONTACT AREA.
- USE A 30 DEGREE STONE TO LOWER
THE UPPER CONTACT AREA.
Revised2-92 Printedin U.S.A.
_USEA60DE
LOWER CON
-USEA60DE
LOWER CON
THE VALVE HEAD IS NOT
ORE THAN 1.52 mm BELOW
:R HEAD SURFACE.
- CHECK THAT THE VALVE HEAD
IS NOT RECESSED MORE THAN
1.52 mm. REPLACE THE VALVE
AND INSTALL A VALVE SEAT.
iREE STONE TO LIFT THE
ACT AREA.
_ IF THE VALVE HEAD IS RE-
CESSED MORE THAN 1.52 mm.
REPLACE THE VALVE AND IN-
STALL A VALVE SEAT.
_ CHECK THAT THE VALVE HEAD IS NOT _ IF THE VALVE HEAD IS RE-
RECESSED MORE THAN 1.52 mm BELOW CESSED MORE THAN 1.52 mm.
THE CYLINDER HEAD SURFACE. REPLACE THE VALVE AND IN-
STALL A VALVE SEAT.
B902908J
2415-26
SEAT CONTACT AREA ON THE VALVE
TO WIOE
IF THE VALVE CONTACT AREA ON THE - USE A 15 DEGREE STOI
SEAT LOOKS LIKE THIS (A SEAT THAT THE UPPER CONTACT AI
HAS BEEN GROUND) .
.....
Rae 8-24173
- 1 DEGREE INTERFEREN(
Revised 2-92
"IE TO LOWER
~EA.
iE TO LOWER
lEA.
- USEA45 DEGREE OR 60 DEGREE STONE _ CHECK THAT THE VALVE HEAD IS NOT
TO LIFT THE LOWER CONTACT AREA. RECESSED MORE THAN 1.52 mm BELOW
THE CYLINDER HEAD SURFACE.
- USEA45 DEGREE OR 60 DEGREE STONE _CHECK THAT THE VALVE HEAD IS NOT
TO LIFT THE LOWER CONTACT AREA. RECESSED MORE THAN 1.52 mm, BE-
LOW THE CYLINDER HEAD SURFACE.
_IF THE VALVE HEAD IS RE-
CESSED MORE THAN 1.52 mm
REPLACE THE VALVE AND IN-
STALL A VALVE SEAT.
_IF THE VALVE HEAD IS RE-
CESSED MORE THAN 1.52 mm,
REPLACE THE VALVE AND IN-
STALL A VALVE SEAT.
:E ANGLE
Printed in U.S.A.
_ CORRECT REFACING OF THE INTAKE
VALVE AND VALVE SEAT WILL GIVE A 1
DEGREE INTERFERENCE ANGLE. THIS
ANGLE IS IMPORTANT BECAUSE IT
GIVES ASSISTANCE IN CUTTING CAR-
BON AND TO SEAT THE VALVES.
B902911J
THIS IS THE CORRECT SEAT CONTACT-THE CORRECT EXHAUST VALVE CON-
AREA ON THE VAlVE. TACT AREA ON THE SEAT WILL GIVE A
SEAT WIDTH OF 1.47 TO 2.07 mm.
2415-25
-
_1 DEGREE IN
30 DEGREE INTAKE VALVES ONLY
IF THE VAlVE CONTACT AREA ON THE - USE A 30 DEGREE STONE TO LIFT AND
SEAT LOOKS LIKE THIS (A SEAT THAT TO MAKE WIDER THE CONTACT AREA.
HAS BEEN GROUND).
<,
SEAT CONTACT AREA ON THE VAlVE
TO LOW
IF THE VAlVE CONTACT AREA ON THE _ USE A 30 DEGREE STONE TO LIFT THE
SEAT lOOKS LIKE THIS. CONTACT AREA.
Rae 8-24173
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
- USEA45DEG
TO NARROl1
AREA INCRE.
STONE.
ERFERENCE ANGLE
-CORRECT REFACING OF EXHAUST
VALVES AND VALVE SEATS WILL GIVE A
1 DEGREE INTERFERENCE ANGLE. THIS
ANGLE IS IMPORTANT BECAUSE THE
ANGLE GIVES ASSISTANCE IN CUTTING
CARBON AND TO SEAT THE VALVES.
- IF THE VALVE HEAD IS RE-
CESSED MORE THAN 1.52 mm
REPLACE THE VALVE AND IN-
STALL A VALVE SEAT.
'OEOR 60 DEGREE STONE
THE LOWER CONTACT
ED BY THE 30 DEGREE
E OR 60 DEGREE STONE
'HE LOWER CONTACT
-CHECK THAT THE VALVE HEAD IS NOT
RECESSED MORE THAN 152 mm. BE-
LOW THE CYLINDER HEAD SURFACE.
_ CHECK THAT THE VALVE HEAD IS NOT
RECESSED MORE THAN 152 mmBELOW
THE CYLINDER HEAD SURFACE.
- IF THE VALVE HEAD IS RE-
CESSED MORE THAN 1.52 mm
REPLACE THE VALVE AND IN-
STALL A VALVE SEAT.
_ IF THE VALVE HEAD IS RE
CESSED MORE THAN 152 mm
REPLACE THE VALVE AND'
STALL A VALVE SEAT.
B90291 OJ
2415-27
STEP 59
CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY
STEP 62
904LO
If the cylinder head has been machined, mark the
amount removed on the RH rear corner of the cylinder
head.
IMPORTANT: Do not machine more than 1.00 mm
from the cylinder head. The head height must not be
less than 93.75 mm.
STEP 60
" " ' 36
Apply lubrication to the valves. Install the valves in the
cylinder head.
STEP 61
Install new valve seals.
Rae 8-24173
Install the valve spring the valve spring caps.
STEP 63
.
. :,. ,.,/.~,"
-';.;I:;~. . L:,,-,T687~n
- ~ '.. ~:~#,... ... z;.;."':~
Push down the valve springs with a spring compressor.
Install the valve keepers.
NOTE: Always install new valvekeepers when new caps
or valves are installed.
STEP 64
r ~: ....
Remove the spring compressor and hit the end of the
valve stems with a soft hammer to seat the valve
keepers.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2415-28
STEP 65
)1:68728
Clean the injector bores with a bore cleaner Early Pro-
duction engines have 9 mm injectors and late produc-
tion engines have 7 mm injectors. See the following il-
lustration.
Use a CAS-1694 injector bore cleaner for heads that
have 9 mm injectors.
Use a CAS-2155 injector bore cleaner for heads that
have 7 mm injectors.
7 mm Diameter Tip
8903013J
9 mm Diameter Tip
ROCKER ARM DISASSEMBLY
305L91
Remove the snap ring, washer and rocker armfrom the
shaft.
Rae 8-24173
STEP 67
Use a micrometer and measure the rocker arm shaft for
out of round. Measure in three different locations
around the shaft. If the rocker arm shaft is less than
18.938 mm in diameter the rocker arm shaft assembly
must be replaced.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 68
Measure the rocker arm with a bore gauge inthree dif-
ferent locations around the bore.
2415-29
STEP 69
- :, w-
Use a micrometer to measure the bore gauge. If the
diameter of the bore is more than 19.05 rnrn, the rocker
arm must be replaced.
ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY
5. ROCKER ARM
STEP 70
Install the rocker arms on the rocker arm shaft with the
adjusting screws on same end as the large hole in the
bracket.
Rae 8-24173
309L91
STEP 71
Install thewashers and the snap rings on the rocker arm
shaft.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2415-30
STEP 72
CYLINDER HEAD INSTALLATION
STEP 74
Use the correctr tap and clean all head bolts holes of
foreign material.
STEP 73
Insallthe correct head gasket on the engine block, see
below.
Head Gasket Application
No Notches - Replacement Gaskett
2 Notches - 0.25 mm Oversize Gasket
3 Notches - 0.50 mm Oversize Gasket
IMPORTANT: Oversize thickness gaskets are used
when the cylinder block has been machined.
Rae 8-24173
Install the cylinder head.
STEP 75
9171.91
Use the bolt length gauge to check the head bolt length.
Ifthe head bolt length is more than the maximum length
on the gauge the bolt must be replaced.
918L91
Check and replace all head bolts that have rust, pitting
narrowing and corrosion.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 77
Put a small amount of engine oil on the head bolt
threads. Install the head bolts and washers. Tighten the
bolts a small amount.
NOTE: Do not torque the head bolts at this time.
STEP 78
Install the push rods and the rocker arm assembly.
Rae 8-24173
2415-31
STEP 79
B902915J
Tighten the cylinder head bolts to the correct torque,
following the torque sequence shown above.
Use the following steps to get the correct torque.
Step 1 - torque to 41 Nm
Step 2 - torque to 90 Nm
Step 3 - torque bolts 3, 6, 11 and 14 to 120 Nm
STEP 80
Install the torque angle and tighten each head bolt an
additional 90 degrees.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2415-32
STEP 81
T68834
Tighten the rocker shaft bracket bolt to atorque of 21 to
27 Nm.
STEP 82
Install the intake manifold gasket and the intake man-
ifold.
STEP 83
Put Loctite liquid teflon on the intake manifold bolts
Rae 8-24173
8902916J
Install the intake manifold bolts and tighten to a torque
of 21 to 27 Nm, following the torque sequence shown
above.
STEP 85
Install the rear lift bracket and tighten the bolts to a
torque of 71 to 83 Nm.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
CAY INJECTION PUMP
Connect and tighten the inlet tube nuts.
STEP 87 BOSCH INJECTION PUMP
Install the injection pump inlet tube.
Tighten the fuel outlet fitting to a torque of 29 to 35 Nm.
Rae 8-24173
2415-33
STEP 89
Install the inlet tube. Install a new o-ring on the filter
housing and install the filter housing.
NOTE: Some engines have single fuel filters.
STEP 90
Install the filter housing nut and tighten to atorque of 29
to 35 Nm.
STEP 91
T68983
Install the lift pump outlet tube.
Revised 2-92 Printedin USA
2415-34
STEP 92
Tighten the filter inlet fitting to a torque of 29 to 35 Nm.
STEP 93
For correct fuel filter installation see the fuel filter
section.
STEP 94
Install the thermostat inthe thermostat housing. The pin
in the thermostat must be at the top of the thermostat
housing.
NOTE: See page 39 to check the diameter of the ther-
mostat opening in cylinder head.
Rae 8-24173
STEP 95
Install the seal and the front lift bracket.
STEP 96
Install the thermostat housing assembly and bolts.
Tighten the bolts to a torque of 21 to 27 Nm.
STEP 97
B902917J
T69
Install the manifold bolts and gasket on the cylinder
head. Tighten the bolts to a torque of 39 to 47 Nm,
follow the torque sequence shown above.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2415-35
STEP 98
LOCATING TOP CENTER
STEP 99
ADJUSTING THE ROCKER ARM TO VALVE CLEARANCE
Cold Setting
STEP 101
\1
Install the engine rotating tool into the flywheel housing.
Rotate the engine four revolutions to make sure the
push rods are seated correctly.
STEP 100
:':".;;-'
f'~~~
Check and adjust the intake and exhaust valves as the
arrows show below.
4 3 2 1
E E
B902918J
Number one cylinder top center compression stroke.
Valve Clearance, Cold: Intake Valves - 0.254 mm
Exhaust Valves - 0.508 mm
Rae 8-24173
.,.'.,..'.'M,"'...,..,~'"'" .... .-.,...,,w,,.._ ... ,,, .w."_""..... ,... ,
While turning the engine, push the lock pin in. When the
lock pin moves intothe camshaft gear the engine will be
at top center.
Install the engine rotating tool. Move the engine a small
amount in each direction. Pull the lock pin out.
Revised2-92 Printed in U.S.A
2415-36
STEP 102
Turn the engine one complete revolution.
Check and adjust the intake and exhaust valves as the
arrows show below.
3 2
E
8902919J
Number four cylinder top center compression stroke.
Valve Clearance, Cold: Intake Valves - 0.254 mm
Exhaust Valves - 0.508 mm
8903013J
7 mm Diameter Tip 9 mm Diameter Tip
Before you order newinjectors or seals, you must deter-
mine which injectors were installed in your engine.
Rae 8-24173
STEP 104
Put new seals on the injectors and install the injectors.
STEP 105
Tighten the injector nut to a torque of 55 to 60 Nm.
STEP 106
Install the leak off line, fittings and gaskets Tighten the
fittings to a torque of 5 to 7 Nm.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 107
Install the injector lines connect and tighten the injector
line nut to the injection pump and injectors.
STEP 108
Install the bracket and tighten.
STEP 109
Install the alternator bracket and tighten the bolts to a
torque of 21 to 27 Nm.
Rae 8-24173
2415-37
STEP 110
Install the alternator and tighten the bolts.
STEP 111
Install the fan belt pulley bracket and tighten the bolts to
a torque of 23 to 25 Nm.
STEP 112
J >9l85
Install the belt tensioner bracket and tighten the Allen
head bolts to a torque of 21 to 27 Nm.
Revised2-92 Printed in U.SA
2415-38
Install the fan belt pulley and tighten the bolts to a
torque of:
Grade 8.8 Size M8 26 to 31 Nm
Grade 10.9 Size M8 37 to 43 Nm
Grade 8.8 Size M10 51 to 62 Nm
Grade 10.9 Size MO 51 to 62 Nm
STEP 114
Install the belt tensioner and tighten the bolt to a torque
of 39 to 47 Nm.
STEP 115
Lift the belt tensioner and install the fan belt.
Rae 8-24173
STEP 116
To install the turbocharger, see section 2465 in the
service manual.
STEP 117
Start and operate the engine. Check engine oil
pressure indicator to make sure of correct engine oil
pressure. Check the rocker arms to make sure that the
arms are receiving oil.
STEP 118
Install new gaskets on the valve covers.
STEP 119
Install new a-rings on the valve cover bolts.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 120
Install the valve cover bolts and tighten to a torque of 21
to 27 Nm.
2415-39
STEP 121
THERMOSTAT SERVICE
STEP 123
1. New Thermostat
2. Old Thermostat
B902920J
A new thermostat has been released for use in your
engine. If you removed an old thermostat from your
engine, do the following steps to install a new ther-
mostat.
STEP 122
8902921J
Install the template that comes withthe newthermostat
kit.
Rae 8-24173
8902922J
If the cylinder head coolant passage is smaller than the
10 of the template, the coolant passage will have to be
made larger. Mark the 10of the template on the cylinder
head.
STEP 124
8902923J
Remove the template. Use a shop cloth in the coolant
passage to keep metal shavings out of the engine. Use
a rotary grinder to remove the material.
Revised2-92 PrintedinU.S.A.
2415-40
STEP 125 STEP 126
B902924J
Remove any metal shavings from the cylinder head.
Install the seal and newthermostat. Tighten the bolts to
21 to27 Nm.
Mark the cylinder head on the intake side next to the
serial number as follows:
Stamp the letter "G" for cylinder heads that were in-
spected and did not need to be machined.
Stamp the letter "M" for cylinder heads that were
machined.
NOTE: The J I Case Company reserves the right to make improvements in design or
changes in specifications at any time without incurring any obligation to install them
on units previously sold.
Rac 8-24173 Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
Section
2425
CYLINDER BLOCK
Crankshaft, Pistons, Rods, Sleeves, Camshaft,
Bearings, Seals and Flywheel
4-390 Diesel Engine
IMPORTANT: This engine was made using the metric measurement system. All
measurements and checks must be made with metric tools to make sure of an
accurate reading when inspecting parts.
CASE CORPORATION
Rae 8-24183
Copyright 1992 J I Case Company
Printed in U.S.A.
J une. 1983 (Revised February, 1992)
2425-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS ..
Special Torques
..4-6
...........6
SPECIAL TOOLS ............ 7-8
FRONT Oil SEAL REPLACEMENT. 9-11
REAR Oil SEAL REPLACEMENT 12-15
FRONT OIL SEAL AND WEAR SLEEVE INSTALLATION . .... 15-17
REAR Oil SEAL AND WEAR SLEEVE INSTALLATION . . 18-21
REMOVAL OF PISTONS AND RODS . . 21-22
CYLINDER WALL INSPECTION 23-26
RECONDITIONING THE ENGINE CYLINDER BLOCK
Checking and Resurfacing the Cylinder Block. . 27
Reconditioning the Cylinder Block for Oversize Pistons . ....28
Reconditioning the Cylinder Block for Sleeves . ...29-30
PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD DISASSEMBLY AND INSPECTION . ... 31-33
PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION . ... 33-38
REPLACEMENT OF THE MAIN BEARINGS WITHOUT REMOVING THE CRANKSHAFT .... . 38-41
CRANKSHAFT AND MAIN BEARINGS . . 41-45
CRANKSHAFT GEAR REMOVAL . . 46
CRANKSHAFT INSPECTION .46
CRANKSHAFT RECONDITIONING
Grinding a Crankshaft . .. 47
Crankshaft Rehardening . . .47
CRANKSHAFT GEAR INSTALLATION .48
CRANKSHAFT INSTALLATION 48-57
Rae 8-24183 Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2425-3
CAMSHAFT
Removal 58-59
Camshaft Bore and Bushing Inspection 59-60
Camshaft Bushing Removal and Installation 60
Valve Lifter Inspection 61
Camshaft Disassembly and Inspection 62
Camshaft Gear Installation 63
Camshaft Installation 63-66
FLYWHEEL
Removal 66
Ring Gear Removal and Installation 67
Installation '" 67
TACHOMETER DRIVE, IF EQUIPPED
Removal and Disassembly 68
Assembly and Installation 68
EXPANSION PLUG REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
60 mm Expansion Plugs 69
58 mm Expansion Plugs 70
26 mm Expansion Plugs 71
22.5 mm Expansion Plugs 72
18 mm Expansion Plugs 73-74
10 mm Expansion Plugs 74-75
CRANKCASE PRESSURE CHECK (BLOW BY)
Manometer Installation 76
Testing 77
Manometer Removal 78
Rae 8-24183 Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2425-4
SPECIFICATIONS
CYLINDER BLOCK
ID of Cylinder , , 102.00 to 102.04 mm
Maximum Service Limit 102.116 mm
Maximum Cylinder Out of Round............................... 0.038 mm
Maximum Cylinder Taper . , 0.076 mm
Maximum Warpage of Cylinder Block Surface ..More than 0,010 mm in any 50 mm diameter area or
more than 0.075 mm overall end to end or side to side
Maximum Amount of Material that can be Removed During Resurfacing , . " , 0.50 mm
Standard Piston Finish Housing of Cylinder Bore 102.00 to 102.116 mm
0.5 mm Oversize Piston Machine Cylinder Block Bore to 102.40 to 102.44 mm
0.5 mm Oversize Piston Finish Honing of Cylinder Block Bore , 102.50 to 102.54 mm
1.0 mm Oversize Piston Machine Cylinder Block Bore to 102.90 to 102.94 mm
1.0 mm Oversize Piston Finish Honing of Cylinder Block Bore 103.00 to 103.04 mm
CYLINDER SLEEVE
Machine Cylinder Block Bore to 104.485 to 104.515 mm
Machine Cylinder Sleeve Bore to 101.90 to 101.94 mm
Finish Honing Cylinder Sleeve to 102.00 to 102.04 mm
PISTON
OD 12 mm From the Bottom, 90 Degrees from Piston Pin 101.873 to 101.887 mm
Minimum Service Limit 101.823 mm
Piston Clearance 0.113 to 0.293
ID of Piston Pin Bore 40.006 to 40.012 mm
Maximum Service Limit 40.025 mm
Protrusion Above Cylinder Block (Maximum) 0.660 mm
PISTONS RINGS
No. 1 Compression
End Gap in 102.0210 Cylinder 0.25 to 0.55 mm
Maximum Service Limit 0.806 mm
Side Clearance 0.075 to 0 120 mm
Maximum Service Limit 0.15 mm
No. 2 Compression
End Gap in 102.0210 Cylinder 0.25 to 0.55 mm
Maximum Service Limit 0.806 mm
Side Clearance 0.075 to 0.120 mm
Maximum Service Limit 0.15 mm
NO.3 Oil Control Ring
End Gap in 102.0210 Cylinder 0.25 to 0.55 mm
Maximum Service Limit , 0806 mm
Rae 8-24183 Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A
2425-5
PISTON PIN
00of Pin. . 39.997 to 40.003 mm
Minimum Service Limit 39.990 mm
CONNECTING ROD
Bushing 10 installed 40.053 to 40.067 mm
Maximum Service Limit 40.092 mm
J ournal 10 Without Bearing Liners 72.987 to 73.013 mm
Bearing Oil Clearance 0.038 to 0.116 mm
Maximum Service Limit.. 0.129 mm
Side Clearance 0 100 to 0.300 mm
Maximum Service Limit... 0.330 mm
Bolt (Maximum Length) 59.25 mm
CRANKSHAFT
End Clearance, Center Main Bearing Cap 0.041 to 0.119 mm
Center Main Bearing Thrust Surface Thickness 2.50 mm
Connecting Rod J ournal Standard 00 68.987 to 69.013 mm
Maximum Service Limit. 68.962 mm
0.25 mm 00 Undersize, Grind to 68.737 to 68.763 mm
0.50 mm 00 Undersize, Grind to 68.487 to 68.513 mm
0.75 mm 00 Undersize, Grind to 68.237 to 68.263 mm
1.00 mm 00 Undersize, Grind to 68.987 to 68.013 mm
Connecting Rod J ournal Maximum Taper 0.013 mm
Connecting Rod J ournal Out of Round Maximum 0.050 mm
Main Bearing Oil Clearance 0.041 to 0.119 mm
Maximum Service Limit. 0.140 mm
Main Bearing J ournal Standard 00 82.987 to 83.013 mm
Maximum Service Limit.. 82.962 mm
0.25 mm 00 Undersize, Grind to 82.737 to 82.763 mm
0.50 mm 00 Undersize, Grind to 82.487 to 82.513 mm
0.75 mm 00 Undersize, Grind to 82.237 to 82.263 mm
1.00 mm 00 Undersize, Grind to 81.987 to 82.013 mm
Main Bearing J ournal Bore 10 No Liners 87.982 to 88.018 mm
Maximum Service Limit. 88031 mm
Bolt (Maximum Length) 119.25 mm
Rae 8-24183 Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2425-6
CAMSHAFT
10 of Bushing Installed 54.107 to 54.133 mm
Maximum Service Limit. 54.146 mm
10 of Camshaft Bore 54.089 to 54.139 mm
Maximum Service Limit...... 54.164 mm
00of Each Carnshatt Bearing Surface...................................... .. 53.987 to 54.013 mm
Minimum Service Limit 53.962 mm
Camshaft Thrust Clearance 0.130 to 0.340 mm
Minimum Service Limit.................................................. . 0.470 mm
Cam Lobe Minimum Diameter At Peak
Intake 47.265 mm
Exhaust...................... . 46.994 mm
GEAR TRAIN BACKLASH
Crankshaft Gear to Camshaft Gear 0.08 to 0.33 mm
Maximum Service Limit (All Gears) .. 0.45 mm
SPECIAL TORQUES
Belt tensioner bolt 39 to 47 Nm
Camshaft plate bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Connecting rod bolts 60 Nm Plus 60 Degrees
Crankshaft pulley bolts 120 to 130 Nm
Fan Pulley Bolts
Grade 8.8 Size M8 26 to 31 Nm
Grade 10.9 Size M8 37 to 43 Nm
Grade 8.8 Size Size M10 51 to 62 Nm
Grade 10.9 Size M10 51 to 62 Nm
Flywheel bolts 130 to 144 Nm
Flywheel housing bolts 54 to 66 Nm
Front cover bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Front housing bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Fuel inlet bolts 29 to 35 Nm
Fuel inlet nut. 29 to 35 Nm
Fuel outlet bolt 29 to 35 Nm
Injection pump nut 55 to 65 Nm
Injection pump lock bolt 6 to 8 Nm
Injection pump mounting nuts 21 to 27 Nm
Injection pump bracket bolts 21 to 27 Nm
Main bearing bolts 80 Nm Plus 50 Degrees
Oil suction tube bolts 18 to 30 Nm
Seal carrier bolts 8 to 10 Nm
Starter retaining bolts 39 to 47 Nm
Rae 8-24183 Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
CAS-1690 Engine Rotating Tool
First used on Page 42.
Rae 8-24183
2425-7
CAS-1358 Ridge Reamer
First used on Page 22.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2425-8
CAS-10900 Connecting Rod Pin Bushing
Removal and installation tool
First used on Page 31.
Crankcase Pressure Check (Blow By)
CAS-1692A Manometer
First used on Page 76.
Rae 8-24183 Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2425-9
STEP 1
FRONT OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT
STEP 4
Lift the belt tensioner and remove the fan belt.
STEP 2
Remove the tachometer drive, if equipped.
STEP 3
Remove the bolts from the crankshaft pulley and
remove the crankshaft pulley.
Rae 8-24183
Remove the front cover bolts and remove the front
cover.
STEP 5
Clean the crankshaft seal surface with Loctite safety
solvent
IMPORTANT: The seal surface on the crankshaft must
be free of all oil and grease to prevent damage to the oil
seal.
STEP 6
Remove the seal and clean the seal surface with Loctite
safety solvent
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.SA
2425-10
STEP 7
Install the guide bolts and a new front cover gasket.
STEP 8
Install the front cover bolts. Do not tighten the bolts.
STEP 9
Install the seal installation tool into the front cover with
the small diameter toward the engine. This will center
the front cover with the crankshaft.
Rae 8-24183
STEP 10
~;
Tighten the front cover bolts to a torque of 24 Nm.
Remove the installation tool.
STEP 11
Put Loctite 277 on the outside surface of the seal.
IMPORTANT: The crankshaft oil seal surface must not
have any oil, grease or foreign material on the sealing
surface.
STEP 12
Carefully install the protective sleeve and seal on the
crankshaft. Push the seal on the crankshaft until the
seal makes contact with the seal surface.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 13
Remove the protective sleeve.
STEP 14
Install the installation tool and push the seal to the
correct depth. The seal will be atthe correct depth when
the outside diameter of the installation tool makes
contact with the front cover.
STEP 15
Remove the seal installation.
Rae 8-24183
2425-11
STEP 16
Install the crankshaft and the crankshaft pulley bolts.
Tighten the bolts to a torque of 120 to 130 Nm.
STEP 17
Install the tachometer drive, if equipped.
STEP 18
Lift the belt tensioner and install the fan belt.
Revised2-92 Printedin U.S.A.
2425-12
STEP 19
REAR OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT
STEP 22
Remove the engine oil pan. See Section 2445 for oil pan
removal.
STEP 20
Remove the bolts and the starter from the flywheel
housing.
STEP 21
Remove the biolts and the flywheel from the flywheel
housing.
Rae 8-24183
Remove the bolts and the flywheel housing from the
engine block.
STEP 23
STEP 24
Remove the seal and clean the seal surface with Loctite
safety solvent.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 13
Remove the protective sleeve.
STEP 14
Install the installation tool and push the seal to the
correct depth. The seal will be atthe correct depth when
the outside diameter of the installation tool makes
contact with the front cover.
STEP 15
Remove the seal installation.
Rae 8-24183
2425-11
STEP 16
Install the crankshaft and the crankshaft pulley bolts.
Tighten the bolts to a torque of 120 to 130 Nm.
STEP 17
Install the tachometer drive, if equipped.
STEP 18
Lift the belt tensioner and install the fan belt.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2425-12
STEP 19
REAR OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT
STEP 22
Remove the engine oil pan. See Section 2445 for oil pan
removal.
STEP 20
Remove the bolts and the starter from the flywheel
housing.
STEP 21
Remove the biolts and the flywheel from the flywheel
housing.
Rae 8-24183
Remove the bolts and the flywheel housing from the
engine block.
STEP 23
Remove the seal carrier from the crankshaft.
STEP 24
Remove the seal and clean the seal surface with Loctite
safety solvent.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 25
Clean the seal surface on the crankshaft with Loctite
safety solvent.
IMPORTANT: The crankshaft sealing surface must be
free of all oil and grease to prevent damage to the oil
seal.
STEP 26
Install the guide bolts and a new seal carrier gasket.
STEP 27
Install the seal carrier bolts and remove the guide bolts.
Do not tighten the seal carrier bolts.
Rae 8-24183
2425-13
STEP 28
Install the seal installation tool into the seal carrier with
the small diameter toward the engine. This will center
the seal carrier to the crankshaft.
STEP 29
Tighten the seal carrier bolts to a torque of 8to 10 Nm.
STEP 30
Remove the seal installation tool.
Revised 2-92 Printed in U.S.A.
2425-14
STEP 31
Install the seal and protective sleeve over the crank-
shaft until the outside diameter of the seal makes
contact with the seal carrier.
STEP 32
Remove the protective sleeve
STEP 33
Install the seal installation tool with the small diameter
toward the seal.
Rae 8-24183
Push the seal into the seal carrier until the outside
diameter of the seal installation tool makes contact with
seal carrier. Remove the installation tool.
STEP 35
Install the flywheel housing and tighten the bolts to a
torque of 54 to 66 Nm.
STEP 36
~,
Check the wear sleeve for wear or damage and replace
if necessary. Use a suitable drift to remove the wear
sleeve inthe direction shown. Take care not to damage
the housing bore. When installing a new wear sleeve
make sure it is against the shoulder in the bore.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
6205-11
Installati on
6205138
Don 7-37020
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
6205-12
STEP 34
Putthe new sealing ring into clean transmission oil for
several minutes before installing onto the output shaft
in the direction shown.
STEP 35
Install the bearing onto the output shaft.
STEP 36
6205GFW
Install the output shaft and bearing into the torque
coverter housing and install the snap ring.
Don 7-37020
STEP 37
Install a new oil seal into the torque coverter housing,
and lubricate with clean transmission oil.
STEP 38
Lubricate and install a new o-ring onto the output shaft.
STEP 39
Install the coupling.
STEP 40
Install the washer and lock nut. Hold the coupling in a
vise and tighten the lock nut to a torque of 217 to 271
Nm (160 to 200 Ibs ft).
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
6205-13
SERVICING THE TORQUE CONVERTER HOUSING
62115130
Don 7-37020
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
6205-14
STEP 41
1. Refer to Section 6200 to replace the torque
converter housing.
2. Refer to Maintenance Section to replace the oil
filter cartridge. Always replace the cartridge after
doing work on the torque converter housing,
charging pump or output shaft.
3. Refer to the following STEPS to service the
charging pump relief valve, torque converter relief
valve, oil restriction indicator and filter bypass
valve. The torque converter housing is shown
removed from the machine for photographic
purposes only.
STEP 42
Remove the plug for the charging pump relief valve.
STEP 43
Remove the spring.
Don 7-37020
STEP 44
Use a magnet to remove the steel ball.
STEP 45
Use a suitable wood or plastic dowel to remove the
relief valve cartridge.
NOTE: If there is any damage, anew cartridge must be
installed.
STEP 46
Replace the o-ring and lubricate with clean
transmission oil.
Issued 12-90 Printedin U.S.A.
STEP 47
Install the relief valve cartridge into the bore.
STEP 48
Install the steel ball and spring.
STEP 49
Install a new a-ring on the plug. Install and tighten the
plug.
Don 7-37020
6205-15
STEP 50
Follow STEPS 42 through 49 to service the torque
converter relief valve.
STEP 51
Remove the filter bypass valve from the right hand side
of the torque converter housing. Parts for the relief
valve are not available. If there is any damage to the
seat area of the poppet, install a new assembly. Always
replace the a-ring on the plug.
STEP 52
Remove the restriciton indicator from the right hand
side of the torque converter housing. Always replace
both a-rings before installation.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
Sect i on
6206
TRANSMISSION
CASE CORPORATION Don 737030
Copyright 1990 J I Case Company
Printed in U.S.A.
December 1990
6206-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS ......................................................................................................................................... " 2
SPECIAL TORQUES _ _ 2
SPECIAL TOOLS 3
SHOP EQUIPMENT TOOLS 4
TRANSMISSION END COVER
Removal _ 5
Installation 35
SERVICING THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT
Removal 7
Disassembly 8
Inspection 9
Assembly _ _ _.. 9
Installation 10
SERVICING THE SHUTTLE SHAFT
Removal _ _ _ 11
Disassembly _ 11
Inspection 14
Assembly _ 15
Installation 19
SERVICING THE PINION SHAFT
Disassembly _ 19
Inspection _ _-..- _ 25
Assembly _ - 26
Checking Ring Gear and Pinion Tooth Contact 37
SERVICING THE GEAR SHIFTERS
Removal _ 39
Disassembly 40
Inspection _.41
Assembly _ _ _ __ 42
Installation _ 43
Adjustment __ 44
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE MAGNETIC SPEED SENSOR 44
INSTALLATION OF TRANSAXlE REAR COVER .45
SPECIFICATIONS
Lubricating Oil Hy-Tran Plus (MS 1207)
SPECIAL TORQUES
Transmission End Cover Bolt 195 to 250 Nm
Pinion Shaft End Bolt.. 251 to 280 Nm
Transmission Rear Cover Bolts 195 to 250 Nm
Gear Shift Rail Retaining Bolts .44 to 58 Nm
Don 7-37030
145 to 185 Ib ft
185 to 205 Ib ft
145 to 185 Ib ft
33 to 43 Ib ft
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
SPECIAL TOOLS
6206-3
The transmission tool kit (CAS 1989) contains the special tools required to service the trans axle assembly.
The following are the tools required to service the transmission Section.
1. PINION SHAFT PRELOAD SETIING WASHER
CAS 1998
2. SEAL COMPRESSOR SET
CAS 2005-1
3. CLUTCH PACK SPRING COMPRESSOR
CAS 1992
Don 7-37030
4. SEAL EXPANDER/PROTECTOR SHUTTLE SHAFT
CAS 1999
5. PINION SHAFT MASTER BEARING CONE
CAS 2019
6. TRANSMISSION BEARING RACE RETAINER
CAS 2008
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.SA
6206-4
SHOP EQUIPMENT TOOLS
1. TORQUE WRENCH (OEM 6475)
4. DIAL GAUGE WITH MAGNETIC BASE (OEM 1030)
2. SEALANT B17555 (LOCTITE 515)
AND PRIMER 'N' B500637
5. METRIC FEELER GAUGE (OEM 1024)
3. BEARING OVEN (OEM 8014)
Don 7-37030 Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
6206-5
TRANSMISSION END COVER
Removal
STEP 4 NOTE: To service the transmission the transaxle must
be removed from the machine, refer to Section 6001.
Drain the oil from the transmission into acontainer with a
capacity of 40 litres (42 US quarts).
STEP 1
Remove the rear cover and stand the transaxle on the
rear flange in the vertical position. This will reduce the
stress on the shafts and bearings.
STEP 2
C1Z301
Remove the transfer gearbox or end cover. Refer to
Section 6202.
STEP 3
Remove the parking brake housing and
assembly. Refer to Section 7000.
Don 7-37030
Remove the bolt, washer and shims from the pinion
shaft.
STEP 5
..,:. -.... - .;,
Remove the spacer and splined park brake hub.
Issued 12-90 Printedin U.S.A
6206- 6
STEP 6
...... ..,
Remove the two bolts and plate from the end of the gear
shift rail.
STEP 7
Remove the retaining bolts and washers from the
transmission end cover.
Don 7-37030
STEP 8
__ ~.~c
Remove the three blanking plugs from the end cover
and insert a 38 mm (1.5 inch) spacer into each hole.
Install and tighten the bolts evenly to separate the end
cover from the transmission housing.
STEP 9
" .- ~ :.:~.
Remove the bearing cone from the end of the pinion
shaft.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 10
Use suitable lifting equipment and remove the
transmission end cover.
6206-7
SERVICING THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT
Removal
STEP 11
Follow steps 1 to 10 to remove the transmission end
cover.
STEP 12
Remove the snap ring from the end of the pinion shaft.
NOTE: This will allow the synchromesh hub to move up
as the intermediate shaft is removed.
Don 7-37030
STEP 13
Remove the intermediate shaft from the transmission
housing.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A
6206-8
Di sassembl y
STEP 17
,
STEP 14
C124Q6
Mark the gears for easier assembly.
STEP 15
C1'22ll6
Use a press and remove the bearing cone (1), fourth
drive gear (2) and spacer(3).
STEP 16
Remove the third gear.
Don 7-37030
Remove the second gear and spacer.
STEP 18
Remove the second bearing cone and first gear.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A
6206- 9
Inspect i on
STEP 19
Clean all parts in cleaning solvent and dry using
compressed air. DO NOT permit the bearings to rotate
while drying. Check all the parts for wear and damage
and replace if necessary.
Assembl y
9. 4TH GEAR
6. 2ND GEAR
4. 1ST GEAR
2. BEARING CONE
7. 3RD GEAR 8. SPACER
6. 2ND
GEAR
NOTE: If equipped the first and second gears and the
intermediate shaft are one piece.
Don 7-37030
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A
6206-10
STEP 20
Put the gears and bearings into an oven (OEM 8014)
and heat to a temperature of 302F (150 C). Keep the
shaft as cool as possible.
NOTE: The tapped hole at the end of the intermediate
shaft must be at the fourth gear end.
STEP 21
i~!
1. SHOULDER
e
6007318
Install the parts onto the intermediate shaft infollowing
order. Gear (1), Bearing (2), Spacer (3), 2nd Gear (4),
3rd Gear (5), Spacer (6), 4th Gear (7) and Bearing (8).
IMPORTANT: After Assembly make sure both the
bearing cones are against the shoulders on the shaft.
Inst al l at i on
STEP 23 STEP 22
Install the intermediate shaft
housing.
the transmission
NOTE: Uft up the 3rd and 4th gear synchromesh hub to
allow installation of the intermediate shaft.
Don 7-37030 .
Make sure the synchromesh hub, needle bearing and
thrust washer is against the pinion shaft and install the
snap ring.
STEP 24
Follow STEPS 140 to 145to install the transmission end
cover.
STEP 25
Follow STEPS 146 to 151 and check the intermediate
shaft end play.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
6206- 11
SERVICING THE SHUTTLE SHAFT
Removal
STEP 29 STEP 26
Follow STEPS 1to 10 to remove the transmission end
cover.
STEP 27
Follow STEPS 12 to 13 to remove the intermediate
shaft.
STEP 28
Usea puller and remove the bearing from the end of the
shuttle shaft. Remove the snap ring thrust washer and
bearing. Remove the forward gear.
Follow STEPS 71 to 87 to service the pinion shaft.
NOTE: The shuttle shaft cannot be removed with the
pinion shaft assembled.
STEP 30
Remove the shuttle shaft from the transmission.
Di sassembl y
STEP 32 STEP 31
N17
Remove the roller bearing (1), spacer (2) and second
roller bearing (3).
Don 7-37030
036
Remove the thrust bearing (1).
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
6206- 12
STEP 33
Remove the thrust washer.
STEP 34
Remove the snap ring from the clutch plate carrier.
STEP 35
030
Remove the clutch backing plate.
Don 7-37030
STEP 36
Remove the 6 friction and 6 steel plates from the
forward clutch.
STEP 37
P16
Put the shuttle shaft in a press. Use the special tool
(CAS 1992) to push the piston return spring and washer
away from the snap ring. Remove the snap ring.
STEP 38
024
Remove the washer.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A
STEP 39
022
Remove the piston return spring.
STEP 40
021
Use compressed air through the following holes in the
reverse gear end of the shaft to remove the clutch
piston:
Outer hole - forward piston
Inner hole - reverse piston
Middle hole - for lubrication
NOTE: Do not use levers to remove the piston. The
piston can be easily damaged by levers.
Don 7-37030
6206- 13
STEP 41
011
Remove and discard the outer piston seal and a-ring.
STEP 42
010
Remove and discard the inner piston seal and a-ring.
STEP 43
016
Remove and discard the four sealing rings. Remove the
bearing cone (1), snap ring, thrust washer, thrust
bearing (2) and gear (3). Repeat STEPS 31 to 42 and
disassemble the reverse clutch.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
6206-14
Inspect i on
STEP 48 STEP 44
Clean all the parts in cleaning solvent and dry in
compressed air.
STEP 45
02
Check the piston for wear or damage and replace if
necessary.
STEP 46
03
Check the friction plates for wear or damage and
replace if necessary.
STEP 47
05
Check the steel wear plates for wear or damage and
replace if necessary.
Don 7-37030
06
Check the backing plate for damage and replace if
necessary. Remove small scoring or grooves with a
hone or fine emery cloth.
STEP 49
08
Check the drive gear for damage and replace if
necessary. Look for cracks at the root of the teeth. Use
a hone to remove any small protrusions from the
splines.
STEP 50
Check the shuttle shaft and replace the assembly if
there is wear or damage.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A
6206-15
Assembl y
620619
Don 7-37030 Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A
6206- 16
NOTE: Before assembly, use compressed air to make
sure that all the oil holes are clear.
STEP 51
Lubricate all the parts with clean transmission oil before
assembly. Put the seal rings for the piston and shuttle
shaft in warm transmission oil for several minutes to
prevent damage during assembly.
STEP 52
010
Install a new o-ring (1) and then a newinner seal ring (2)
into the clutch piston.
STEP 53
011
Install a new o-ring (3) and then a newouter seal ring (4)
onto the clutch piston.
Don 7-37030
STEP 54
021
Carefully install the clutch piston onto the shuttle shaft
so that the grooved face of the piston is outward. If the
piston locks up during installation, remove with
compressed air and install again. Never use force to
correct wrong alignment of the piston.
STEP 55
022
Install the piston return spring.
STEP 56
024
Install the washer.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A
STEP 57
Install the snap ring.
STEP 58
I P16
Put the shuttle shaft assembly into a press. Use the
special tool (CAS 1992) to push the piston return spring
and special washer below the snap ring groove. Install
the snap ring.
STEP 59
Install a steel clutch plate.
Don 7-37030
6206- 17
STEP 60
Install a friction clutch plate. Continue installing a steel
and then a friction clutch plate until there is a total of 12
plates in the clutch pack.
STEP 61
030
Install the backing plate so that the small diameter is
outward.
STEP 62
Install the snap ring.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A
6206-18
STEP 63
Install a thrust washer (1) and thrust bearing (2).
IMPORTANT: Make sure the smooth side of the
bearing is outward.
STEP 64
Install a roller bearing (1), spacer (2) and second roller
bearing (3).
STEP 65
Repeat Steps 51 to 64 and assemble the reverse
clutch. Install the gear, thrust bearing, thrust washer,
snap ring and bearing cone.
Don 7-37030
STEP 66
Use the special plastic installation tool CAS 1999 (1) to
install the sealing rings (2).
NOTE: Put the sealing rings in clean transmission oil
before installation.
STEP 67
Compress the seal ring by hand and then install the seal
compressor, CAS 2005-1.
NOTE: Only by using the seal compressor, CAS2005- 1,
can the seals be compressed to the correct working
size.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
6206-19
Inst al l at i on
STEP 69 STEP 68
2. WEAR SLEEVE
62066
Check the wear sleeve in the transmission case for
damage or wear marks. If necessary, replace the wear
sleeve making sure that the oil holes arealigned with the
holes in the top of the transmission case.
Install the shuttle shaft.
NOTE: The second driven gear will have to be raised
slightly to allow the shuttle shaft to locate into the bore in
the transmission case.
STEP 70
Follow STEPS 126 to 135 on servicing the pinion shaft.
SERVICING THE PINION SHAFT
Di sassembl y
NOTE: To prevent damage to the pinion shaft and STEP 72
crown wheel, remove the axles, differential and ~<
lubrication tube. Support the pinion shaft before starting
disassembly.
STEP 71
;~
Remove the intermediate shaft. Refer to STEP 12.
Don 7-37030
Remove the baffle plate.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.SA
6206- 20
STEP 73
Remove the forward gear from the shuttle shaft.
STEP 74
Loosen the two gear shift lever pivot bushings (1).
STEP 75
:~~'
,.: J ",$ ..
Pull the gear shift rail up from its locating bore in the
transmission case. Rotate the assembly counter-
clockwise and lift the rail and shift forks clear of the
pinion shaft.
Don 7-37030
STEP 76
Remove the thrust washer (1) and needle bearing(2).
STEP 77
Remove the fourth driven gear.
STEP 78
Remove the washer.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A
STEP 79
Remove the synchromesh unit outer cup.
STEP 80
Remove the bearing.
STEP 81
Remove the synchromesh unit.
Don 7-37030
6206-21
STEP 82
Remove the hub.
STEP 83
Remove the needle bearing and synchromesh inner
cup.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A
6206-22
STEP 84
Remove the third driven gear.
STEP 85
Remove the needle bearing (1) and thrust washer (2).
STEP 86
>'
Remove the snap ring.
Don 7-37030
STEP 87
Remove the thrust washer (1) and needle bearing (2).
STEP 88
Remove the shuttle shaft.
NOTE: litt up the second driven gear toallow the shuttle
shaft to be lifted out of the transmission case.
STEP 89
Remove the second driven gear.
Issued 12-90 Printedin U.S.A
STEP 90
'.' ,
Remove the synchromesh assembly.
STEP 91
Remove the needle bearing.
STEP 92
Remove the synchromesh hub.
Don 7-37030
6206- 23
STEP 93
Remove the needle bearing and thrust washer.
STEP 94
t.. .~
Remove the first driven gear with spacer.
STEP 95
:S.
h
1:12121
Remove the two roller bearings.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.SA
6206-24
STEP 96
1
Remove the thrust washer, needle bearing and second
thrust washer.
STEP 97
Remove the pinion shaft support and the pinion shaft
from the differential housing.
Don 7-37030
STEP 98
Use a soft drift to remove the pinion bearing cup and
shims from the differential housing.
NOTE: Tie the shim pack together for easy assembly.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A
6206- 25
STEP 99
Inspect i on
STEP 102
Clean all the parts in cleaning solvent and dry using
compressed air. DO NOT permit the bearings to rotate
while drying.
STEP 100
Q20
Check both pinion bearings for free, smooth action. If a
new pinion bearing cone is used, install a new bearing
cup into the transmission housing.
PIS
Check the operation of the synchromesh units and
replace as necessary.
IMPORTANT: The pinion shaft and crown wheel are a
matched setand cannot be replaced separately. If there
is damage to either part, install a new set.
STEP 101
PIS
Check all the gears, parking brake hub and
synchromesh hubs for wear and damage. Look for
cracks at the root of teeth and splines.
Don 7-37030 Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A
6206-26
Assembl y
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A
STEP 103
NOTE1: During the manufacture of early built transaxles
the numbers stamped on the ring gears and pinion shaft
include the thickness of the pinion inner bearing cup.
The bearing cup width must be added to this number
when calculating the shim pack thickness.
NOTE 2: If the original ring gear and pinion shaft are to
be used, assemble the pinion shaft using the original
shim pack, removed during disassembly.
NOTE 3: If the ring gear and pinion shaft are to be
replaced and the mounting dimension is stamped on
the rear face of the housing, the pinion mounting
distance shim pack is calculated as follows:
1. Subtract the dimension etched on the ring gear from
the dimension etched on the transmission housing rear
face.
IMPORTANT: !fthere are no numbers stamped on the
transmission rear face, use the constant of 181.46 mm.
2. Then subtract the bearing growth dimension of 0.04
mm.
Example:
Differential Mounting dimension constant
or number stamped on housing 181.46 mm
Dimension Etched on Ring Gear 179.86 mm
Bearing Growth Constant 0.04 mm
Required Shim Pack 1.56 mm
Don 7-37030
6206-27
STEP 104
Install the shim pack and pinion bearing cup into the
transmission case from the differential side. Make sure
all the shims are against the shoulder.
STEP 105
Install the pinion shaft.
STEP 1106
. ,
~ ~
Pull the pinion shaft to seat on its bearing and support
the end with a block of wood.
Issued 12-90 Printedin U.S.A
6206-28
STEP 107
62067
If a new front pinion bearing was installed, replace the
bearing cup in the transmission end cover.
STEP 108
Install the end cover.
STEP 109
.~ - ,- - ..
Install the retaining bolts and tighten to a torque of 195
to 250 Nm (145 to 185 Ib ft).
Don 7-37030
STEP 110
Install the master bearing cone (CAS 2019) onto the
pinion shaft.
STEP 111
Install the splined parking hub and spacer.
STEP 112
Install the setting washer (CAS 1998) (1) and bolt. Do
not install any shims.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.SA
STEP 113
To correctly seat the bearings, rotate the shaft while
tightening the bolt.
STEP 114
Don 7-37030
6206-29
Using a depth gauge measure the distance from the
face of the setup washer to the end of the counters haft
(A) through both holes. If the difference in the two
measurements is 0.08mm (0.003 inch) or less take the
average of the two measurements. If the difference is
greater than 0.08 mm disassemble and check for
proper bearing seating, burrs or foreign material.
Subtract the setup washer thickness (8) and add the
aero-set constant of 0.17 mm (0.0067 inch) to the
measured gap. This is the shim pack thickness (C).
STEP 115
Rotatethe transmission housing onto its rearflange and
put a support under the pinion shaft.
STEP 116
Remove the bolt from the end of the pinion shaft.
Remove the setting washer, shims, spacer and brake
hub. Remove the master bearing and transmission end
cover. Fasten the shims together and store safely.
STEP 117
i
Install the thrust washer, needle bearing and second
thrust washer.
NOTE: The bevelled side of the 1st thrust washer must
be towards the pinion gear.
STEP 118
,
IB ~
in:C12121
Install the two roller bearings.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
6206-30
STEP 119
Install the first driven gear and spacer with the splined
hub outward.
NOTE: When installed the spacer must be level with the
end of the first gear.
STEP 120
Install the thrust washer first and then the needle
bearing.
STEP 121
Install the synchromesh hub.
Don 7~3" 7030
STEP 122
Install the needle bearing.
STEP 123
Install the synchromesh assembly.
STEP 124
Install the second driven gear with the splined hub
inward.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A
STEP 125
Slightly raise the second gear (1) and Install the shuttle
shaft.
NOTE: When installing the shuttle shaft be sure not to
bind the shaft in the wear sleeve or damage to the seal
rings and wear sleeves will occur.
STEP 126
Install the needle bearing and thrust washer
STEP 127
Install the snap ring.
Don 7-37030
6206- 31
STEP 128
Install the thrust washer (1) and needle bearing (2).
STEP 129
Install the third driven gear with the splined hub
outward.
STEP 130
Install the synchromesh inner cup (1) and needle
bearing (2).
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A
6206-32
STEP 131
Install the hub (1) and synchromesh unit (2) onto the
pinion shaft.
Don 7-37030
STEP 132
Install the needle bearing (1) and the synchromesh
outer cup (2).
STEP 133
Install the washer onto the 3rd and 4th gear
synchromesh.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A
STEP 134
,.
Install the fourth driven gear with the splines facing
inward.
STEP 135
Install the needle bearing (1) and thrust washer (2).
STEP 136
Install the gear shift selector forks and shift rail. Push
the shift rail into its locating bore in the transmission
housing.
Don 7-37030
6206- 33
STEP 137
Install the shuttle shaft forward gear.
STEP 138
- . ,- ,'
Install the baffle plate (1) and intermediate shaft.
NOTE: Raise the third and fourth gear synchromesh
hub slightly, to allow easyinstallation of the intermediate
shaft.
STEP 139
elL
.,:..}
Make sure the third and fourth gear synchromesh hub,
needle bearing and thrust washer are properly seated.
Install the snap ring.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A
6206-34
Don 7-37030
TRANSMISSION
~i
-..-
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A
6206-35
TRANSMISSION END COVER
Inst al l at i on
STEP 143 STEP 140
Clean the surfaces of the end cover and the
transmission case.
STEP 141
Mounting surfaces must be clean and free of oil. Apply
a continuous bead of 817555 (Loctite 515) onto the
mounting face of the end cover. Apply Primer 'N'
8500637 to the mounting face of the transaxle. Install
the cover and torque the bolts to 195to 250 Nm (145 to
185Ibft).
STEP 142
Install the shift rail retaining plate and two bolts and
tighten to a torque of 44 to 58 Nm (33 to 43 Ib ft).
Don 7-37030
Put the pinion shaft bearing into a bearing oven (OEM
8014) and heat to a temperature of 302F (150C).
Install the bearing and brake hub onto the pinion shaft.
NOTE: Wear heat protective gloves.
STEP 144
Install the spacer, new shim pack, as calculated in
STEP 114. Install the washer and bolt. Tigten the bolt to
a torque of 251 to 280 Nm (185 to 205 Ib ft).
STEP 145
Install the bearing cup and spacer onto the
intermediate shaft.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
6206-36
STEP 146
,- ~.:;;~
Install the Special Tool CAS 2008 (1).
NOTE: No shims have been installed at this time.
STEP 147
Install a bolt (2) and jam nut and lock it onto the end of
the intermediate shaft.
STEP 148
'0"
Install a dial gauge and check the end play. End play
must be 0.03 to 0.13 mm (0.001 to 0.005 inch).
Don 7-37030
STEP 149
Use a micrometer to determine the required shim pack
thickness.
STEP 150
Install the shims, spacer and bearing race retaining tool
(CAS 2008). Check the end play and add or subtract
shims as required until the end play measures 0.03 to
0.13 mm (0.001 to 0.005 inch).
STEP 151
Install a 'C' clamp onto the end of the shuttle shaft and
repeat STEPS 145to 150 and adjust the end play on the
shuttle (input) shaft. The end play must be 0.03 to 0.13
mm (0.001 to 0.005 inch).
STEP 152
Refer to Step 180 and adjust the selector shaft pivot
bushes
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 153
Install the lubricating tube (1) against the pinion head
(2) and tighten the fitting.
6206-37
STEP 154
Refer to Section 6203 and install the differential
assembly.
NOTE: Make sure the lubrication tube is clear of the ring
gear. Adjust if necessary.
CHECKING FOR CORRECT PINION TO CROWN WHEEL TOOTH CONTACT
STEP 155
Put Prussian Blue or red lead on the crown wheel teeth.
on the convex side. Turn the pinion in the forward
direction (clockwise) while holding pressure against the
crown gear to cause a braking force. See the contact
patterns in the following illustrations.
Don 7-37030
NOTE: The contact patterns of the crown wheel teeth
that are shown are approximate shapes. The gear teeth
contact patterns can change from the illustrations, but
the same general shape must be seen. The tooth
contact pattern can change in aused gear set because
of wear of the parts. Try to get a contact pattern that is
similar to the illustrations to get the best results.
CORRECT TOOTH CONTACT PATTERN
RC627
Correct adjustment is made when the pattern and size
of thetooth contact area (both horizontal and vertical) is
as shown.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
6206-38
STEP 155 (Cont i nued)
Pi ni on i n t oo far Cont act Pat t ern
RC625
Correct this type of pattern by removing shims from
under the pinion shaft inner bearing cone. Refer to Step
103.
Move the pinion shaft away from the
crown wheel to correct this pattern.
' l l 2. PINION SHAFT
Pi ni on out t oo far Cont act Pat t ern
RC625
Correct this type of pattern by adding shims under the
pinion shaft inner bearing cone. Refer to Step 103.
STEP 156
Referto Section 6203 and adjust the backlash between
the crown wheel and pinion gear.
NOTE : The backlash has only a small effect on the
contact pattern.
Don 7-37030
Move the piruon shaft towards the
crown wheel to correct this pattern.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
6206-39
SERVICING THE GEAR SHIFTERS
Removal
STEP 160 STEP 157
Refer to STEPS 1to 13 to remove the transmission end
cover, and intermediate shaft.
NOTE: The gear shifters can be serviced with the
transmission gears installed. In this case the pivot
bushes have to be removed first before the gear
selector shafts.
STEP 158
." Z ; .
.;o':!llo.
Remove the oil baffle plate.
STEP 159
D29422
Mark the levers and shafts for easy assembly. Remove
the levers.
Don 7-37030
+ ""IT :
till
Loosen the two pivot bushes.
STEP 161
i~~~
Pull the gear shift rail up from its locating bore in the
transmission case. Rotate the assembly counter
clockwise and lift the rail and gear shifter forks clear of
the pinion shaft.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
6206-40
STEP 162
Remove the pivot bushing from the transaxle and
discard the o-ring.
STEP 163
Remove the selector shaft from the transaxle and
discard the o-ring seal.
STEP 164
Repeat STEPS 162 and 163 to remove the second gear
pivot bushing and selector shaft.
STEP 165
Di sassembl y
STEP 166
Of;
Cover the detent holes on the the shift forks and
carefully pull the shift fork from the shift rail.
NOTE: Put marks on the two shift forks for easy
installation.
Don 7-37030
Remove the detent ball and spring.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
6206-41
Inspect i on
STEP 169 STEP 167
Check the bushings (1) in the shift forks for wear or
damage and replace as necessary.
STEP 168
,..
Check the roller bearing (2) onthe shiftfork and replace
if necessary. Install a new snap ring to hold the roller in
position.
Don 7-37030
Q14
Check the detent grooves on the shift rail for wear or
damage and replace if necessary.
STEP 170
029420
Check the gear selector shafts, levers and pivot
bushing for wear or damage and replace if necessary.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
6206- 42
Assembl y
1. BUSH
STEP 171
,;~.
Install a shift fork onto the shift rail as marked during
disassembly, and install the detent spring and ball.
NOTE: Always wear eye protection when installing
detent springs and balls.
Don 7-37030
STEP 172
Use a suitable tool to compress the detent spring, and
push the detent ball below the diameter of the shift rail.
Push the shift fork onto the shift rail.
NOTE: The threaded end of the shift rail is installed into
the transmission end cover.
STEP 173
Repeat STEPS 171 and 172 and install the second gear
shift fork.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
6206-43
Inst al l at i on
STEP 177 STEP 174
Install a new a-ring (1). Install the selectors into the
transmission housing as marked on removal.
STEP 175
Install a new a-ring. Install the pivot bushings into the
transmission housing.
STEP 176
Install the gear shift forks and rail assembly. Locate the
shift forks over the two synchromesh units and push the
shift rail into its locating bore in the transmission
housing.
Don 7-37030
Install the levers as marked on removal until the
clamping bolt (1) is level with the groove (2) in the
selector shaft. Tighten the clamping bolts.
NOTE: If new selectors or levers are installed, first make
sure the transaxle is in the horizontal position. Install the
levers onto the selector shafts in the horizontal position
with the lever ends pointing towards the axle housing.
Remove the lever and turn in aclockwise direction one
spline. Install the lever and tighten the locking bolt.
NOTE: The pivot bushings end play can only be
adjusted after the transmission end cover has been
installed.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A
6206-44
STEP 178
Refer to STEPS 138and 139 and install the baffle plate
intermediate shaft, and snap ring.
STEP 179
Refer to STEPS 140 to 151 and install the transmission
end cover.
Adj ust ment
STEP 180
Install a dial gauge onto the the end of the gear selector
shafts. Loosen the pivot bushing lock nut (1) and adjust
the pivot bushing (2) until the selector shaft end play
measures 1.0 to 1.5 mm (0.040 to 0.060 inches).
Tighten the lock nut.
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE MAGNETIC SPEED SENSOR
STEP 181
On some transmissions a magnetic speed sensor is
fitted inthe top of the transmission case above the ring
gear. Disconnect the electrical connectors.
STEP 182
Loosen the locknut and remove the speed sensor.
Don 7-37030
STEP 183
y ~~
Install the speed sensor by hand until itcontacts the ring
gear. Loosen the sensor 0.75 of one turn and tighten the
locking nut. Connect the electrical connections.
NOTE: If the rear cover had been removed. Adjust the
gap between the ring gear and speed sensor with a
feeler gauge OEM 1024until the gap measures 0.25 mm
(0.010 inch).
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
INSTALLATION OF TRANSAXLE REAR COVER
6206-45
STEP 184
Remove old sealant material and oil from the
transmission rear housing and cover.
STEP 185
Apply B17555 (Loctite 515) to the transmission rear
housing. Apply Primer 'N' B500637 to the transmission
rear cover.
. STEP 186
::w
Install the rear cover and tighten all the bolts to a torque
of 195 to 250 Nm (145 to 185 Ib ft).
Don 7-37030
STEP 187
Refer to Section 6201 and install the Rear Axles.
STEP 188
Refer to Section 7000 and install the Parking Brake and
Housing.
STEP 189
Refer to Section 6202 and install the Transfer Gearbox
or end cover.
STEP 190
Refer to Section 6200 and install the Transmission into
the machine. Add Hy-Tran Plus Transmission oil up to
the FULL mark on the dipstick.
STEP 191
Test machine for correct operation. Check and add
transmission oil if required.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
SECTION INDEX - BRAKES
Sect i on Ti t l e Sect i on Number
Parking Brake . . .7000
Disc Brakes 7001
Removal and Installation of Brake Components 7002
Master Cylinder '" 7003
CASE CORPORATION Bur 8-17350
Printed in U.S.A.
Issued J anuary 1991
Sect i on
7000
PARKING BRAKE
CASE CORPORATION
Don 7-37040
Copyright 1990 J I case Company
Printed in U.S.A
December 1990
7000- 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS , 2
SPECIAL TORQUES 2
SHOP EQUIPMENT TOOLS 2
SERVICING THE PARKING BRAKE
Removal .. . 3
Disassembly 4
Inspection 6
Assembly 7
Installation 10
SPECIFICATIONS
BRAKE FRICTION PLATE THICKNESS
New 5.5 to 6.3 mm
Wear Limit 4.2 to 4.8 mm
0.216 to 0.248 inch
0.165 to 0.189 inch
NOTE: This machine was designed using the metric measuring system. Afl checks and settings must be made using
metric tools.
SPECIAL TORQUES
Brake Housing Mounting Bolts 77 to 100 Nm
Transfer Gearbox - Cover Plate Mounting Bolts 77 to 100 Nm
57 to 74 Ib ft
57 to 74 Ib ft
SHOP EQUIPMENT TOOLS
2. GASKET ELIMINATOR 817555 (LOCTlTE 515)
+PRIMER 'N' 8500637
1. TORQUE WRENCH (OEM 6475)
Don 7.37040 Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
7000-3
SERVICING THE PARKING BRAKE
Removal
STEP 6 NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the transaxle from
the machine to service the parking brake. The transaxle
shown was removed for photographic purposes only.
STEP 1
To prevent excessive loss of oil fromtransaxle raise the
front of the machine and support on axle stands.
STEP 2
Remove the input and front drive shafts (4 WD
Machines). Refer to Section 6001.
STEP 3
Disconnect the parking brake operating cable. Refer to
Section 9001.
STEP 4
Remove the five bolts that hold the transfer gearbox (4
WD Machines) or the cover plate to the parking brake
housing.
STEP 5
Remove the transfer gearbox or cover plate.
Don 7.37040
Remove the brake actuator tube nut from the brake
housing. Remove and discard the o-ring.
STEP 7
C1Z309
Remove the parking brake housing retaining bolts and
washers. .
STEP 8
Remove the housing and guide the actuator pin from
the brake housing.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
7000- 4
Di sassembl y
STEP 12 STEP 9
",
Remove the steel wear plate.
STEP 10
Remove the friction disc.
STEP 11
Remove the brake actuator assembly.
Don 7.37040
Remove the friction disc.
STEP 13
Remove the wear plate.
STEP 14
Remove the three reaction pins.
Issued12-90 Printedin U.S.A.
STEP 15
.:y.;,:':'.: {(::.:: . ,.,/K9
nut from the bolt in the brake actuator
STEP 16
7000- 5
STEP 18
Separate the two actuator'pl~tes.
STEP 19
Remove the bolt.
KloRemovethefour steel balls.
K15
STEP 17
Disconnect the two springs from the actuator plate.
Don 7.37040 Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
7000-6
Inspect i on
STEP 22 STEP 20
Clean all parts with cleaning solvent and dry with
compressed air.
STEP 21
Check the two friction plates for wear or damage and
replace if necessary.
Don 7.37040
Check the wear'f6r~~~i,distortion a~d
cracks around locating lugs and replace if necessary.
STEP 23
.. .: .. T.. ./..; . ..(',. )r .1 ? 7
Check the steel balls and both actuator plates for wear
or damage. and replace if necessary.
Issued12-90 Printedin U.S.A.
Assembl y
9. PARKING BRAKE HOUSING
5. STEEL WEAR PLATE
a.SPRING .4
4. FRICTION PLATE 7. STEEL BAll 0
6. ACTUATOR PLATE
\
5. STEEL WEAR PLATE
\
4. FRICTION PLATE
Don 7-37040
7000-7
:. 1.01L SEAl
3. ACTUATOR PLATE
o
12. ACTUATOR PLATE
UNKAGE
Issued12-90 Printedin U.S.A
EA2584
8. SPRING
10. REACTION PIN
" 2. TUBE NUT
11. O-RING
7000- 8
STEP 24
Install the top actuator plate onto the bottom plate.
STEP 26
Install the two springs.
Don 7.37040
STEP 27
Install the bolt through the actuator levers and plate.
Make sure the two bolt heads are on opposite sides of
the actuator plates.
STEP 28
Install and tighten the nut.
STEP 29
Install the reaction pins into the transmission end cover.
Issued 12-90 Printedin U.S.A.
STEP 30
Install the wear plate onto the reaction pins.
STEP 31
Install the friction disc.
STEP 32
Install the actuator assembly.
Don 7.37040
7000-9
STEP 33
Install the second friction disc.
STEP 34
Install the second wear plate.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
7000-10
Inst al l at i on
STEP 38
STEP 35
..... ,.......................... ,............... .:.;.;.:.:.:.:.:.: ...:.:.:.:.;.:.:.:.:.:.::::::::::.;
the input shaft seal in the parking brake
housing. Fitthe newseal so that the flat face is outward
and level with the outer face on the housing.
STEP 36
Clean the mounting surfaces on the transaxle and
parking brake housings. Apply a continuous bead of
B17555 (Loctite 515) onto the face of the transmission
end cover. Apply Primer 'N' to the face of the parking
brake housing.
STEP 37
" ::::::::::':::::::::::x:::::::::';':
Positionthe actuator pinand guide itthrough the hole in
the parking brake housing.
Don 7 .37 040
Guide the parking brake housing onto the brake
reaction pins. Install and tighten the bolts to a torque of
77 to 110 Nm (57 to 81 Ib ft).
STEP 39
Install a new o-ring and install and tighten the actuator
tube nut.
STEP 40
Clean the surfaces of the transfer gearbox
housing/cover plate. Apply a continous bead of
817555 (Loctite 515) onto the joint lace of the parking
brake housing. Apply Primer 'N' 8500637 to the face of
the transfer gearbox housing.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 41
Install the transfer gearbox or end cover onto the
parking brake housing.
STEP 42
:.:.:.:~.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.'.'."" ...
Install and evenly tighten the five bolts and washers to
the correct torque.
Don 7.37040
7000-11
STEP 43
Connect and adjust the parking brake operating cable.
Refer to Section 9001.
STEP 44
Install the input and front drive shaft (4 WD
MACHINES). Refer to Section 6001.
STEP 45
Lower the machine to the ground.
STEP 46
Add oil of the correct type to the transmission until the
level reaches the full mark on the dipstick.
Issued 12-90 Printedin U.SA
Sect i on
7001
DISC BRAKES
CASE CORPORATION
Don 7-37050
Copyright 1990 J I Case Company
Printed in U.S.A.
December 1990
7001-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS 2
SPECIAL TORQUES 2
SHOP EQUIPMENT TOOLS 2
SERVICING THE DISC BRAKES
Removal 3
Inspection 5
Installation 6
SPECIFICATIONS
BRAKES FRICTION PLATE THICKNESS
New 6.25 to 6.40 mm
Wear Limit 475 to 4.90 mm
0.246 to 0.252 inches
0.187 to 0.193 inches
SPECIAL TORQUES
Rear Axle Retaining Bolts 326 to 353 Nm
240 to 260 Ib ft
SHOP EQUIPMENT TOOLS
2. TORQUE WRENCH (OEM 6475)
3. SEALANT 8500642 LOCTITE 324
ACTIVATOR 8500622 LOCTITE 707
KIT PART NUM8ER 8500621
1. ALIGNMENT STUDS CAS 1995
Don 7-37050
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
Removal
7001- 3
NOTE: Any reference to left and right hand is as seen
from the operators seat looking forward.
NOTE: Servicing of the disc brakes can only be done
with the transaxfe removed from the machine. Refer to
Section 6001.
STEP 1
Remove two opposite retaining bolts from the rear axle
and install guide studs.
STEP 2
Use suitable lifting equipment to support the rear axle.
Remove the remaining retaining bolts, and remove the
rear axle assembly from the transaxle housing.
Don 7-37050
STEP 3
Remove the two guide studs.
STEP 4
STEP 5
Remove the friction plate.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
7001- 4
STEP 6
Remove the sun shaft.
STEP 7
Remove the three reaction pins.
Don 7-37050
STEP 8
. .ii~13
Remove the brake piston (1) by injecting compressed
air through the brake hose port (2).
STEP 9
Remove and discard the inner and outer o-rings from
the grooves (1) on the piston.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
Inspect i on
STEP 13
Clean all parts in cleaning solvent and dry in
compressed air. Do not use cloths.
Check the brake piston for wear, pitting, or other
damage. Replace if necessary. Check the brake
cylinder bore in the transaxle housing.
C8
Check the friction plate for wear, scoring, warpage and
damage to the splined teeth and replace if necessary.
D30132
Check the brake backing plate for wear and damage
and replace if necessary. Remove small scoring or
grooves with a hone or fine grade emery cloth.
C14
Replace the three reaction pin springs if the plunger
movement is easy. A weak reaction plunger spring will
cause wear and warpage to the friction plates.
Inspect the two snap rings of each reaction pin for
tightness. If the snap rings are loose, the friction and
backing plates will not separate quickly when the brake
pedal is released. Check the eyes of the two snap rings
are 180
0
apart. Replace the snap rings if necessary.
7001- 6
1. TRANSMISSION HOUSING
2. PISTON SEALS
3. PISTON
4. FRICTION DISC
5. BACKING PLATE
6. REACTION PIN
Don 7-37050
Inst al l at i on
Issued 12-90
8902564
Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 14
Remove the old jointing material from the face of the
trans axle and axle case.
STEP 15
Lubricate the two new inner and outer piston o-rings
with petroleum jelly and install into the grooves (1) of the
brake piston.
Don 7-37050
7001- 7
STEP 16
.>.. )?~13
Evenly install the brake piston into the cylinder bore and
align the lugs with the reaction pin holes.
STEP 17
Lubricate and install the three reaction pins so the
plungers are outward and the snap rings are on the
outside of the lugs on the brake piston.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
7001-8
STEP 18
Install the sun shaft.
4. STRAIGHT EDGE
Putastraight edge across the end of the plunger of the
reaction pin and measure the distance from the
machined surface of the transmission case to the end
of the plunger. The measurement must be 2 mm (0.079
inch). Adjust the position of the snap rings if the
distance is incorrect. Make sure the edges of the two
snap rings are 180
0
apart. Repeat the procedure for the
other two reaction pins.
STEP 20
Lubricate and install the friction plate.
Don 7-37050
STEP 21
....
Install the brake backing plate so the large side is
towards the friction plate.
STEP 22
\:::~:::'
Install the two guide studs into the transaxle housing.
STEP 23
71289GA
Make sure the joint faces are clean. Apply sealant
8500642 (Loctite 324) to the face on the transaxle.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 24
Apply activator 8500622 (Loctite 707) to the face on the
axle housing.
STEP 25
Use suitable lifting equipment and install the rear axle
onto the transaxle housing.
STEP 26
Install some of the retaining bolts and washers before
removing the guide studs.
NOTE: When the axle and transmission housings are
joined, the mounting bolts must be fuJ lytorqued within 3
to 5minutes.
Don 7-37050
7001-9
STEP 27
.i:-;'- .r ;;;: ,-.-.- '.
Tighten all the bolts to 326 to 353 Nm(240to 260 Ibs ft).
STEP 28
Install the transaxle into the machine. Refer to Section
6001.
STEP 29
Fill the transmission with Hy-Tran Plus oil, to the FULL
mark on the dipstick.
IMPORTANT: If new brake friction discs and new
Hy-Tran Plus are installed in the transaxfe, a special
additive must be added to the transmission fluid. The
additive 8191443 soaks into the brake linings and
prevents excessive brake chatter. Add one quart of
additive to the transmission fluid while circulating the oil
at operating temperature. DO NOT add 8191443 to
machines that have factory fiJ Ifluid in the transaxfe.
STEP 30
Remove the air from the brake system. Refer to Secian
7002.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
7001-10
STEP 29
Fill the transmission with Hy-Tran Plus oil, to the FULL
mark on the dipstick.
Don 7-37050
STEP 30
Remove the air from the brake system. Refer to Secian
7002.
Issued 12-90 Printed in U.S.A.
Sect i on
7002
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF BRAKE COMPONENTS
Bur 8-12540 Printed in U.S.A.
Issued November 1989 CASE CORPORATION
7002-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MASTER CYLINDER. . . 2
Installation .
Removal .
. 2
REMOVING AIR FROM THE BRAKE SySTEM .
PARKING BRAKE .
DISC BRAKE .
. 2
. .4
.See Section 7000
....See Section 7001
SPECIFICATIONS
Type of oil.. .. Case TCH Fluid
Capacity
Reservoir... . 16 fluid ounces (473 ml)
System.. '" 32 fluid ounces (946 ml)
Removal
MASTER CYLINDER
1. Park the machine on a level surface
2. Lower the loader bucket to the floor and stop the
engine.
3. Apply the parking brake.
4. Open the access cover above the master cylinder
(1) .
5. Remove any dirt from the master cylinder (1) and the
area around the master cylinder (1).
6. Remove the clevis pin (2) that fastens the clevis (3) on
the master cylinder (1) to the brake pedal
7. Disconnect the tube (4) for the master cylinder reser-
voir (5) from the master cylinder (1).
8. Drain the fluid from the master cylinder reservoir (5).
9 Disconnect the tubes (6 and 7) from the master
cylinder (1).
10. Loosen and remove the nuts (8). lock washers (9),
and bolts (10) that fasten the master cylinder (1) to the
frame.
Bur 8-12540
11. Remove the master cylinder (1) from the frame.
12 Install caps on the tubes (6 and 7).
Inst al l at i on
1. If a new master cylinder (1) is being installed, fill the
master cylinder with clean Case TCH fluid.
2. Hold the master cylinder (1) in alignment with the
holes in the frame and install the bolts (10), lock
washers (9), and nuts (8)that fasten the master cylinder
(1) to the frame.
3 Connect the tubes (4, 6and 7) to the master cylinder
(1)
4. Install the clevis pin (2) that fastens the clevis (3) to
the brake pedal.
5 See step 20 in Section 7003, page 7003-4, and
adjust the master cylinder (1).
6. Fill the master cylinder reservoir (5) with Case TCH
fluid until the fluid level is at the full mark.
7. See page 7002-4 and remove the air from the brake
system.
8. Check for leakage at the master cylinder (1).
Issued 11-89 Printed in U.S.A.
7002-3
6. TUBE
4. TUBE
8891712J
Master Cylinder Installation
Issued 11-89 Printed in U.S.A.
Bur 8-125
4
0
7002-4
REMOVING AIR FROM THE BRAKE SYSTEM
1. Two persons are required, one to actuate the master
cylinder and the other to open and close the airremoval
screw on the transaxle.
2. Move the brake pedal down and up several times to
increase the pressure in the brake system.
3. When the brake pedal feels " hard" , continue to push
against the pedal and have another person open the air
removal screw at the transaxle
Bur 8-12540
4 When the brake pedal touches the floor plate, hold
the brake pedal in place and have the other person
tighten the air removal screw.
5. Repeat steps 2, 3, and 4 until there are no bubbles in
the fluid coming from the air removal screw.
6. Fill the master cylinder reservoir with Case TCH fluid.
Issued 11-89 Printed in U.SA
Sect i on
7003
MASTER CYLINDER
CASE CORPORATION
Bur 8-12570
Printed in U.S.A.
Issued November 1989
7003-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MASTER CYLINDER..
REMOVING AIR FROM THE BRAKE SYSTEM .. . .. See Section 7002
Removal and Installation
. 2
...... See Section 7002
Disassembly . . 2
Inspection . ....4
Assembly .
......4
SPECIFICATIONS
Type of oil....
Master cylinder
Girling part number
. Case TCH Fluid
...... A6315
Case part number.......... . 8143162
MASTER CYLINDER
Di sassembl y
1. Clean the outside of the master cylinder.
2 Fasten the body (6) of the master cylinder in the
vise.
3. Remove the flow valve adapter (1) from the master
cylinder.
4. Remove the flowvalve (3) fromthe master cylinder
5. Remove the ball (5) from the master cylinder.
6 Remove the gasket (2) from the flow valve adapter
(1) .
7. Remove the flow valve seal (4) from the flow valve
(3).
8 Loosen the lock nut. Remove the clevis and lock
nut from the push rod (15).
9. Remove the boot (18) from the body (6).
10. Remove the snap ring (17) from the body (6).
11. Remove the push rod (15) and washer (16) from
the body (6).
Bur 812570
12. Hit the open end of the master cylinder against a
piece of wood to move the piston assembly to the end
of the master cylinder.
13. Pull the piston assembly from the master cylinder
14. There is a small tab in the spring seat (12) that
holds the spring seat (12) on the piston (13). Use a
screwdriver to lift up the tab.
15. Remove the check valve assembly from the piston
(13).
16. Remove the seal (14) from the piston (13).
17. Disconnect the check valve seat (10) from the
spring seat (12).
18 Remove the spring (11) from the spring seat (12).
19. Remove the check valve seat (10) from the check
valve piston (8).
20 Remove the wave spring (9) from the check valve
piston (8).
21 Remove the check valve seal (7) from the check
valve piston (8)
Issued 1189 Primed in U.S.A
7003-3
B870122R
Mast er Cyl i nder
Bur 8-12570
Issued 11 -89 Printed in U.S.A
7003-4
Inspect i on
1. Inspect the bores inthe body (6) for scoring, pitting,
or other damage. If the bores in the body (6) are
damaged a new master cylinder must be used.
2. Check the tab in the spring seat (12). Push the tab
down a small amount so that the tab will engage the
end ofthe piston (8) to hold the check valve assembly in
place. If the tab is broken, use a new master cylinder.
3. Inspect the flow valve (3), ball (5), check valve
piston (8), piston (13), and the push rod (15) for
scoring, pitting, or other damage If the flow valve (3),
ball (5), check valve piston (8), piston (13) or the push
rod (15) are damaged a new master cylinder must be
used.
Assembl y
1. Install the check valve seal (7) on the check valve
piston (8).
2. Install the spring (11) on the spring seat (10).
3. Install the check valve assembly inthe spring (11).
Engage the stem of the check valve piston (8) in the
spring seat (12).
4. Install the check valve assembly on the piston (13).
Push the check valve assembly onto the piston (13)
until the tab in the spring seat (12) engages the end of
the piston (13).
5. Install the seal (14) on the piston (13)
6. Lubricate the bore of the body (6) with clean hyd-
raulic fluid.
7. Install the piston assembly into the bore of the body
(6).
8. Push the piston assembly into the bore until the
push rod (15) and washer (16) can be installed
9. Install the push rod (15) and washer (16).
10 Install the snap ring (17)
11. Install the boot (18).
12. Install the lock nut and clevis on the push rod (15).
Do not tighten the lock nut on the push rod at this time.
Bur 8-12570
13 Install the ball (5) in the body (6).
14. Lubricate the flow valve seal (4) and the flow valve
(3) with clean hydraulic oil. Install the flowvalve (3) inthe
bore in the master cylinder. The flow valve (3) must be
centered in the bore of the master cylinder.
15. Install a new gasket (2) on the flow valve adapter
(1) .
16. Carefully start the flow valve adapter (1) into the
bore in the master cylinder by hand If the flow valve
adapter (1) cannot be turned into the master cylinder
completely by hand remove the flow valve adapter (1)
from the master cylinder and make sure that the flow
valve (3) is in the center of the bore in the master
cylinder.
17. Repeat step 16 until the flow valve adapter (1) can
be turned completely into the master cylinder by hand.
18. Tighten the flow valve adapter (1) to 30 to 34
pound-feet (41 to 47 Nm)
19. See Section 7002 and install the master cylinder on
the machine.
20 Depress the brake pedal to stroke the piston (13) in
the master cylinder. Release the brake pedal and allow
the piston to return. Adjust the push rod to piston clear-
ance to .025 to 050 inch (0.6 to 1.3mm). Turn the clevis
clockwise to shorten or counterclockwise to lengthen.
Tighten the lock nut against the clevis. See the illustra-
tion below.
--->
B870123R
Issued11-89 Printedin USA
7003- 5
8870122R
Master Cylinder
Bur 8-12570 Issued 11-89 Printed in U:S.A.
SECTION INDEX - HYDRAULICS
Sect i on Ti t l e
Sect i on Number
Removal and Installation of Hydraulic Components 8001
Specifications, Schematics, and Troubleshooting 8002
Cleaning the Hydraulic System 8003
Hydraulic Pump 8004
Loader Control Valve 8005
Cylinders 8006
Backhoe Control Valve 8007
Swing Sequence Valve 8008
Three Point Hitch Control Valve 8009
Double Selector Valve 8011
CASE CORPORATION
Bur 8-12580
Printed in U.S.A.
Issued November 1989
CASE CORPORATION
Sect i on
8001
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
OF HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS
Bur 8-17580 Printed in U.S.A.
Issued March 1991
8001-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
OIL COOLER .. . 3
...................... , : 3 Removal ,
Installation , , , , , .4
HYDRAULIC PUMP , 6
Removal 6
Installation 8
LOADER CONTROL VALVE ,... 10
Removal , ,." ,........................... . , , 10
Installation........ ... 10
BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE...... ... 11
Removal 11
Installation .
SWING SEQUENCE VALVE.
. 11
. 13
Removal , , 13
Installation 13
SWING SEQUENCE VALVE ADJ USTMENT................... . 14
THREE-POINT HITCH CONTROL VALVE.................... .15
Removal , , 15
Installation , , 15
Bur 8-17580
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8001-3
Removal
STEP 1
OIL COOLER
STEP 3
Park the machine on a level surface. Raise the loader
and lock the support strut (1) to hold up the loader.
Remove the bolts, flat washers, spacers, lock washers,
and nuts which fasten the hood cables (1) to the sides
of the radiator shroud.
Remove the bolts, flat washers, and lock washers from
the hood hinges (2).
Have another person help you remove the hood. The
weight of the hood is approximately 100 pounds (45
kg).
NOTE: During installation the hood must be adjusted.
Put the hood in position. Install the hardware in the hood
hinges. Do not tighten the hardware. Close the hood
and remove the plastic plugs for access to the hinge
hardware. Push the top of the hood to the rear as far as
possible and tighten the hinge hardware.
Bur 8-17580
Remove the bolt, lock washer, and flat washer which
fasten the strap (1) to the top of the radiator shroud.
Remove the strap (1).
Remove the bolts, lock washers, and flat washers from
the top cover (2). Remove the top cover (2).
Remove the upper and lower foam baffles (3).
STEP 4
Remove the bolts, lock washers, and nuts which fasten
the mounting brackets (1) to each side of the oil cooler.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8001-4
STEP 5
Remove the bolts, flat washers, and nuts which fasten
the radiator shroud (1) to the machine frame. Remove
the radiator shroud (1), The weight of the radiator
shroud (1) is approximately 50 pounds (23 kg).
NOTE: During installation, tighten the bolts for the
radiator shroud (1)to 270 to 324pound-feet (366to 439
Nm).
STEP 6
.90[:~~;!ef
Remove the bolts, lock washers, and flat washers from
the bottom cover (1). Remove the bottom cover (1).
STEP 7
Connect a vacuum pump to the hydraulic reservoir
Start the vacuum pump.
Bur 8-17580
STEP 8
8907
Disconnect the two hoses (1) from the RH side of the oil
cooler. Put identification tags on the hoses (1). Discon-
nect the two tubes (2) from the LH side of the oil cooler.
Install caps on the fittings and plugs in the hoses and
tubes. Stop the vacuum pump.
STEP 9
" ';'!~~7'4703M'
Remove the bolts, lock washers, and flat washers
which fasten the condenser (1) and the oil cooler (2) to
the radiator (3). Move the condenser (1) to the LH side
out of the way. Remove the oil cooler (2).
Inst al l at i on
Installation of the oil cooler is the reverse of removal.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A
Bur 8-17580
8001- 5
1. OIL COOLER
2. FROM HYDRAULIC
OIL FILTER
3. TO HYDRAULIC
RESERVOIR
4. FROM TORQUE CONVERTER
B902372J
5. TO TRANSAXLE
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8001- 6
HYDRAULIC PUMP
Removal
STEP 10
Park the machine on a level surface. Raise the loader
and lock the support strut (1) to hold up the loader.
STEP 11
,
Disconnect the overflow hose (1) from the radiator
neck.
Remove the bolts, flat washers, spacers, lock washers,
and nuts which fasten the hood cables (2) to the sides
of the radiator shroud.
Remove the bolts, flat washers, and lock washers from
the hood hinges (3).
Have another person help you remove the hood. The
weight of the hood is approximately 100 pounds (45
kg).
NOTE: During installation the hood must be adjusted.
Put the hood in position. Install the hardware in the hood
hinges. Do not tighten the hardware. Close the hood
and remove the plastic plugs for access to the hinge
hardware. Push the top of the hood to the rear as far as
possible and tighten the hinge hardware.
Bur 8-17580
STEP 12
Slowly remove the radiator cap (1)
Install a hose on the drain valve (2) and drain the ra-
diator.
Disconnect the upper and lower radiator hoses (3).
Remove the bolts, lock washers, and flat washers
which fasten the fan shroud (4) to the radiator.
NOTE: During installation fill the radiator and the coolant
reservoir with approximately 18US. quarts (17litres) of
coolant. See Section 1002 for coolant specifications.
Start and run the engine until the coolant is at operating
temperature. Stop the engine and check for leakage.
When the coolant is cold, check the coolant reservoir
level.
STEP 13
Remove the bolt, lock washer, and flat washer which
fasten the strap (1) to the top of the radiator shroud.
Remove the strap (1).
Remove the bolts, lock washers, and flat washers from
the top cover (2). Remove the top cover (2).
Remove the upper and lower foam baffles (3).
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.SA
STEP 14
Removethe bolts, lock washers, and nuts which fasten
the mounting brackets (1) to each side of the oil cooler.
STEP 15
Remove the bolts, flat washers, and nuts which fasten
the radiator shroud (1) to the machine frame. Remove
the radiator shroud (1). The weight of the radiator
shroud (1) is approximately 50 pounds (23 kg).
NOTE: During installation, tighten the bolts for the
radiator shroud (1)to 270 to 324pound-feet (366to 439
Nm).
STEP 16
.,
,!~9071~e'M
Removethe bolts, lock washers, and flat washers from
the bottom cover (1). Remove the bottom cover (1).
Bur 8-17580
8001-7
STEP 17
The hydraulic reservoir holds approximately 25 U.S
gallons (95 litres) of oil. Remove the drain plug (1) and
drain the oil from the hydraulic reservoir.
NOTE: During installation make sure the hydraulic re-
setvou is filled with oil. SeeSection 1002for specifica-
tions.
STEP 18
., ..
B 90?~,~~Ji
Disconnect the two hoses (1) from the RHside of the oil
cooler. Put identification tags on the hoses (1). Discon-
nect the two tubes (2) from the LH side of the oil cooler.
Install caps on the fittings and plugs in the hoses and
tubes.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A
8001-8
STEP 19
Remove the bolts, lock washers, and flat washers
which fasten the condenser (1) to the oil cooler (2) and
radiator (3). Move the condenser (1) to the LH side out
of the way. Have another person help you remove the
oil cooler (2) and radiator (3). The weight of the oil
cooler (2) and radiator (3) is approximately 50 pounds
(23 kg).
Remove the fan shroud (4).
Bur 8-17580
STEP 20
B9074717M
Disconnect the two hoses (1) from the LH side of the
hydraulic pump (2). Remove the bolts and lock
washers that fasten the flange (3) on the RH side of the
hydraulic pump (2)
Remove the bolts, lock washers, and hardened
washers (Thehardened washers are on the bottom two
bolts only.) which fasten the hydraulic pump (2) to the
front engine support. Remove the hydraulic pump (2).
Inst al l at i on
Installation of the hydraulic pump is the reverse of
removal.
NOTE: During installation, remove and clean the
suction screen for the hydraulic pump. Apply Molykote
Type G to the splines of the hydraulic pump.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8001- 9
4. SUCTION
SCREEN
B902373J
Bur 8-17580
Issued 3-91
Printed in U.S.A.
8001-10
Removal
LOADER CONTROL VALVE
Inst al l at i on
1. Park the machine on a level surface.
2 Apply the parking brake.
3. Lower the loader bucket to the floor.
4. Stop the engine.
5. Move the loader control lever in all directions to
release the pressure from the hydraulic circuits.
6 Remove the bolts, lock washers, and flat washers
which fasten the cover for the loader control valve to the
RH step frame. Remove the cover for the loader control
valve.
7. Find the wires for the return-to-dig switch on the
loader control valve. Disconnect the wires from the
return-to-dig switch.
8. Fasten identification tags to the loader linkage at the
loader control valve.
9. Disconnect the linkage from the loader control valve.
10. Clean the loader control valve and the area around
the loader control valve. Fasten identification tags to the
tubes and hoses at the loader control valve.
11. Connect avacuum pump to the hydraulic reservoir.
Start the vacuum pump.
12. Disconnect the tubes and hoses from the fittings in
the loader control valve. Install caps on the fittings and
plugs inthe hoses and tubes Stop the vacuum pump.
13. Connect suitable lifting equipment to the loader
control valve. The weights of loader control valves avail-
able on this machine are approximately 57 to 72
pounds (26 to 33 kg).
14. Loosen and remove the cap screws and lock
washers that fasten the loader control valve to the
mounting brackets.
15. Remove the loader control valve from the machine.
Bur 8-17580
1. Use suitable lifting equipment to put the loader
control valve in position on the machine.
2. Install the cap screws and lock washers that fasten
the loader control valve to the mounting brackets.
3 Remove the lifting equipment from the loader control
valve.
4. Connect the vacuum pump to the hydraulic reservoir.
Start the vacuum pump
5. Connect the tubes and hoses to the fittings on the
loader control valve.
6. Stop the vacuum pump.
7. Connect the linkage to the loader control valve.
8. Connect the wires to the return-to-dig switch on the
loader control valve.
9. Start and runthe engine at low idle. Move the loader
control lever to raisethe loader completely. Continue to
hold the loader control lever in the RAISE position for 30
seconds.
10. Lower the loader bucket to the floor. Stop the
engine.
11. Check for oil leakage at the loader control valve.
12. Check the oil level inthe hydraulic reservoir. Add oil
as required. See Section 1002 for specifications.
13. Put the cover for the loader control valve in position
on the RH step frame. Install the bolts, lock washers,
and flat washers which fasten the cover to the RH step
frame.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
Removal
BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE
8001-11
1. Park the machine on a level surface.
2. Lower the loader bucket to the floor.
3. If the machine is equipped with an Extendahoe,
install the Extendahoe lock pin.
4. If the backhoe is not inthe transport position, put the
backhoe in the transport position.
5. Lower the stabilizers until the stabilizers just touch the
floor
6. Stop the engine and apply the parking brake.
7. Install the swing lock pin.
8. Move each backhoe control lever in both directions
until all hydraulic pressure has been removed from the
backhoe hydraulic circuits.
9. Clean the backhoe control valve and the area around
the backhoe control valve. Fasten identification tags to
the hoses and tubes at the backhoe control valve.
10. Connect avacuum pump to the hydraulic reservoir
Start the vacuum pump
11. Disconnect the hoses and tubes from the backhoe
control valve. Install caps on the fittings and plugs inthe
hoses and tubes.Stop the vacuum pump.
12. Disconnect the tube for the B port of the swing
section from the fitting in the swing sequence valve.
13. Fasten identification tags to the linkage for the
backhoe control valve.
14. Disconnect the linkage from the spools in the
backhoe control valve.
15. The weights of backhoe control valves available on
this machine are approximately 115 to 130 pounds (52
to 59 kg). Have another person help with steps 16
through 18.
16. Hold the backhoe control valve in place and remove
the bolts, lock washers, and nuts that fasten the LH side
of the backhoe control valve to the mounting bracket.
17. Remove the cap screw, lock washer, and spacers
that fasten the RH side of the backhoe control valve to
the mounting bracket.
Bur 8-17580
18. Remove the backhoe control valve from the
machine.
Inst al l at i on
1. Ifthe fittings were removed from the backhoe control
valve, if a newbackhoe control valve is being used, or if
the dipper or boom section of the backhoe control valve
has been replaced, do the following steps:
a. Make sure that a restrictor is installed in the A
port of the dipper section of the backhoe control
valve. The restrictor must be installed so that the
large end of the restrictor is toward the inside of the
backhoe control valve.
b. Install new O-rings on the fittings
c. Lubricate the O-rings with clean hydraulic oil.
d. Install the fittings in the backhoe control valve.
2 Put the backhoe control valve in position on the
mounting bracket. Make sure that the rubber mount is
in position in the mounting bracket.
3. Install the cap screw, lock washer, and spacers that
fasten the backhoe control valve to the mounting
bracket. Make sure that the spacers are in position
between the backhoe control valve and the mounting
bracket.
4. Connect the linkage to the spools in the backhoe
control valve.
5. Connect the vacuum pump to the hydraulic reservoir.
Start the vacuum pump.
6. Connect the tube to the fitting inthe swing sequence
valve and to the B port in the swing section of the
backhoe control valve.
7. Connect the remaining tubes and the hoses to the
fittings inthe backhoe control valve. Stop the vacuum
pump.
8. Start the engine and run the engine at low idle.
9. Slowly extend and retract each cylinder several times
to remove any air from the backhoe hydraulic circuits.
10. Stop the engine.
11. Check for oil leakage at the backhoe control valve.
12. Check the oil level inthe hydraulic reservoir. Add oil
as required. See Section 1002 for specifications.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A
8001-12
Bur 8-17580
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A
8001-13
SWING SEQUENCE VALVE
Removal
1. Park the machine on a level surface.
2. Lower the loader bucket to the floor.
3. If the backhoe is not inthe transport position, put the
backhoe in the transport position.
4. Stop the engine and apply the parking brake.
5. Install the swing lock pin.
6. Move the swing control pedals or levers inboth direc-
tions to remove any pressure in the swing hydraulic
circuit.
7. Clean the swing sequence valve and the area around
the swing sequence valve. Fasten identification tags to
the hoses and tubes for the swing sequence valve.
8. Disconnect the tube from the B port in the swing
section of the backhoe control valve and from the fitting
in the bottom of the swing sequence valve.
9 Install caps on the fittings in the backhoe control
valve and the swing sequence valve.
10. Disconnect the remaining tubes and hoses from the
swing sequence valve.
11. Use caps or plugs to close all openings in order to
keep dirt out of the hydraulic system.
12. Remove the cotter pin and clevis pin that fasten the
yoke on the linkage to the spool inthe swing sequence
valve.
13. Hold the swing sequence valve in position on the
mounting bracket. The weight of the swing sequence
valve is approximately 20 pounds (9 kg). Loosen and
remove the cap screws that fasten the swing sequence
valve to the mounting bracket.
Bur 8-17580
14 Remove the swing sequence valve from the
machine.
Inst al l at i on
1. Hold the swing sequence valve in position on the
mounting bracket. Install the cap screws that fasten the
swing sequence valve to the mounting bracket.
2. Turn the spool so that when the yoke is installed on
the spool, the holes will be aligned vertically. Put the
yoke in position on the spool. Install the clevis pin and
the cotter pin to fasten the yoke to the spool.
3. Connect the tube to the B port inthe swing section of
the backhoe control valve and to the fitting inthe bottom
of the swing sequence valve.
4. Connect the remaining tubes and the hoses to the
fittings in the swing sequence valve.
5. Remove the swing lock pin.
6. Start and run the engine at low idle.
7. Slowly and completely swing the backhoe to the left
and then to the right several times to remove any air
from the swing hydraulic circuit.
8. Stop the engine.
9. Check for oil leakage at the swing sequence valve.
10. Check the oil level in the hydraulic reservoir. Add oil
as required. See Section 1002 for specifications.
11. See Swing Sequence Valve Adjustment on page 14.
Adjust the swing sequence valve as required.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.SA
8001-14
SWING SEQUENCE VALVE ADJUSTMENT
5. CAM
B902375J
NOTE: In the following instructions, " right' and " left" are
as seen from the backhoe operators seat.
1. Swing the swing tower completely to the right.
2. Loosen the jam nuts at the yoke and at the ball joint
on the control rod.
3. Turn the control rod clockwise or counterclockwise
until the cam follower will turn freely. The cam follower
must still touch the cam or be within 0.02 inch (0.5 mm)
from the cam.
4. After step 3has been completed, turn the control rod
clockwise 1/4 to 1/2 turn to shorten the control rod.
Bur 8-17580
5Make sure that the clevis pin that fastens the yoke on
the control rod to the spool eye inthe swing sequence
valve is in the vertical position. If the clevis pin is not
vertical after the jam nuts are tightened on the control
rod, the control rod or the spool can be damaged.
6 Tighten the jam nuts at the yoke and at the ball joint
on the control rod.
7. Start and run the engine at approximately 1/4throttle.
8. Swing the backhoe completely to the left and then to
the right. The amount of cushion should be equal on
both sides. See the illustration below for the correct
swing cushion adjustment. Shorten or lengthen the
control rod as required. The only adjustment available
is to divide the amount of cushion equally between
sides.
CORRECT AMOUNT OF CUSHION
LENGTHEN CONTROL ROD TO INCREASE THE
RIGHT CUSHION. (TURN COUNTERCLOCKWISE)
SHORTEN CONTROL ROD TO INCREASE
THE LEFT CUSHION. (TURN CLOCKWISE)
B870349J
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
THREE-POINT HITCH CONTROL VALVE
8001-15
Removal
1. Park the machine on a level surface.
2. Lower the loader bucket to the floor.
3 Lower any rear attachments to the floor.
4. Stop the engine and apply the parking brake.
5. Move all control levers forthe three-point hitch in both
directions to remove any pressure in the hydraulic
circuit
6. Clean the three-point hitch control valve and the area
around the three-point hitch control valve.
7. Fasten identification tags to the hoses at the three-
point hitch control valve.
8. Disconnect the hoses from the fittings at the three-
point hitch control valve.
9 Use caps or plugs to close all openings in order to
keep dirt out of the hydraulic system.
10. Disconnect the linkage from the spool eyes at the
three-point hitch control valve.
11. Hold the three-point hitch control valve inplace and
remove the bolts, lock washers, and nuts that fasten the
three-point hitch control valve to the mounting bracket.
Bur 8-17580
12. Remove the three-point hitch control valve from the
machine.
Inst al l at i on
1. Ifthe fittings were removed from the three-point hitch
control valve, or a new three-point hitch control valve is
being used, install newO-rings on the fittings, and lubri-
cate the O-rings with clean hydraulic oil. Install the
fittings in the three-point hitch control valve.
2. Put the three-point hitch control valve in place on the
mounting bracket. Install the bolts, lock washers, and
nuts that fasten the three-point hitch control valve to the
mounting bracket
3. Connect the linkage to the spool eyes in the three-
point hitch control valve.
4. Connect the hoses to the fittings in the three-point
hitch control valve.
5. Start and run the engine at low idle.
6. Move all control levers for the three-point hitch slowly
in both directions to remove any air from the hydraulic
circuits.
7. Lower any rear attachments to the floor. Stop the
engine.
8. Check for oil leakage at the three-point hitch control
valve.
9. Check the oil level in the hydraulic reservoir Add oil
as required. See Section 1002 for specifications.
Issued 3-91 Printedin U.S.A
8001-16
Bur 8- 17580
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
Sect i on
8002
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATICS, SPECIFICATIONS
AND TROUBLESHOOTING
CASE CORPORATION
Bur 8-17530 Printed in U.S.A.
Issued March 1991
8002-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECiFiCATIONS." , , , ,., ' , 3
SPECIAL TOOLS .., , , .4
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE FOR PROBLEM IN ALL CiRCUiTS 5
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE FOR PROBLEM IN A SINGLE CIRCUIT 6
MAIN RELIEF VALVE , 7
CHECKING OUTPUT OF PUMP WITH FLOWMETER 8
CIRCUIT RELIEF VALVES FOR LOADER AND BACKHOE CONTROL VALVES , , , 11
CIRCUIT RELIEF VALVE FOR THE THREE POINT HITCH CONTROL VALVE 12
ADJ USTING THE MAIN RELIEF VALVE OR A CIRCUIT RELIEF VALVE 12
CROSS-SECTION DRAWINGS
Pump 13
Loader Control Valve 14
Steering Control Valve ,15
Filter 16
Backhoe Control Valve , , 17
Three Point Hitch Control Valve 18
Swing Sequence Valve 19
LOADER BACKHOE SCHEMATiC 21
LOADER THREE POINT HITCH SCHEMATIC 22
Bur 8-17530
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8002-3
SPECIFICATIONS
Output of Pump
Rear section (Loader and Steering) 24 U.S. gpm at 2000 psi at 2000 rpm
(90.8 Umin at 13 789 kPa, 138 bar at 2000 r/min)
Front section (Backhoe) 9 U.S. gpm at 2000 psi at 2000 rpm
(34 Umin at 13 789 kPa, 138 bar at 2000 r/rnin)
Main relief valve for Loader Backhoe 2500 to 2600 psi (17237 to 17 927 kPa, 172 to 179 bar)
Main relief valve for Three Point Hitch 2488 to 2588 psi (17 154 to 17 844 kPa, 171 to 178 bar)
Relief valve in piston of boom cylinder 4600 to 4800 psi (31 716 to 33095 kPa, 317 to 330 bar)
Circuit Relief Valves
Boom A port 2050 to 2250 psi (14 135 to 15574 kPa, 141 to 155 bar)
Boom B port 4000 to 4100 psi (27580 to 28 268 kPa, 276 to 283 bar)
Dipper and bucket A and B ports 2950 to 3150 psi (20340 to 21 719 kPa, 203 to 217 bar)
Swing A and B ports 2050 to 2250 psi (14135 to 15 514 kPa, 141 to 155 bar)
Swing sequence valve 4000 to 4100 psi (27580 to 28268 kPa, 276 to 283 bar)
Loader bucket A and B ports 2950 to 3150 psi (20340 to 21 719 kPa, 203 to 217 bar)
Three point hitch lift B port 2650 to 2750 psi (18271 to 18 960 kPa, 183 to 190 bar)
Bur 8-17530 Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8002-4
SPECIAL TOOLS
Order special tools from one of the following ad-
dresses:
In the U.S.A. and Canada:
Service Tools
P.O. Box 314
Owatonna, Minnesota 55060
In Europe:
VL Churchill Ltd.
P.O. Box 3, Daventry
Northants, NN11 4NF
England
OEM 1239 or CAS-10280 Flowmeter
This tool is first used on page 8.
CAS-1808 or CAS-10106 Flowmeter Fitting Kit
This tool is first used on page 8.
Bur 8-17530
CAS-1804 or CAS-10111 Pressure Fitting Kit
This tool is first used on page 7.
CAS-1205 Test Block
This tool is first used on page 11.
CAS-10090 Hand Pump
This tool is first used on page 11.
CAS-1913 Hand Pump
This tool is first used on page 11.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8002-5
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE FOR PROBLEM IN ALL CIRCUITS
Check the machine for leaks and repair as
required.
NOTE: The main relief valve controls the
pressure in the loader and backhoe cir-
cuits.
Do the flowmeter test according to instruc-
tions in this section.
Bur 8-17530
Troubleshooting complete.
Adjust the main relief valve according to in-
structions in this section.
Troubleshooting complete.
Troubleshooting complete.
Troubleshooting complete.
Troubleshooting complete.
Issued3-91 Printedin U.S.A.
8002-6
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE FOR PROBLEM IN A SINGLE CIRCUIT
Check the machine for oil leaks and
missing or damaged parts.
Check the operation of the circuit that has
the problem. Does the cylinder(s) move in
both directions?
There is some wear or damage in the
control valve. Repair as required.
Bur 8-17530
Check the spool travel. See Section 8005
and 8007 as required for specifications for
spool travel. Is the spool travel correct?
YES
Adjust the linkage as required to meet the
specification for spool travel.
,
There can be internal wear or damage to
the control valve. Repair or replace as re-
quired.
Replace the O-ring.
Adjust the setting of the circuit relief valve
according to instructions in this section.
NOTE: Boom cylinder only. A check
valve isinstalled in the piston. The problem
in the boom circuit can be the check valve
and not the piston packing.
Repair or replace the cylinder as required.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
Check the O-ring on the plug for the load
check valve in the loader or backhoe
control valve. Is the O-ring good?
Check the O-ring on the end of the circuit
relief valve or plug. Is the O-ring good?
If used, check setting of the circuit relief
valve. Is the setting correct?
Check the piston packing for the cylinder.
Is the piston packing good?
Replace the O-ring.
8002-7
MAIN RELIEF VALVE
Equipment Required 5. Continue to hold the loader control lever in the RAISE
position and read the pressure gauge. Stop the engine.
o to 3000 psi (20 684 kPa, 207 bar) pressure gauge.
Pressure Check
6. Compare the reading with the specification on page
3. If the reading is not correct, adjust the main relief
valve.
1. Parkthe machine on a level surface. Putthe backhoe
inthe transport position and lower the loader bucket to
the floor.
Adjusting Main Relief Valve
2. Heat the oil to operating temperature.
1. The main relief valve is in the outlet section of the
loader control valve. Loosen the lock nut on the main
relief valve. Turn the adjusting screw clockwise to
increase the pressure and counterclockwise to
decrease the pressure.
3. See the illustration. Connect the pressure gauge to
the quick disconnect fitting at Test Port 1.
4. Runthe engine at full throttle. Hold the loader control
lever inthe RAISE position until the loader stops moving.
2. Check the pressure again.
3. When the pressure is correct, tighten the lock nut.
3. HYDRAULIC PUMP
4. FROM RESERVOIR
B901795J
Bur 8-17530
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8002-8
CHECKING OUTPUT OF PUMP WITH FLOWMETER
Equipment Required
CAS-10106 or CAS-1808 flowmeter fitting kit
OEM 1239 or CAS-10280 Flowmeter
Checking the Output of the
Loader (Rear) Section
1. Parkthe machine ona level surface. Put the backhoe
inthe transport position and lower the loader bucket to
the floor. Stop the engine.
2. See the illustration. Connect the flowmeter into the
circuit.
3. Heat the oil to operating temperature by closing the
load valve on the flowmeter until the pressure gauge
reads 1000 psi (6895 kPa, 69 bar). Run the engine at
full throttle until the temperature is 125F (52C).
Bur 8-17530
4. Run the engine at 2000 rpm (r/min). Open the load
valve on the flowmeter. Read the flow gauge. Record
the flow reading.
5. Keep the engine running at 2000 rpm (r/rnin). Slowly
close the load valve until the pressure is 2000 psi (13
789 kPa, 138 bar). Read the flow gauge and record the
reading.
6. Decrease the engine speed to low idle and stop the
engine.
7. The pump efficiency is found by dividing the flow
reading at 2000 psi (13 789 kPa, 138 bar) by the flow
reading at 0 psi (0kPa, 0 bar). The answer multiplied by
100 is the percent efficiency of the pump. If the effi-
ciency is less than 70%, repair or replace the pump.
Issued3-91 Printedin U.S.A.
8002-9
1. CAP. 1-5/16-12
FLARE THREAD
3. HYDRAULIC PUMP
6. CONNECT FLOWMETER
OUTLET TO TUBE
1-5/16-12 FLARE THREAD
01
7. TO INLET OF
LOADER CONTROL VALVE
5. OEM 1239 OR
CAS-10280 FLOWMETER
B901796J
Bur 8-17530 Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8002-10
Checking the Output of the Backhoe
or Three Point Hitch (Front) Section
1. Parkthe machine on a level surface. Put the backhoe
inthe transport position and lower the loader bucket to
the floor. Stop the engine.
2. See the illustration. Connect the flowmeter into the
circuit.
3. Heat the oil to operating temperature by closing the
load valve on the flowmeter until the pressure gauge
reads 1000 psi (6895 kPa, 69 bar). Run the engine at
full throttle until the temperature is 125F (52C).
6. TO SWING SECTION OF
BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE
Bur 8-17530
4. Run the engine at 2000 rpm (r/min). Open the load
valve on the flowmeter. Read the flow gauge. Record
the ~Iowreading.
5. Keep the engine running at 2000 rpm (r/min). Slowly
close the load valve until the pressure is 2000 psi (13
789 kPa, 138 bar). Read the flow gauge and record the
reading.
6. Decrease the engine speed to low idle and stop the
engine.
7. The pump efficiency is found by dividing the flow
reading at 2000 psi (13 789 kPa, 138 bar) by the flow
reading at 0 psi (0kPa, 0bar). The answer multiplied by
100 is the percent efficiency of the pump. If the effi-
ciency is less than 70%, repair or replace the pump.
2. HYDRAULIC PUMP
3. FROM RESERVOIR
.!}~, .... -~..
_ '! . . . . . . : : : ': . - ~ 0
'! ) . . - ~
~ ~-
B901797J
4. OEM 1239 OR
CAS-10280 FLOWMETER
Issued3-91 PrintedinU.S.A.
8002-11
CIRCUIT RELIEF VALVES FOR LOADER AND BACKHOE CONTROL VALVES
Equipment Required
CAS-10111 or CAS-1804 Pressure fitting kit
CAS-10095 Multigauge
CAS-10090 Hand Pump for circuit relief valves set
below 3500 psi (24 132 kPa, 241 bar)
CAS-1913 Hand pump for circuit relief valves above
3500 psi (24 132 kPa, 241 bar)
CAS-1205 Test block
Pressure Check
1. Connect the hand pump to the test block.
2. Install the circuit relief valve in the test block.
B901824J
Loader:
1. Bucket A and B Ports Circuit Relief Valve
2950 to 3150 psi (20 340 to 21 719 kPa,
203 to 217 bar)
Bur 8-17530
3. Actuate the handle on the hand pump and record the
highest pressure reading. Check the pressure setting
several times to be sure of your reading.
4. Compare the reading with the specifications on page
3.
5. Ifthe pressure setting is not correct, adjust the circuit
relief valve.
Adjusting the Circuit Relief Valves
1. Loosen the lock nut on the adjusting screw.
2. Turn the adjusting screw clockwise to increase the
pressure setting and counterclockwise to decrease the
pressure setting.
3. Check the pressure setting again. When the pressure
setting is correct, tighten the lock nut.
1 2 3 5
1 2 4 5
Backhoe:
1. Bucket A and B Ports. 2950 to 3150 psi
(20340 to 21 719 kPa, 203 to 217 bar)
2. Dipper A and B Ports. 2950 to 3150 psi
(20340 to 21 719 kPa, 203 to 217 bar)
3. Boom A Port. 2050 to 2250 psi
(14 135 to 15514 kPa, 141 to 155 bar)
4. Boom B Port. 4000 to 4100 psi
(27 580 to 28 269 kPa, 276 to 283 bar)
5. Swing A and B Ports. 2050 to 2250 psi
(14 135 to 15514 kPa, 141 to 155 bar)
Issued3-91 Printedin U.S.A.
8002-12
CIRCUIT RELIEF VALVE FOR THE THREE POINT HITCH CONTROL VALVE
Equipment Required
CAS-10111 or CAS-1804 Pressure fitting kit
CAS-10095 Multi gauge
CAS-10090 Hand pump
Pressure Check
Attachment on the floor.
Loosen filler cap on reservoir to relieve pressure in re-
servoir.
Disconnect hose from S-port of the lift section.
Connect the correct fitting fromthe pressure fitting kit to
the S-port.
Connect hand pump to fitting.
Actuate hand pump and read the gauge. check the
setting three times.
Record the average setting.
See page 8002-3 for specifications.
ADJUSTING THE MAIN RELIEF VALVE OR A CIRCUIT RELIEF VALVE
1. Loosen the lock nut on the adjusting screw. 3. Prevent the adjusting screw from turning and tighten
the lock nut.
2. Turn the adjusting screw clockwise to increase the
setting or turn the adjusting screw counterclockwise to
decrease the setting.
4. Check the setting again.
Bur B-17530 Issued3-91 Printedin U.S.A.
8002-13
6
Supplies oil flow for the complete hydraulic system.
Bur 8-17530
Issued3-91 Printedin U.S.A.
Controls flow of oil to the cylinders
movement of control levers.
1. Inlet
2. Outlet
3. To Steering Control Valve
4. From Steering Control Valve (I
5. To Bucket Cylinders
6. To Lift Cylinders
7. To Clam Cylinders
8 Main Relief Valve
9. Steering Relief Valve
10. Flow Control Valve
11. Circuit Relief Valve
12. Load Check Valve
13. Spool
14. Check Valve
I E
for the loader by
BUCKET SECTION
Jilot)
INLET SECTION
LIFT SECTlm
t LOADER CONTROL VALVE
Controls flow of oil to the cylinders for the loader by
movement of control levers.
1. Inlet
2. Outlet
3. To Steering Control Valve
4. From Steering Control Valve (Pilot)
5. To Bucket Cylinders
6. To Uft Cylinders
7. To Clam Cylinders
8. Main Relief Valve
9. Steering Relief Valve
10. Flow Control Valve
11. Circuit Relief Valve
12. Load Check Valve
13. Spool
14. Check Valve
BUCKET SECTION
INLET SECTION
8002-14
LIFT SECTION
Bur 8-17530
CLAM SECTION
OUTLET SECTION
B891~
Issued3-91 Printedin U~
8002-15
1. Inlet
2. Outlet
3. Pilot
4. Check Valve
5. Spool and Sleeve Assembly
6. Drive Unk
7. Gerotor
Controls oil flow to the steering cylinder.
8891058J
Bur 8-17530 Issued3-91 Printedin U.S.A.
8002-16
1. Inlet
2. To Resetvoi:
3. To Oil Cooler
4. From Steering Control Valve
5. Filter
6. Bypass Valve
7. Switch
8. Check Valve
Cleans oil returning to the reservoir.
Bur 8-17530
B891061J
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
1 2
1 4 L I
1 2
1 4
1 2
Bur 8-17530
8002-1
Controls flow of oil to cylinders for backhoe hy
control levers.
1. Inlet
2. Outlet
3. To Swing Cylinders
4. To Boom Cylinder
5. To Left Stabilizer Cylinder
6. To Right Stabilizer Cylinder
7 To Dipper Cylinder
B To Bucket Cylinder
9 To Extension Cylinder
10. Anticavitation Valve
11. Circuit Relief Valve
12. Load Check Valve
13. Check Valve
14. Spool
15 Regeneration Valve
@
Issued3-91 Printedin U
7
1110Vnl110.111 of
INLET SECTION
. SA
SWING SECTION
BOOM SECTION
LEFT AND RIGHT
STABILIZER SECTIONS
DIPPER AND
BUCKET SECTION
EXTENSION SECTION
OUTLET SECTION
B891299A
1002-1"
V E
shoo by
led in U
9
o THREE POINT HITCH CaNT,
Controls flow of oil to cylinders for three c
movement of control levers.
1. inlet
2. Outlet
3. t Implement
4. t Tilt Cylinder
5. To Pitch Cylinder
6. To litt Cylinder
7. Main Relief Valve
8. Circuit Relief - Anticavitation Valve
9. Load Check Valve
10. Spool
PI
Corrrols flow of oil to cylinders for three point hitch by
movement of control levers.
1. inlet
2. Outlet
3. t Implement
4. to Tilt Cylinder
5. To Pitch Cylinder
6. To Uft Cylinder
7. Main Relief Valve
B. Circuit Relief - Anticavitation Valve
9. Load Check Valve
10. Spool
INLET-OUTLET AND
IMPLEMENT SECTIO~
8002-18
oint hitch by
INLET-OUTLET AND
IMPLEMENT SECTION
TILT AND PITCH SEC'
Bur 8-17530
~OL VALVE
8002-18
LIFT SECTION
TILT AND PITCH SECTIONS
--
8891 300
Bur 8-17530
Issued 3-9'
8002-19
Bur 8-17530
1. Spool
2. Check Valve
3. Orifice
4. Circuit Relief Valve
Actuated by cam to slow the speed of the swing
motion of the backhoe.
C D
C D
B891 301 J
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8002-20
This Page Left Blank
Bur 8-17530 Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8002-2
DIRECTION OF FLOW
Shows direction of oil flow.
PILOT PRESSURE
Pressure used to control another component.
CROSSOVER LINES
CONNECTING LINES
FILTER OR SCREEN
OIL COOLER
CHECK VALVE
Permits oil flow in one direction only.
DOUBLE ACTING CYLINDER
Loader Backhoe Schematic
Bur 8-17530
Issued3-91 Printedin U.S.A
TEST PORT 2
TEST PORT 1
FILLER CAP
OIL COOLER
RESERVOIR
8002-21
inted in U.S.A.
STEERING CYLINDER
-
,
,
...
TEST PORT 2
TEST PORT 1
FILLER CAP
BUCKET LIFT
o FILTER
!
t
L
OIL coc
RESERVOIR
STEERINC
DIRECTION OF FLOW
Shows direction of oil flow.
PILOT PRESSURE
Pressure used to control another component.
CROSSOVER LINES
CONNECTING LINES
-0-
TEST PORT 2
FILTER OR SCREEN
OIL COOLER
CHECK VALVE
Permits oil flow in one direction only.
DOUBLE ACTING CYLINDER
8891303
Loader Three Point Hitch Schematic
Bur 6-17530
Issued 3-91 Prinlr.din USA
8003
CLEANING THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Portable Filter 8003-2 Cleaning the Hydraulic System 8003-4
General Information 8003-3 Flushing Water From
the Hydraulic System 8003-6
Types of Contamination 8003-3
CASE CORPORATION
8-67390 Printed in U.S.A.
Issued March 1987
B003-2
PORTABLE FILTER
The Portable Filter and Fitting Kit are available
from Service Tools in the United States or from
J obborn Manfaucturing Co. in Canada. See Spe-
cial Tools in Section 1001 for correct address.
The part number of the Portable Filter is CAS-
10162A and for the Fitting Kit the part number is
CAS-1050B.
Fitting Kit
S06126
Portable Filter
806127
8003-3
GENERAL INFORMATION
Contamination in the hydraulic system is a
major cause of the malfunction of hydraulic com-
ponents. Contamination is any foreign material in
the hydraulic oil. Contamination can enter the hy-
draulic system in several ways.
1. When you drain the oil or disconnect any line.
2. When you disassemble a component.
3. From normal wear of the hydraulic compo-
nents.
4. From damaged or worn seals.
5. From a damaged component in the hydraulic
system.
All hydraul ic systems operate with some con-
tamination. The design of the components in this
hydraulic system permits efficient operation with a
small amount of contamination. An increase in this
amount of contamination will cause problems in
the hydraulic system. The following list includes
some of these problems.
1. Cylinder rod seals leak.
2. Control valve spools do not return to NEUTRAL.
3. Movement of control valve spools is difficult.
4. Hydraulic oil becomes too hot.
5. Pump gears, housing, and other parts wear
rapidly.
6. Relief valves or check valves held open by dirt.
7. Quick failure of components that have been
repaired.
8. Cycle times are slow; machine does not have
enough power.
If your machine has any of these problems,
check the hydraulic oil for contamination. See
Types of Contamination below. If you find contam-
ination, usethe Portable Filter to clean the hydrau-
lic system.
TYPES OF CONTAMINATION
There are two types of contamination, micro-
scopic and visible.
1. Microscopic contamination occurs when very
fine particles of foreign material are in suspension
inthe hydraulic oil. These particles are too small to
see or feel. Microscopic contamination can be
found by identification of the following problems
or by testi ng in a laboratory. Examples of the prob-
lems:
a. Cylinder rod seals leak.
b. Control valve spools do not return to NEU-
TRAL.
c. The hydraulic system has ahigh operating
temperature.
2. Visible contamination is foreign material that
can befound by sight, touch, or odor. Visible con-
tamination can cause a sudden failure of acompo-
nent. Examples of visible contamination.
a. Particles of metal or dirt in the oil.
b. Air in the oil.
c. The oil is dark and thick.
d. The oil has the odor of burned oil.
e. Water in the oil. See page 8003-6.
8003-4
CLEANING THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
1. Prepare the portable filter shown on page
8003-2 by doing the following steps:
a. Remove all the hydraulic oil from the inlet
and outlet hoses for the portable filter.
b. Remove the filter element from the porta-
ble filter.
c. Remove all hydraulic oil from the portable
filter.
d. Clean the inside of the housing forthe filter
element.
e. Install a new filter element.
2. You must know whether the contamination is
microscopic or visible. See Types of Contamina-
tion on page 8003-3.
3. If the contamination is microscopic:
a. Check the maintenance schedule for the
machine to learn if the hydraulic oil must be
changed. If needed, change the hydraulic oil.
See Section 8001. Change the hydraulic filter.
b. Do steps 6 through 38.
4. If the contamination is visible:
a. Change the hydraulic oil and hydraulic fil-
ter. See Section 8001. Remove and clean the
hydraulic pump suction screen.
b. Do steps 5 through 38.
5. Check the amount of contamination in the hy-
draulic system by doing the following steps.
a. Disassemble one cylinder in two different
circuits. Check for damage to seals, scoring of
the cylinder wall, etc. Repair the cylinders as
necessary.
b. If, in your judgment, the damage to the
cylinders was caused by severe contamination
and is not the result of normal wear, it is neces-
sary to remove, clean and repair valves, pump,
lines, cylinders, hydraulic reservoir, etc. inthe
hydraulic system.
6. Loosen and remove the filler cap from the
reservoir.
7. Connect avacuum pump to the filler cap open-
ing. Start the vacuum pump.
8. Loosen and remove the drain plug from the
reservoi r.
9. Seethe fitting kit shown on page8003-2. Install
the valve in the hole for the drain plug. Make sure
that the valve is closed.
10. Stop the vacuum pump.
11. Connect the inlet hose for the portable filter to
the valve that is installed in the hole for the drain
plug.
12. Disconnect the vacuum pump from the filler
cap opening on the hydraulic reservoir.
13. Install the outlet hose for the portable filter in
the hydraulic reservoir.
14. Open the valve that is installed in the hole for
the drain plug.
15. Move the switch for the portable filter to the ON
position. Start and run the engine at 1500 rpm
(r/min).
16. Run the portable filter for 10minutes.
17. Continue to run the portable filter.
18. Increase the engine speed to full throttle. Heat
the oil to operating temperature by doing the fol-
lowing steps:
a. Hold the bucket control lever in the ROLL-
BACK position for 15 seconds.
b. Return the bucketcontrolleverto NEUTRAL
for 30 seconds.
c. Repeat steps 18aand 18bunti I the oil inthe
hydraulic system is at operating temperature.
19. Continue to run the engine atfull throttle. Con-
tinue to run the portable filter.
20. Operate each hydraulic circuit to completely
extend and retract the cylinders. Continue to oper-
ate each hydraulic circuit two times, one after the
other, for 45 minutes.
21. Decrease the engi ne speed to low idle.
22. Continue to run the portable filter for 10 min-
utes.
23. Stop the portable filter.
24. Stop the engine.
25. Remove the hose from the hydraulic reservoir.
26. Close the valve that is installed in the hole for
the drain plug.
27. Disconnect the inlet hose for the portable fi Iter
from the valve.
28. Connect a vacuum pump to the fill cap open-
ing of the hydraulic reservoir.
29. Start the vacuum pump.
30. Remove the valve from the hole for the drain
plug.
8003-5
31. Install the drain plug.
32. Stop the vacuum pump. Disconnect the vacu-
um pump from the hydraulic reservoir.
33. Install the filler cap.
34. Remove the hydraulic filter element from the
machine.
35. Install a new hydraulic filter element on the
machine.
36. Check the oil level in the hydraulic reservoir.
Add oil as required. See Section 8001.
37. Start the engine. Check for oil leakage around
the new hydraulic filter. ~
38. Stop the engine.
8003-6
FLUSHING WATER FROM THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
1. Start and run the engine at 1500 rpm (r/rnin).
2. Completely retract the cylinders of all attach-
ments on the machine.
3. Any attachment or part of anattachment that is
raised must be supported to prevent the attach-
ment from falling.
4. Loosen and remove the filler cap from the
reservoir.
5. Drain the hydraulic oil from the reservoir.
a. The reservoir holds approximately 21U.S.
gallons (79.5 litres) of hydraulic oil.
b. Have available acceptable equipment to
drain the hydraulic oil.
c. Remove the drain plug from the bottom of
the reservoir.
6. Remove the hydraulic oil filter from the ma-
chine.
7. Install a newhydraulic oil filter on the machine.
8. Install the drain plug inthe bottom of the reser-
voir.
9. Fill the hydraulic reservoir with 21 U.S. gallons
(79.5 Iitres) of Case TCH Fluid.
10. Move each control lever in both directions to
release pressure in the circuits.
11. Disconnect the line from the rod end and
closed end of each cylinder.
12. Be sure all control levers are in the NEUTRAL
position.
13. Start the engine and run the engine at low idle.
IMPORTANT: Check the oil level in the hydraulic.
reservoir frequently while doing step 14.
14. Move each control lever in both directions un-
til oil begins to flow from the open line. Hold the
control lever in place until clean oil flows from the
open line.
15. Stop the engine.
16. Connect the line to the CLOSED end of each
cylinder.
17. Start the engine and run the engine at low idle.
18. Completely extend all cylinders. As the piston
rod comes out of the cylinder, oil will be pushed out
of the rod end of the cylinder.
19. Support the loader frame so that the loader
frame will stay in the RAISED position.
20. Stop the engine.
21. Connect the lines to the rod end of the cylin-
ders.
22. Fill the reservoir to the correct level.
23. Install the filler cap for the reservoir.
Section
8004
HYDRAULIC PUMP
CASE CORPORATION
Bur 8-17400 Printed in U.S.A.
Issued J anuary 1991
8004-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECiFiCATIONS 2
DiSASSEMBLy . . 3
INSPECTION ...................... . .7
ASSEMBLY .. . 9
SPECIFICATIONS
Manufacturer Commercial Shearing
Rotation Counterclockwise as seen from shaft end
Wear specifications See Inspection
Special torques
Cap screws that hold the' sections together 250 pound-feet (339 Nm)
Weight 80 pounds (36 kg)
Bur 8-17400
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
DISASSEMBLY
8004-3
STEP 1
Clean the outside of the hydraulic pump. Fasten the
hydraulic pump inavisewith soft jaws. Make alignment
marks on each section of the hydraulic pump.
STEP 2
Loosen and remove the cap screws and flat washers.
STEP 3
Remove the end cover.
Bur 8-17400
STEP 4
Remove the quad ring.
STEP 5
Remove the thrust plate.
STEP 6
Remove the driven gear.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8004-4
STEP 7
Remove the drive gear.
STEP 8
!
Remove the other thrust plate.
STEP 9
Remove the gear housing.
STEP 1 0
Removethe quad ring from bottom of the gear housing.
Bur 8-17400
STEP 1 1
Remove the carrier.
STEP 1 2
Remove the quad ring.
STEP 1 3
Remove the thrust plate.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 1 4
Remove the driven gear.
STEP 1 5
Remove the coupling.
STEP 1 6
A
Remove the drive gear.
Bur 8-17400
8004-5
STEP 1 7
Remove the other thrust plate.
STEP 1 8
Remove the gear housing.
STEP 1 9
Remove the quad ring from the bottom of the gear
housing.
STEP 2 0
l
Remove the snap ring from the drive end cover.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8004-6
STEP 2 1
Remove the bearing from the drive end cover.
STEP 2 2
Remove the seal.
Bur 8-17400
STEP 2 3
Remove the seal from the thrust plates.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A
INSPECTION
8004-7
Discard all seals and quad rings, Clean all parts in
cleaning solvent. Check all machined surfaces for
damage or wear,
STEP 2 4
Measure the amount of wear caused by the gear teeth
inthe gear housing. Ifthe wear is more than 0.005 inch
(0.13 mm), use a new gear housing.
STEP 2 5
Inspect the gears for wear and damage. If the gears
must be replaced, use a new hydraulic pump.
Bur 8-17400
STEP 2 6
852 501 8M
Measure the thickness of the thrust plates. If the thick-
ness of a thrust plate is less than 0.247 inch (6.27 mm),
install a new thrust plate.
STEP 2 7
1. BUSHING
Inspect the bushings inthe drive end cover, carrier, and
end cover. Ifthe bushings are worn or damaged, use a
new hydraulic pump.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A
8004-8
5. QUAD
RING
12. DRIVE GEAR
16. QUAD
RING
22. SEAL
13. QUAD
RING
31. DRIVE
END COVER
Bur 8-17400
6. END COVER
8. CAP SCREW
7. FLAT WASHER
28. DRIVEN GEAR
B901880J
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8004-9
ASSEMBLY
STEP 31 STEP 2 8
Install new quad rings in the grooves in the gear hous-
ings. Use petroleum jelly to hold the quad rings inplace.
STEP 2 9
Install a new oil seal in the drive end cover.
STEP 30
Press the oil seal into the drive end cover.
Bur 8-17400
Press a new bearing into the drive end cover until the
snap ring can be installed in the groove.
STEP 32
Install the snap ring.
STEP 33
Install new seals in each thrust plate.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8004-10
STEP 34
Fasten the drive end cover in the vise with soft jaws.
STEP 35
Install the gear housing.
STEP 36
Install the thrust plate with the seal down and the
grooves as shown above.
Bur 8-17400
STEP 37
Install the drive gear.
STEP 38
Install the coupling.
STEP 39
Install the driven gear.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 4 0
Install the thrust plate with the seal up as shown above.
STEP 4 1
Install the carrier.
STEP 4 2
Install the gear housing.
Bur 8-17400
8004-11
STEP 4 3
Install the thrust plate with the seal down and the
grooves as shown above.
STEP 4 4
Install the drive gear
STEP 4 5
Install the driven gear.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8004-12
STEP 4 6
l
Install the thrust plate with the seal up as shown.
STEP 4 7
Install the end cover.
Bur 8-17400
STEP 4 8
Install the cap screws and flat washers. Tighten the cap
screws evenly to 250 pound-feet (339 Nm).
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A
8004-13
3. OIL SEAL
6. DRIVE
5. QUAD GEAR
RING
12. QUAD RING
14. THRUST PLATE
13. DRIVE
GEAR
15. BUSHING
16. FLAT
WASHER
/
18. END
COVER
24. DRIVE
END COVER
23. GEAR
HOUSING
22. DOWEL
PIN
21. CARRIER
19. GEAR
HOUSING
8901881J
Bur 817400
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A
CASE CORPORATION
Section
8005
LOADER CONTROL VALVE
Bur 817410
Printed in U.S.A.
Issued J anuary 1991
8005-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECiFiCATIONS....... .. . 3
SPECIAL TOOLS.. . 4
SEPARATING THE VALVE SECTIONS 5
ASSEMBLING THE VALVE SECTIONS 6
OUTLET SECTION.. .. 7
Disassembly 7
Exploded View 8
Assembly 8
Cross Section........ . 9
INLET SECTION . 10
Disassembly.. . ,. . . 10
Inspection... . 11
Exploded View.. . 12
Assembly.... .. . . 13
Cross Section . . 14
BUCKET SECTION...... .15
Disassembly............ . .15
Exploded View....................................................................................... . 19
Inspection .. .. . 20
Assembly '" .20
Cross Section . .. .. " 25
LIFT SECTION 26
Disassembly 26
Exploded View. . 29
Inspection................ 30
Assembly 30
Cross Section 34
CLAM SECTION 35
Disassembly 35
Exploded View 37
Inspection 38
Assembly 38
Cross Section 41
CIRCUIT RELIEF VALVE 42
Dissasembly 42
Inspection . .......43
Assembly 43
Bur 8-17410 Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8005-3
SPECIFICATIONS
Manufacturer . . . . . . J I Case
Pressure Settings . . See Section 8002
Ports and Spools
Spool travel, neutral to pressure 0.390 inch (9.9 mm)
Spool travel. neutral to float . . 0.680 inch (17.2 mm)
Spool moved into the body . ... pressure at A port
SpOOl moved out of the body .. ............ pressure at B port
Inlet. outlet, and power beyond ports 1-5/16-12, straight thread
Threads in steering pilot port . ...................................... 9/16 - 18, straight thread
Threads in steering outlet port . .. 3/4 - 16 straight thread
Threads in A and B ports . .. 7/8 - 14, straight thread
Special torque
Nuts that fasten the valve sections together 20 to 30 pound-feet (27 to 41 Nm)
Main relief valve 35 to 40 pound-feet (47 to 54 Nm)
Circuit relief valves.................... .. 65 to 85 pound-feet (88 to 155 Nm)
Plug for outlet section ............................................................ 30 to 40 pound-feet (41 to 54 Nm)
Spool cap or detent housing 20 to 30 pound-feet (27 to 41 Nm)
Allen head screws for bucket spool Tightenscrews evenly to 15 to 30 pound-inches
(2 to 3 Nm). Then tighten the Allen head screws
evenly to 50 to 60 pound-inches (6 to 7 Nm).
Circuit relief valve body 96 to 144 pound-inches (11 to 16 Nm)
Weight approximately 70 pounds (32 kg)
Bur 8-17410
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8005-4
SPECIAL TOOLS
Order special tools from one of the following ad-
dresses:
In the U.S.A. and Canada:
Service Tools
PO. Box 314
Owatonna, Minnesota 55060
In Europe:
VL Churchill Ltd
P.O. Box 3,Daventry
Northants, NN11 4NF
England
The spring compressing plate is used to compress the
centering springs for removal and installation. The part
number of the tool is CAS-1147-2. This tool is first used
on page 17.
Bur 8-17410
B861843J
1.3/8-16 NC X 3Inches (76mm) Or Longer Hex Bolt
2. Grind Two Sides Evenly To 15/32 Inch (11.9 mm)
3. Grind To 1/8 Inch (3. 2 mm)
4. 5/8 Inch (10.1 mm)
The tool above is used to remove and install the load
check plugs. This tool is first used on page 17.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A
SEPARATING THE VALVE SECTIONS
8005-5
STEP 1
Clean the outside of the loader control valve. Write a
number on each section of the loader control valve.
STEP 2
Loosen and remove the nuts that fasten the sections to-
gether.
STEP 3
Remove the inlet section
Bur 817410
STEP 4
Remove the shims.
STEP 5
Remove the remainder of the sections and shims.
STEP 6
Remove the studs from the outlet section.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.SA
8005-6
ASSEMBLING THE VALVE SECTIONS
STEP 7
Inspect the O-rings in the valve sections. Replace the
O-rings as necessary Use petroleum jelly to hold the
O-rings in place as the valve sections are assembled
STEP 8
Install the studs in the outlet section.
STEP 9
Install the shims.
Bur 8-17410
STEP 1 0
B9073913M
Install the valve sections according to the sequence of
the numbers you wrote on the valve sections. Install the
shims between each section as shown in step 9.
STEP 1 1
Install the nuts on the studs. Make sure the valve is on a
flat surface. Tighten the nuts to 20 to 30 pound-feet (27
to 4 1 Nm).
Issued 1-91 Printed in USA
8005-7
Disassembly
STEP 1 2
OUTLET SECTION
STEP 1 5
Fasten the outlet section in the vise with soft jaws.
Loosen and remove the main relief valve.
STEP 1 3
Loosen the plug in the other end of the outlet section.
STEP 1 4
Remove the plug
Bur 8-17410
Remove the spring.
STEP 1 6
Remove the poppet.
STEP 1 7
Do not disassemble the main relief valve. None of the
internal parts of the main relief valve are available for
service.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.SA
8005-8
6. MAIN
REL I EF
V A L V E
B870012J
Outlet Section
Assembly
STEP 1 8
Install the poppet.
Bur 8-17410
STEP 1 9
Install the spring.
STEP 2 0
Install a new O-ring on the plug. Lubricate the O-ring
with clean hydraulic oil. Install the plug. Tighten the plug
to 30 to 40 pound-feet (41 to 54 Nm).
STEP 2 1
Install new O-rings and a new backup ring on the main
relief valve. Lubricate the O-rings and backup ring with
clean hydraulic oil. Install the main relief valve. Tighten
the main relief valve to 35 to 40 pound-feet (47 to 54
Nm).
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.sA
8005-9
5. OUTLET SECTION
6. MAIN RELIEF VALVE
2. O-RING
3. SPRING
B861 799J
Outlet Section
Bur 8-17410
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A
8005-10
INLET SECTION
STEP 2 5 Disassembly
STEP 2 2
Fasten the inlet section in the vise with soft jaws.
Loosen the steering relief valve.
STEP 2 3
Remove the steering relief valve.
STEP 2 4
Remove the spring.
Bur 8-17410
Loosen and remove the plug from the other end of the
inlet section.
STEP 2 6
Remove the spool.
STEP 2 7
Fasten the steering relief valve inthe vise with soft jaws.
Prevent the adjusting screwfrom turning and loosen the
lock nut. Make a count of the number of turns needed to
remove the adjusting screw from the body.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 2 8
B62 892 4 M
Remove the steering relief valve from the vise and
separate the parts.
Bur 8-17410
8005-11
Inspection
STEP 2 9
4. a-RING
.~ ..'
4. a-RING
B62 892 8M
Inspect the seat in the end of the body If the seat is
damaged, use a press to replace the seat. Replace the
O-rings and backup ring on the body and adjusting
screw.
STEP 30
Inspect the orifice in the orifice plug. Make sure the
orifice is clean.
STEP 31
Inspect the spool and spring. Use new parts as neces-
sary.
Issued 1-91 Printed in USA
8005-12
4. BODY
6. O-RING
B870013J
Inlet Section
Bur 8-17410
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
Assembly
STEP 32
.B62 892 4 M
Lubricate the new O-ring on the adjusting screw.
Assemble the parts of the steering relief valve.
STEP 33
Fasten the body in the vise with soft jaws. Tighten the
adjusting screw the same number of turns as instep 27
under Disassembly. Tighten the lock nut.
STEP 34
Install the spool.
Bur 8-17410
8005-13
STEP 35
Install a newO-ring on the plug. Lubricate the O-ring on
the plug. Lubricate the O-ring with clean hydraulic oil.
Install the plug in the inlet section
STEP 36
Install the spring in the other end of the inlet section
STEP 37
Lubricate the new O-ring and backup ring on the
steering relief valve. Install the steering relief valve.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.SA
8005-14
STEP 38
""" ~, ,,~?44M
Tighten the steering relief valve to 65 to 85 pound-feet
(88 to 155 Nm).
3. INLET SECTION
4. SPOOL
5. PLUG
B861 798J
Inlet Section
Bur 8-17410
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
BUCKET SECTION
8005-15
Disassembly
STEP 39
Remove the O-rings from the bucket section.
STEP 4 0
Fasten the bucket section in the vise with soft jaws.
Loosen the Allen head screws.
STEP 4 1
Hold the cap in place and remove the Allen head
screws.
Bur 8-17410
STEP 4 2
Remove the cap and gasket.
STEP 4 3
Remove the snap ring.
STEP 4 4
Remove the washer.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A
8005-16
STEP 4 5
Remove the spring.
STEP 4 6
Remove the detent washer.
STEP 4 7
Remove the coil and terminal.
Bur 8-17410
STEP 4 8
Pull the spool from the body.
STEP 4 9
.:~~,S23~M
Remove the O-ring, retainer, spring washers, and other
O-ring from the spool.
STEP 50
Remove the detent housing.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 51
84 1 52 38M
See Special Tools inthis section. Install the spring com-
pressing plates to compress the centering spring.
STEP 52
B4 1 52 4 0M
Loosen and remove the stud.
STEP 53
'i84 1 52 4 2 M
Release the spring tension and separate the centering
spring and spring seats.
Bur 8-17410
8005-17
STEP 54
Loosen and remove the circuit relief valve from the
body.
STEP 55
See Special Tools inthis section. Use the tool to pull the
load check plug, spring, and poppet from the body.
STEP 56
Repeat steps 54 and 55to remove the other circuit relief
valve.
STEP 57
Use a prybar to remove the wiper.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U,S.A
8005-18
STEP 58
Remove the O-ring from the spool bore.
Bur 8-17410
STEP 59
See page 42 for disassembly, inspection, and
assembly of the circuit relief valves.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
Bur 8-17410
8005-19
Bucket Section
B901919J
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8005-20
Inspection
STEP 60
B4 1 52 32 J
Remove and discard the O-ring from the terminal.
STEP 61
Inspect the rubber plug in the cap. Replace the rubber
plug as necessary.
STEP 62
B9073309M
Inspect the poppet. spring, and load check plug. Use
new parts as necessary.
Bur 8-17410
STEP 63
B9073305M
Replace the O-ring and backup rings on the load check
plug.
STEP 64
Inspect the spool and spool bore for wear and damage.
If either part is worn or damaged. use a complete new
bucket section.
STEP 65
Use an ohmmeter to check the coil and terminal for
continuity and for a short circuit. If the terminal is
damaged. use asoldering iron to replace the terminal. If
the coil is damaged, remove the terminal from the old
coil and install the terminal on the new coil.
STEP 66
Discard the O-rings and gasket.
Assembly
STEP 67
See page 42 for disassembly. inspection. and
assembly of the circuit relief valves.
STEP 68
Install a new O-ring in the groove of the spool bore.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 69
Use the tool to install the load check plug, spring, and
poppet. The groove in the load check plug must be
toward the spool bore.
STEP 70
Lubricate the O-rings and backup ring on the circuit
relief valve. Install the circuit relief valve.
STEP 71
62 8630M
Tighten the circuit relief valve to 65 to 85 pound-feet (88
to 155 Nrn).
Bur 8-17410
8005-21
STEP 72
B4 1 52 4 2 M
Assemble the spring and spring seats. Use the spring
compressing plates to compress the spring.
STEP 73
B4 1 52 4 3M
Install the spring and spring seats on the spool.
STEP 74
B4 1 52 01 M
Apply 242 Loctite to the threads of the stud. Install the
stud in the spool.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.SA
8005-22
STEP 75
B4 1 52 38M
Remove the spring compressing plates.
STEP 76
Install the detent housing.
STEP 77
B4 t52 35M
Install the O-rings, spring washers, and retainer.
Bur 8-17410
STEP 78
"'B415202M
Push the parts against the detent housing.
STEP 79
Lubricate the spool, spool bore. and the O-rings with
clean hydraulic oil. Install the spool into the bore.
STEP 80
Install the coil and terminal on the stud.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 81
Install the detent washer.
STEP 82
Install the spring.
STEP 83
Install the washer.
Bur 8-17410
8005-23
STEP 84
Hold the washer in place and install the snap ring.
STEP 85
Install a new O-ring on the terminal. Install the gasket.
Put the terminal in the cap.
STEP 86
1 51 1 3M
Align the gasket and cap with the detent housing. Install
the Allen head screws and lock washers.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.8A
8005-24
STEP 87
Tighten the Allen head screws evenly to 15to 30 pound-
inches (2to 3 Nm). Then tighten the Allen screws to 50
to 60 pound-inches (6 to 7 Nrn).
STEP 88
Lubricate the wiper with clean hydraulic oil. Install the
wiper with the lip up.
Bur 8-17410
STEP 89
Use a hollow sleeve and a hammer to push the wiper
into the body.
STEP 90
Install new O-rings in the bucket section.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
Bur 8-17410
8005-25
22. SPOOL
18. CIRCUIT
RELIEF
VALVE
24. BODY
26. A PORT
27. B PORT
6. SPRING
B901920J
Bucket Section
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A
8005-26
Disassembly
STEP 91
LIFT SECTION
STEP 94
Remove and discard the O-rings from the body.
STEP 92
Fasten the lift section inthe vise with soft jaws. Loosen
and remove the plug.
STEP 93
Remove the detent spring.
Bur 8-17410
Remove the ball retainer.
STEP 95
II
Remove the eight steel balls.
STEP 96
IIi
... :,(,= ;::: ...."
Remove the spacer.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A
STEP 97
Loosen and remove the detent housing.
STEP 98
Pull the spool from the body.
STEP 99
B4 1 54 2 2 M
Remove the O-ring and retainer from the spool.
Bur 8-17410
8005-27
STEP 1 00
B4 1 54 2 4 M
See page 4 for the spring compressing plates Fasten
the spring compressing plates to compress the cen-
tering spring.
STEP 1 01
B4 1 54 2 6M
Loosen and remove the stud.
STEP 1 02
B4 1 54 2 8M
Remove the centering spring and spring seats from the
spool.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A
8005-28
STEP 1 03
B4 1 54 30M
Release the tension on the centering spring and
separate the centering spring and spring seats.
STEP 1 04
Loosen and remove the plug from the body.
STEP 1 05
Use the tool shown on page 4 to pull the load check
plug, spring, and poppet from the body.
Bur 8-17410
STEP 1 06
Remove the wiper from the spool bore.
STEP 1 07
Remove the O-ring from the spool bore.
STEP 1 08
Repeat steps 104 and 105 to remove the other plug
load check plug, spring, and poppet.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.SA
Lift Section
Bur 8-17410 Issued 1-91 Printed in U.SA
8005-29
8005-30
Inspection
STEP 1 09
B9073309M
Inspect the load check poppet, spring, and load check
plug. If any of the parts are damaged, replace the parts
as necessary.
STEP 1 1 0
B9073305M
Replace the O-ring and backup rings on the load check
plug.
STEP 1 1 1
Inspect the spool and spool bore for wear and damage.
If either part is worn or damaged, use a complete new
lift section
STEP 1 1 2
B4 1 54 2 0M
Replace the O-rings and backup ring on the plug.
Bur 8-17410
STEP 1 1 3
Inspect the stud, spacer, steel balls, and ball retainer
for damage and wear. Install new parts as necessary.
Assembly
STEP 1 1 4
Install a new O-ring in the spool bore.
STEP 1 1 5
~1' . ,,;,41?4
1 4 t
'lt
Use the tool shown on page 4 to install the load check
plug, spring, and load check poppet. The groove inthe
loade check plug must be in alignment with the work
port.
STEP 1 1 6
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.SA.
STEP 1 1 7
B41~5430M
Assemble the centering spring and spring seats. Use
the spring compressing plates shown on page 4 to
compress the centering spring.
STEP 1 1 8
Install the centering spring and spring seats on the
spool.
STEP 1 1 9
B4 t54 2 6M
Apply 242 Loctite (blue) to the threads of stud. Install
the stud in spool. Tighten the stud.
Bur 8-17410
8005-31
STEP 1 2 0
B4 1 54 2 4 M
Remove the spring compressing plates.
STEP 1 2 1
Install the retainer and a new O-ring on the spool.
STEP 1 2 2
Lubricate the spool, spool bore, and the O-rings with
clean hydraulic oil. Install the spool into the spool bore.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8005-32
STEP 1 2 3
Install the detent housing.
STEP 1 2 4
Apply No. 2 molydisu\fide grease to the groove in the
spacer.
STEP 1 2 5
Install the spacer so that the groove inthe spacer is up.
Bur 8-17410
STEP 1 2 6
Install the eight steel balls. Put the steel balls evenly
around the spacer.
STEP 1 2 7
Apply No.2 molydisulfide grease to the flat side of the
ball retainer.
STEP 1 2 8
Install the ball retainer with the flat side down.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 1 2 9
Install the detent spring.
STEP 1 30
Install the plug.
STEP 1 31
Lubricate the new wiper with clean hydraulic oil. Install
the wiper with the lip of the wiper up.
Bur 8-17410
8005-33
STEP 1 32
Use a hollow sleeve and a hammer to push the wiper
into the body.
STEP 1 33
Install new O-rings in the body,
Issued 1-91 Printed in U,S,A.
8005-34
13. a-RING
1. SPOOL
12. PLUG
20. A PORT
18. BODY
21. B PORT
13. O-RING
17. RETAINER
3. SPRING
5. STUD
7. SPACER
6. DETENT
HOUSING
3. SPRING
10. PLUG
Bur 8-17410
Lift Section
B901922J
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A
8005-35
Disassembly
STEP 1 34
CLAM SECTION
STEP 1 37
Remove the O-rings from the clam section
STEP 1 35
Fasten the clam section in the vise with soft jaws.
Loosen and remove the spool cap.
STEP 1 36
Pull the spool from the body.
Bur 8-17410
Remove the O-ring and retainer from the spool.
STEP 1 38
Use the spring compressing plates shown in Special
Tools to compress the spring.
STEP 1 39
Loosen and remove the cap screw.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8005-36
STEP 1 4 0
Remove the spring and spring seats from the spool.
Release the spring tension and separate the spring,
spring seats, and washer.
STEP 1 4 1
Loosen and remove the plug.
STEP 1 4 2
Use the tool shown in Special Tools to pull the load
check plug, spring, and poppet from the body.
Bur 8-17410
STEP 1 4 3
Use a prybar to remove the wiper from the other end of
the spool bore.
STEP 1 4 4
Remove the O-ring from the spool bore.
STEP 1 4 5
Do step 141 and 142 to remove the other plug, load
check plug, spring, and poppet.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8005-37
Bur 8-17410
Clam Spool
B901 92 3J
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8005-38
Inspection
STEP 1 4 6
B9073309M
Inspect the load check poppet, spring, and load check
plug. Use new parts as necessary.
STEP 1 4 7
B9073305M
Replacethe O-ring and backup rings on the load check
plug.
STEP 1 4 8
B4 1 54 2 0M
Replace the O-rings and backup ring on the plug.
STEP 1 4 9
Inspect the spool bore for wear and damage. If the
spool or spool bore is damaged, use a complete new
clam section.
Bur 8-17410
Assembly
STEP 1 50
Install a new O-ring in the groove of the spool bore.
STEP 1 51
Lubricate the O-ring and backup rings on the load
check plug. Use the tool to install the load check plug,
spring, and poppet. The groove in the load check plug
must be toward the spool bore.
STEP 1 52
M
Lubricate the O-rings and backup ring on the plug.
Install the plug. Tighten the plug to 65 to 85 pound-feet
(88 to 155 Nm).
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 1 53
i ' ,-:'B62 862 4 M
Assemble the spring, spring seats, and washer. Use
the spring compressing plates shown in Special Tools
to compress the spring.
STEP 1 54
B62 8539M
Apply 242 Loctite to the threads of the cap screw.
STEP 1 55
B62 862 2 M
Install the cap screw to fasten the spring to the spool.
Bur 8-17410
8005-39
STEP 1 56
Tighten the cap screw
STEP 1 57
';':'~~~M
Release the tension of the spring and remove the spring
compressing plates.
STEP 1 58
Install the retainer and a new O-ring on the spool.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8005-40
STEP 1 59
STEP 1 60
Install the spool cap.
STEP 1 61
\OO2 884 4 M
Tighten the spool cap to 20 to 30 pound-feet (27 to 41
Nm).
Bur 8-17410
STEP 1 62
5M
Lubricate a newwiper. Install the wiper with the lips up.
STEP 1 63
Use a hollow sleeve and a hammer to push the wiper
into the bore.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A
Bur 8-17410
14. WIPER
., 15. PLUG
2. O-RING
2. O-RING
16. A PORT
13. BODY
17. B PORT
6. SPRING
5. WASHER
7. CAP SCREW
~
8. SPOOL CAP
Clam Spool
8005-41
B901924J
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8005-42
CIRCUIT RELIEF VALVE
Disassembly
STEP 1 64
Fasten the circuit relief valve in the vise with soft jaws.
Loosen the lock nut. Loosen and remove the adjusting
screw and lock nut.
NOTE: If you disassemble more than one relief valve,
keep the parts for each relief valve together. This pro-
cedure will prevent mixing the parts during assembly.
Bur 8-17410
STEP 1 65
Move the circuit relief valve in the vise. Fasten the
poppet seat in the vise. Loosen the body from the
poppet seat.
STEP 1 66
B62 8606M
Remove the relief valve from the vise. Separate the
parts of the relief valve.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
Circuit Relief Valve
Inspection Assembly
STEP167 STEP169
Inspect the parts of the relief valve. All of the repair parts
inthe relief valve are available in a kit. If any of the parts
are damaged, replace all the parts in the kit.
STEP 1 68
B62 8606M
Lubricate the O-rings on the parts of the relief valve
Assemble the parts into the body.
B870017J
8005-43
B62 8734 M
Replace the O-rings and backup ring on the parts of the
relief valve.
Bur 8-17410 Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8005-44
STEP 170
12M
Fasten the poppet seat in the vise wi t h soft jaws.
Tighten the body to 96 to 144 pound-inches (11 to 16
Nrn).
STEP 171
Install the adjusting screw and lock nut in the body.
Bur 8-17410
STEP 172
See the procedure in Section 8002. Check and adjust
the pressure setting of the relief valve in a test block
before the relief valve is installed.
2. ADJUSTING SCREW
6. SPRING
4. D-RING
6. SPRING
8. POPPET
SEAT
7. POPPET
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8006
CYLINDERS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Specifications 2 Lift Cylinder for the Three-Point Hitch 12
Special Tools.... 3 Disassembly........ 12
Loader Bucket and Lift. Backhoe Extension, Inspection .. 12
Bucket. Swing, Clam. Stabilizer and
Dipper Cylinders. . 4 Assembly. . 12
Disassembly.. ..4 Tilt Cylinder for the Three-Point Hitch 16
Inspection .. .. ... 4 Disassembly... .. 16
Assembly............ 4 Inspection 16
Boom Cylinder. . . . 8 Assembly. . 16
Disassembly. . ... 8 Pitch Cylinder for the Three-Point Hitch 20
Inspection. .. . 8 Disassembly......... .. 20
Assembly. . 8 Inspection. .. 20
Assembly 20
CASE CORPORATION
Rae 8-17591
Copyright 1992 J I Case Company
Printed in U.S.A.
Issued March. 1991 (Revised August. 1992)
8006-2
SPECIFICATIONS
Torque specifications for piston cap screw with 242 Loctite on the threads
Loader cylinders
Bucket cylinder .. 269 to 339 pound-feet (365 to 460 Nm)
Lift cylinder 269 to 339 pound-feet (365 to 460 Nm)
Clam cylinder...... ..661 to 819 pound-feet (895 to 1110 Nm)
Three-point hitch cylinders
Lift cylinder . 200 to 220 pound-feet (271 to 298 Nm)
Tilt cylinder.............................................. 200 to 220 pound-feet (271 to 298 Nm)
Pitch cylinder 169 to 192 pound-feet (230 to 260 Nm)
Backhoe cylinders
Extension cylinder..................... 269 to 339 pound-feet (365 to 460 Nm)
Bucket cylinder ..661 to 819 pound-feet (895 to 1110 Nm)
Swing cylinder .. 325 to 365 pound-feet (440 to 495 Nm)
Stabilizer cylinder................ . 661 to 819 pound-feet (895 to 1110 Nm)
Boom cylinder ..1314 to 1609 pound-feet (1780 to 2180 Nm)
Dipper cylinder.......................... . , 2443 to 2841 pound-feet (3310 to 3850 Nm)
Torque for all glands . ........ 100 to 400 pound-feet (135 to 542 Nm)
Cylinder weights (approximate)
Loader cylinders
Bucket cylinder .
Lift cylinder.................. .
Clam cylinder.................. .
... 40 pounds (19 kg)
... 60 pounds (27 kg)
... 33 pounds (15 kg)
Three-point hitch cylinders
Lift cylinder...... .
Tilt cylinder. .
Pitch cylinder .. . .
.......... 29 pounds (13 kg)
..23 pounds (10.4 kg)
.. 30 pounds (13.6 kg)
Backhoe cylinders
Extension cylinder 82 pounds (37 kg)
Bucket cylinder . 98 pounds (45 kg)
Swing cylinder 70 pounds (32 kg)
Stabilizer cylinder......................... 99 pounds (45 kg)
Boom cylinder.......................... 170 pounds (77 kg)
Dipper cylinder 155 pounds (70 kg)
Rae 8-17591
Revised 8-92 Printed in USA
SPECIAL TOOLS
8006-3
Order special tools from one of the following ad-
dresses:
In the U.S.A. and Canada
Service Tools
PO Box 314
Owatonna, Minnesota 55060
In Europe
VL Churchill Ltd
P.O. Box 3, Daventry
Northants, NN11 4NF
England
This tool is used to remove and install the gland on
Case cylinders. The part number on the gland wrench is
CAS-1456 This tool is first used on page 8006-4
B786441M
gae 8-17591
The tool shown is used to install the seal in the
glands of the cylinders. This tool is first used on page
8006-4
B505802M
1. CAS-1659 For One Inch (25 mm) Rods
2. CAS-1660 For 1-1/4and 1-1/2 Inch
(32 and 38mm) Rods
3. CAS-1758 For 2 Inch (50 mm) Rods
The torque multiplier is used to loosen and tighten
the piston cap screw. Use the torque multiplier ac-
cording to the instructions of the manufacturer. The part
number of the torque multiplier is CAS-1039. This tool is
first used on page 8006-4.
8795329M
Revised 8-92 Printed in U.S.A
8006-4
LOADER BUCKET AND LIFT, BACKHOE EXTENSION, BUCKET, SWING,
CLAM, STABILIZER, AND DIPPER CYLINDERS
Di sassembly
Clean the outside of the cylinder. If the hoses were
removed with the cylinder, remove the hoses from the
cylinder.
1. Fasten the tube (1) ina vise or other holding equip-
ment. Be careful to prevent damage to the tube (1).
2 Loosen and remove the lock screw (2) from the
gland (3) and tube (1).
3. Use the gland wrench shown on page 8006-3 to
loosen and remove the gland (3) from the tube (1).
4. Pull the piston rod (6) straight out of the tube (1) to
prevent damage to the tube (1).
5. Fasten the piston rod eye (5) in a vise and put a
support below the piston rod (6) near the piston (4). Use
ashop cloth between the support and the piston rod (6)
to prevent damage to the piston rod (6).
6. Loosen and remove the cap screw (7) and
hardened washer (8) that holds the piston (4). Use the
torque multiplier shown on page 8006-3 for cap screws
that have a high torque value.
7. Remove the piston (4) from the piston rod (6).
8. Remove the gland (3) from the piston rod (6).
9. Remove the seal (9), backup ring (10), and wear
ring (11) from the piston (4).
10. Remove the O-ring (12), backup ring (13), wiper
(14), wide seal (15), narrow seal (16), and bushing (17)
from the gland (3).
Inspect i on
1. Clean the piston (4), gland (3), piston rod (6), tube
(1), hardened washer (8), and cap screw (7) incleaning
solvent.
2. Discard the parts that were removed from the
piston (4) and the gland (3).
3. Illuminate the inside of the tube (1). Inspect the
inside of the tube (1) for deep grooves and other
damage. If there is damage to the tube (1), a new tube
(1) must be used.
Rae 8-17591
4. Check to be sure that the piston rod (6) is straight. If
the piston rod (6) is not straight, install a new piston rod
(6)
5. Remove small scratches on the piston rod (6) or
inside the tube (1) with emery cloth of medium grit. Use
the emery cloth with a rotary motion.
6. Inspect the bushing (18) and seal (19). if equipped.
inthe piston rod eye (5) and the closed end of the tube
(1), replace as required
7. Inspect the gland (3) for rust and clean and remove
rust as required.
8 Inspect the gland end of the tube (1) for share
edges that will cut the gland O-ring (12). remove as re-
quired.
9. Inspect the piston (4) for damage and wear If the
piston (4) is damaged or worn. a new piston (4) must be
used.
Assembly
NOTE: If anew gland (3) is being installed, put the
part number of the cylinder on the new gland (3)
1. Install the bushing (17) in the gland (3).
2. Install the wide seal (15) inthe gland. The wide seal
(15) is to be installed so that the Iips of the wi de seal (15)
are toward the small end of the gland (3). The wide seal
(15) can be difficult to install. Use the tool shown on
page 8006-3
3. Install a new wiper (14) in the gland (3). The lips of
the wiper (14) must be toward the large end of the gland
(3).
4. Install the narrow seal (16) inthe gland (3) The side
of the narrow seal (16) with the groove must be toward
the small end of the gland (3).
5. Install a new backup ring (13) in the groove on the
outside of the gland (3). If both sides of the backup ring
(13) are not flat, the side that is not flat must be toward
the small end of the gland (3)_
6. Install the O-ring (12) next to the backup ring (13) in
the groove on the outside of the gland (3). The O-ring
(12) must be toward the small end of the gland (3).
Revised 8-92 Printed in U.SA
8006-5
,=lac: 8-1759 i
Revised 8-92
Printed i n U.S.A
8006-6
7. Fasten the piston rod eye (5) in the vise.
8. Remove any marks and sharp edges on the chamfer
at the end of the piston rod (6).
9 Lubricate the bore of the gland (3) with clean oil.
10 Push the gland (3) onto the piston rod (6). If neces-
sary, use a soft hammer to drive the gland (3) onto
the piston rod (6).
11. Put a support below and near the end of the piston
rod (6). Use a shop cloth between the support and
the piston rod (6) to prevent damage to the piston
(4).
12. Put the piston (4) on the end of the piston rod (6)
13. Put the hardened washer (8) on the cap screw (7).
14. Clean the threads on the end of the piston rod and
the threads of the cap screw using Loctite cleaning
solvent. Allow to dry. Apply Loctite 242 to the piston
rodthreads 1/4 inch from the open end of the piston
rod so that there is 1/2 inch of Loctite 242 on the
piston rod threads. DO NOT apply Loctite to the first
1/4 inch of the piston rod threads.
15. Install the cap screw (7). Tighten the cap screw (7)
to the torque value on page 8006-2 for the cylinder
that is being repaired A torque multiplier can be
used to help tighten the cap screw.
16. Install a newwear ring (11) inthe end groove on the
outside of the piston (4).
17. Install a new backup ring (10) in the center groove
on the outside of the piston (4).
Rae 8-17591
18 Install a new seal (9) on top of the backup ring (10)
on the outside of the piston (4)
19. Fasten the tube (1) in a vise or other holding equip-
ment. Be careful to prevent damage to the tube (1)
20 Lubricate the inside of tne tube (1) and tne ois.on (4)
with clean oil.
21 Push the piston (4) straiqh: in.o .ne lube (1)
22 When thepiston (4) is in he smooth oar: 0'the tube
(1). start the gland (3) in:o 'he .ube (1\
23 Lubricate the O-ring (12) or, .he gland (3) \VI:hclean
oil
24. Tighten the gland (3) :0 10010 400 oounc-tee: (135
to 542 Nm) If the lock screw (2) holes becorre
aligned In this torcue range. Install .he lock screw
(2). Tighten the lock screw (2) :0 20 occno-vicnes
(2.3 Nm) Ii:he lock scre\' (2) holes are no: alignec
do steps 25 through 27
25. Tighten the gland (3) to 100;0400 ocund-teet 1135
to 542 Nm)
26. Use a No 26 drill and drill a hole half inthe gland(3)
and half in the tube (1). Drill to a deeth of 7'16 irch
(11 mm) Do not drill in line with a hole in he gland
(3) for the gland wrench
27. Install the lock screw (2). Tighten the lock screw (2)
to 20 pound-inches (23 Nm)
If the hoses were removed with the cylinder. install new
a-rings. if equipped on the hose fittings Lubricate the
a-rings with clean oil. Install the hoses
Revised 8-92 Printed in U.SA
8006-7
12. a-RING
13. BACKUP RING
5. PISTON ROD EYE
16. NARROW SEAL 17. BUSHING
Rod End of Cylinder
1. TUBE
BB91512J
8. HARDENED
WASHER
7. CAP SCREW
Closed End of Cylinder
Revised 8-92 Printed in USA.
Rac 8,7591
8006-8
BOOM CYLINDER
Di sassembly
Clean the outside of the cylinder. If the hoses were
removed with the cylinder, remove the hoses from the
cylinder.
1. Fasten the tube (1) in a vise or other holding equip-
ment. Be careful to prevent damage to the tube (1).
2. Loosen and remove the lock screw (2) from the gland
(3) and tube (1).
3. Use the gland wrench shown on page 8090-3 to
loosen and remove the gland (3) from the tube (1).
4. Pull the piston rod (6) straight out of the tube (1) to
prevent damage to the tube (1).
5. Fasten the piston rod eye (5) in a vise and put a
support below the piston rod (6) near the piston (4). Use
ashop cloth between the support and the piston rod (6)
to prevent damage to the piston rod (6).
6. Loosen and remove the cap screw (7) and hardened
washer (8)that holds the piston (4). Use the torque mul-
tiplier shown on page 8090-3 for cap screws that have a
high torque value.
7. Remove the piston (4) from the piston rod (6).
8. Remove the gland (3) from the piston rod (6).
NOTE: If the boom cylinder isbeing disassembled for
repair because of poor performance and the seals (10)
on the piston (4) are good, replace the check valve (12)
and the O-ring (13). If the seals (10) are damaged, do
the next step.
9. Remove the wear ring (9), seals (10), and the backup
rings (11) from the piston (4)
10. Remove the O-ring (14), backup ring (15), wiper
(19), wide seal (18), narrow seal (17), and bushing (16)
from the gland (3).
Inspect i on
1. Clean the piston (4), gland (3), piston rod (6), tube
(1), hardened washer (8) and cap screw (7) incleaning
solvent.
2. Discard the parts that were removed from the piston
(4) and the gland (3).
Rae 8-17591
3 Illuminate the inside of the tube (1). Inspect the inside
of the tube (1) for deep grooves and other damage. If
there is damage to the tube (1), a new tube (1) must be
used.
4. Check to be sure that the piston rod (6) is straight If
the piston rod (6) is not straight, install a new piston rod
(6).
5. Remove small scratches on the piston rod (6) or
inside the tube (1) with emery cloth of medium grit. Use
the emery cloth with a rotary motion
6 Inspect the bushing (20) and seal (21). if equipped in
the piston rod eye (5) and the closed end of the tube (1).
and replace as required.
7. Inspect the gland (3) for rust and clean and remove
rust as required.
8 Inspectthe gland end of the tube (1) for sharp edges
that will cut the gland O-ring (14) and remove as re-
quired.
9. Inspect the piston (4) for damage and wear If the
piston (4) is damaged orworn. a new piston (4) must be
used.
Assembly
NOTE: If a new gland (3) is being instal/ed, put the
part number of the cylinder on the new gland (3).
1. Install the bushing (16) in the gland (3).
2. Install the narrow seal (17) in the gland (3). The side
of the narrow seal (17) with the groove must be toward
the small end of the gland (3).
3. Install the wide seal (18) in the gland (3). The wide
seal (18) is to be installed so that the lips of the wide
seal (18) are toward the small end of the gland (3) The
wide seal (18) can be difficult to install. Use the tool
shown on page 8009-3.
4. Install a newwiper (19) inthe gland (3) The lips of the
wiper (19) must be toward the outside of the gland (3).
5 Install a new backup ring (15) in the groove on the
outside of the gland (3). If both sides of the backup ring
(15) are not flat, the side that is not flat must be toward
the small end of the gland (3).
Revised 8-92 Printed in US.A
8006-9
Rae 8-17591
Revised 8-92 Printed in U.S.A.
8006-10
6. Install the a-ring (14) next to the backup ring (15) in
the groove on the outside of the gland (3). The a-ring
(14) must be toward the small end of the gland (3).
7 Fasten the piston rod eye (5) in the vise.
8. Remove any marks and sharp edges on the chamfer
at the end of the piston rod (6)
9. Lubricate the bore of the gland (3) and the piston rod
(6) with clean oil
10 Pushthe gland (3) onto the piston rod (6). If neces-
sary, use a soft hammer to drive the gland (3) onto
the piston rod (6).
11. Put a support below and near the end of the piston
rod (6). Use a shop cloth between the support and
the piston rod (6) to prevent damage to the piston
(4)
12. Put the piston (4) on the end of the piston rod (6)
13. Put the hardened washer (8) on the cap screw (7).
14. Clean the threads on the end of the piston rod and
the threads of the cap screw using Loctite cleaning
solvent. Allow to dry. Apply Loctite 242 to the piston
rodthreads 1/4inch from the open end of the piston
rod so that there is 1/2 inch of Loctite 242 on the
piston rod threads. DO NOT apply Loctite to the first
1/4 inch of the piston rod threads.
15. Install the cap screw (7). Tighten the cap screw (7)
to the torque value on page 8006-2 for the cylinder
that is being repaired A torque multiplier can be
used to help tighten the cap screw (7).
16. Install a newwear ring (9) inthe groove inthe center
of the piston (4)
Rae 8-17591
17 Install a new backup ring (11) in each groove on the
outside ends of the piston (4)
18 Install a newseal (10) over each backup ring (11) on
the outside ends of the piston (4)
19 Fasten the tube (1) in a vise or other holding equip-
ment. Be careful to prevent damage to the tube (1).
20 Lubricate the inside of the tube (1) and the piston (4)
with clean oil
21. Push the piston (4) straiqrn into the tube (1)
22. When the piston (4) is in the smooth par; of the tube
(1) start the gland (3) into the tube (1)
23. Lubricate the a-ring (14) on the gland (3) with clean
oil.
24 Tighten the gland (3) to 100 to 400 pound-feet (135
to 542 Nm) If the lock screw (2) holes become
aligned in this torque range install the lock screw
(2) Tighten the lock screw (2) to 20 pound- inches
(23 Nm) If the lock screw (2) holes are not aligned
do steps 25 through 27
25. Tighten the gland (3) to 100 to 400 pound-feet (135
to 542 Nm).
26. Use a No. 26 drill and drill a hole half in the gland (3)
and half in the tube (1). Drill to a depth of 7/16 inch
(11 mm). Do not drill in line with a hole in the gland
(3) for the gland wrench
27. Install the lock screw (2) Tighten the lock screw (2)
to 20 pound-inches (23 Nm)
28. If the hoses were removed with the cylinder, install
newa-rings. if equipped, on the hose fittings. Lub-i-
cate the a-rings with clean oil. Install the hoses.
Revised 8-92 Printed in U.sA
8006-11
5. PISTON ROD EYE
1. TUBE
21. SEAL
B891539J
Closed End of Cylinder
Rae 8-17591
Revised 8-92 Printed in USA.
8006-12
LIFT CYLINDER FOR THREE-POINT HITCH
Di sassembly
Clean the outside of the cylinder. If the hoses were
removed with the cylinder, remove the hoses from the
cylinder.
1. Fasten the tube (1) in avise or other holding equip-
ment. Be careful to prevent damage to the tube (1).
2. Loosen and remove the lock screw (2) from the
gland (3) and tube (1).
3. Use the gland wrench shown on page 8006-3 to
loosen and remove the gland (3) from the tube (1).
4. Pull the piston rod (6) straight out of the tube (1) to
prevent damage to the tube (1).
5. Fasten the piston rod eye (5) in a vise and put a
support belowthe piston rod (6) near the piston (4). Use
a shop cloth between the support and the piston rod (6)
to prevent damage to the piston rod (6).
6. Loosen and remove the cap screw (7) and
hardened washer (8) that holds the piston (4). Use the
torque multiplier shown on page 8006-3 for cap screws
that have a high torque value.
7. Remove the piston (4) from the piston rod (6).
8. Remove the gland (3) from the piston rod (6).
9. Remove the seal (9), backup ring (10), and wear
ring (11) from the piston (4)
10. Remove the O-ring (12), backup ring (13), wiper
(14), wide seal (15), narrow seal (16), and bushing (17)
from the gland (3).
Inspect i on
1. Clean the piston (4), gland (3), piston rod (6). tube
(1), hardened washer (8), and cap screw (7) in cleaning
solvent.
2. Discard the parts that were removed from the
piston (4) and the gland (3).
3. Illuminate the inside of the tube (1). Inspect the
inside of the tube (1) for deep grooves and other
damage. If there is damage to the tube (1), a new tube
(1) must be used.
Rae 8-17591
4. Check to be sure that the piston rod (6) is straight. If
the piston rod (6) is not straight. install a new piston rod
(6).
5. Remove small scratches on the piston rod (6) or
inside the tube (1) with emery cloth of medium grit. Use
the emery cloth with a rotary motion.
6. Inspect the bushing (18) and seal (19), if equipped.
inthe piston rod eye (5) and the closed end of the tube
(1). Replace as required.
7. Inspect the gland (3) for rust and clean and remove
rust as required.
8. Inspect the gland end of the tube (1) for sharp
edges that will cut the gland O-ring (12). Remove as re-
quired.
9. Inspect the piston (4) for damage and wear. If the
piston (4) is damaged or worn. a new piston (4) must be
used.
Assembly
NOTE: If anew gland (3) is being installed, put the
part number of the cylinder on the new gland (3).
1. Install the bushing (17) in the gland (3).
2. Install the wide seal (15) inthe gland. The wide seal
(15) isto be installed so that the lips of the wide seal (15)
are toward the small end of the gland (3). The wide seal
(15) can be difficult to install Use the tool shown on
page 8006-3.
3. Install a new wiper (14) in the gland (3) The lips of
the wiper (14) must be toward the large end of the gland
(3)
4. Install the narrow seal (16) inthe gland (3). The side
of the narrow seal (16) with the groove must be toward
the small end of the gland (3).
5. Install a new backup ring (13) in the groove on the
outside of the gland (3). If both sides of the backup ring
(13) are not flat, the side that is not flat must be toward
the small end of the gland (3).
6. Install the O-ring (12) next to the backup ring (13) in
the groove on the outside of the gland (3). The O-ring
(12) must be toward the small end of the gland (3).
Revised 8-92 Printed in U.SA
8006-13
5. PISTON ROD EYE
19. GREASE
rrrnso
1. TUBE
B891624J
Rae 817591 Revised 8-92 Printed in U.S.A.
8006-14
7. Fasten the piston rod eye (5) in the vise.
8. Remove any marks and sharp edges on the chamfer
at the end of the piston rod (6)
9. Lubricate the bore of the gland (3) with clean oil
10. Push the gland (3) on to the piston rod (6). If neces-
sary, use a soft hammer to drive the gland (3) onto
the piston rod (6).
11. Put a support below and near the end of the piston
rod (6). Use a shop cloth between the support and
the piston rod (6) to prevent damage to the piston
(4).
12 Put the piston (4) on the end of the piston rod (6)
13. Put the hardened washer (8) on the cap screw (7).
14. Clean the threads on the end of the piston rod and
the threads of the cap screw using l.octite cleaning
solvent Allow to dry. Apply Loctite 242 to the piston
rod threads 1/4inch from the open end of the piston
rod so that there is 1/2 inch of Loctite 242 on the
piston rod threads DO NOT apply Loctite to the first
1/4inch of the piston rod threads
15. Install the cap screw (7) Tighten the cap screw (7)
to the TOrquevalue on page 8006-2 for the cylinder
that is being repaired A toraue multiplier can be
used to help .ighten the cap screw.
16 Install a new wear ring (11) inthe end groove a the
outside of the piston (4)
17. Install a new backup ring (10) in the center groove
on the outside of the piston (4)
Rac 8-17591
18 Install a new seal (9) on top of the backup ring (10)
on the outside of the piston (4)
19 Fasten the tube (1) Ina vise or other holding equip-
ment. Be careful to prevent damage to the tube (1)
20. Lubricate the inside of the tube (1) and the piston (4)
with clean oil
21 Push the piston (4) s raiqh: into the tube (1).
22 When the piston (4) is Inthe smooth cart of the tube
(1) start the gland (3) into the tube (1)
23. Lubricate the a-ring (12) on the gland (3) with clean
ali
24 Tighten the glar:d (3) ;0100 to 400 pound-feet (135
IO 542 NIT,) I' the lock screw (2) holes oecorr-e
aligned in tt"',istoroue range install the lock screw
(2). Tighten the lock screw (2) :020 pound-Inches
(23 Nm) I' tne lock screw (2) holes are no: aligned
do stecs 25 :hroLgh 27
2S 7
i
ghten the gland (3) to 100 to 400 pound-tee: (135
to 542 Nrn)
26 Use a No. 26 drill and drill a hole half inthe gland (3)
and hal' in the tube (1) Drill to a death a'7/16 inch
(11 rr:r-) Do no: drill in line with a hole in the gland
f3) 'or the glar.c wrencr;
27 l"1s:al,the lock screw (2) Tighten the lock screw (2)
:020 cound-inches (2.3 Nm).
Ii the hoses were removed with the cylinder. install new
a-rings. ii equipped on the hose fittings. Lubricate the
O-rings with clean 0'1. Install the hoses
RCVlscC 8-92 p"..,:::::: ,~ :.; s,'".
8006-15
12. O-RING
3
6. PISTON ROD
18. BUSHING
17. BUSHING 15. WIDE
SEAL
16. NARROW
SEAL
Rod End of Cylinder
4.
19. GREASE
Fi nING
18. BUSHING
8. HARDENED
WASHER
7. CAP SCREW
S8S1S25J
Closed End of Cylinder
Rae 8-17591 Revised 8-92
Printed in U.SA
8006-16
TILT CYLINDER FOR THE THREE-POINT HITCH
Di sassembly
Clean the outside of the cylinder. If the hoses were
removed with the cylinder, remove the hoses from the
cylinder.
1. Fasten the tube (1) ina vise or other holding equip-
ment. Be careful to prevent damage to the tube (1).
2. Loosen and remove the lock screw (2) from the
gland (3) and tube (1).
3 Use the gland wrench shown on page 8006-3 to
loosen and remove the gland (3) from the tube (1)
4. Pull the piston rod (6) straight out of the tube (1) to
prevent damage to the tube (1).
5. Fasten the piston rod eye (5) in a vise and put a
support below thepiston rod (6)near the piston (4). Use
ashop cloth between the support and the piston rod (6)
to prevent damage to the piston rod (6).
6. Loosen and remove the cap screw (7) and
hardened washer (8) that holds the piston (4). Use the
torque multiplier shown on page 8006-3 for cap screws
that have a high torque value
7. Remove the piston (4) from the piston rod (6).
8. Remove the gland (3) from the piston rod (6)
9. Remove the seal (9), backup ring (10). and wear
ring (11) from the piston (4).
10 Remove the O-ring (12), backup ring (13), wiper
(14), wide seal (15), narrow seal (16), and bushing (17)
from the gland (3).
Inspect i on
1. Clean the piston (4), gland (3), piston rod (6), tube
(1), hardened washer (8), and cap screw (7) incleaning
solvent.
2. Discard the parts that were removed from the
piston (4) and the gland (3).
3 Illuminate the inside of the tube (1). Inspect the
inside of the tube (1) for deep grooves and other
damage. If there is damage to the tube (1), a new tube
(1) must be used.
=lac 8-17591
4. Check to be sure that the piston rod (6) is straight. If
the piston rod (6) is not straight. install a new piston rod
(6).
5. Remove small scratches on the piston rod (6) or
inside the tube (1) with emery cloth of medium grit. Use
the emery cloth with a rotary motion.
6 Inspect the bushing (17) and seal, if equipped, in
the piston rod eye (5) and the closed end of the tube (1).
Replace as required.
7. Inspect the gland (3) for rust and clean and remove
rust as required.
8 Inspect the gland end of the tube (1) for sharp
edges that will cut the gland O-ring (12). Remove as re-
quired.
9. Inspect the piston (4) for damage and wear. If he
piston (4) is damaged or worn. a new piston (4) must be
used.
Assembly
NOTE: If anew gland (3) is being installed, put the
part number of the cylinder on the new gland (3).
1. Install the wide seal (15) inthe gland. The wide seal
(15) is to be installed sothatthe lips of the wide seal (15)
are toward the small end o' the gland (3). The wide seal
(15) can be difficult to install. Use the tool shown on
page 8006-3
2. Install a new wiper (14) inthe gland (3). The lips of
the wiper (14) must be toward the large end of the gland
(3) .
3. Install the narrow seal (16) inthe gland (3). The side
of the narrow seal (16) with the groove must be toward
the small end of the gland (3).
4 Install a new backup ring (13) in the groove on the
outside of the gland (3). If both sides of the backup ring
(13) are not flat, the side that is not flat must be toward
the small end of the gland (3).
5. Install the O-ring (12) next to the backup ring (13) in
the groove on the outside of the gland (3). The O-ring
(12) must be toward the small end of the gland (3).
6. Fasten the piston rod eye (5) in the vise
ReVised 8-92 Pwlted In US.A
8006-17
19 GREASE FITTING
~
Rae 8-17591
Revised 8-92
Printed in U.S.A
8006-18
7 Remove any marks and sharp edges on the chamfer
at the end of the piston rod (6)
8. Lubricate the bore of the gland (3) with clean oil
9. Push the gland (3) on to the piston rod (6) If neces-
sary, use a soft hammer to drive the gland (3) onto
the piston rod (6).
10 Put a support below and near the end of the piston
rod (6). Use a shop cloth between the support and
the piston rod (6) to prevent damage to the piston
(4).
11. Put the piston (4) on the end of the piston rod (6)
12 Put the hardened washer (8) on the cap screw (7).
13. Clean the threads on the end of the piston rod and
the threads of the cap screw usmq Loctite cleaning
solvent. Allow to dry Apply Loctite 242 to the piston
rod threads 1/4inch from theopen end of the piston
rod so that there is 1/2 inch of Loctite 242 on the
piston rod threads. DO NOTapply Loctite to the first
1/4 inch of the piston rod threads.
14. Install the cap screw (7) Tighten the cap screw (7)
to the torque value on page 8006-2 for the cylinder
that is being repaired A torque multiplier can be
used to help tighten the cap screw. When a torque
multiplier IS used. a chain must be used to hold the
piston rod (6) in position Use a shop cloth and a
metal protector between the piston rod (6) and the
chain
15. Install a newwear ring (11) In.beend groove on the
outside of the piston (4)
16. Install a new backup ring (10) in the center groove
on the outside of the piston (4)
17. Install a new seal (9) on too of the backuo ring (10)
on the outside of the piston (4)
Rae 8-17591
18. Fasten the tube (1) in a vise or other holding equip-
ment. Be careful to prevent damage to the tube (1)
19 Lubricate the piston (4) and the inside of the tube (1)
with clean oil.
20 Push the piston (4) straight into the tube (1)
21. When the piston (4) is in the smooth part of the tube
(1), start the gland (3) into the tube (1)
22 Lubricate the O-ring (12) on the gland (3) with clean
oil
23 Tighten the gland (3) to 100 to 400 pound-feet (135
to 542 Nm) If the lock screw (2) holes become
aligned in this torque range install the lock screw
(2). Tighten the lock screw (2) to 20 pound-Inches
(2.3 Nm) Ifthe lock screw (2) holes are not aligned.
do steps 24 through 26
24. Tighten the gland (3) to 100 tc 400 oounc-tee: (135
to 542 Nrn).
25 Use a No. 26 drill and drill a hole hal' Inthe gland (3)
and half inthe tube (1) Drill to a death of 7/16 inch
(11 mm). Do not drill in line Witha hole in the gland
(3) for the gland wrench
26 Install the lock screw (2) Tighten the lock screw (2)
to 20 pound-Inches (23 Nm)
If the hoses were removed Withthe cylinder. install new
O-rings If equipped on the hose :ittings. Lubricate the
O-rings with clean oil Install the hoses
=<CVISCC 8-92 P~IC"tCC '" U S c ;
8006-19
5. PISTON ROD EYE
18. SNAP
RING
15. WIDE
SEAL
16. NARROW
SEAL
6. PISTON
ROD
Rod End of Cylinder
9. SEAL
8. HARDENED
WASHER
7. CAP SCREW
17. BUSHING
Closed End of Cylinder
Rae 8-17591
Revised 8-92 Printed in USA
8006-20
PITCH CYLINDER FOR THE THREE-POINT HITCH
Di sassembly
Clean the outside of the cylinder. If the hoses were
removed with the cylinder, remove the hoses from the
cylinder.
1. Fasten the tube (1) in avise or other holding equip-
ment. Be careful to prevent damage to the tube (1).
2 Loosen and remove the lock screw (2) from the
gland (3) and tube (1).
3 Use the gland wrench shown on page 8006-3 to
loosen and remove the gland (3) from the tube (1)
4. Pull the piston rod (6) straight out of the tube (1) to
prevent damage to the tube (1).
5 Fasten the piston rod eye (5) in a vise and put a
support below the piston rod (6) near the piston (4). Use
a shop cloth between the support and the piston rod (6)
to prevent damage to the piston rod (6).
6. Loosen and remove the cap screw (7) and
hardened washer (8) that holds the piston (4). Use the
torque multiplier shown on page 8006-3 for cap screws
that have a high torque value.
7. Remove the piston (4) 'rom the piston rod (6).
8 Remove the gland (3) from the piston rod (6)
9 Remove the seal (9), backup ring (10). and wear
ring (11) from the piston (4).
10 Remove the O-ring (12). backup ring (13). wiper
(14), wide seal (15). narrow seal (16), and bushing (17)
from the gland (3).
Inspect i on
1. Clean the piston (4), gland (3), piston rod (6), tube
(1), hardened washer (8), and cap screw (7) incleaning
solvent.
2. Discard the parts that were removed from the
piston (4) and the gland (3).
3. Illuminate the inside of the tube (1) Inspect the
inside of the tube (1) for deep grooves and other
damage. If there is damage to the tube (1), a new tube
(1) must be used.
Bur 8-15790
4. Check to be sure that the piston rod (6) is straight. If
the piston rod (6) is not straight. install a new piston rod
(6).
5. Remove small scratches on the piston rod (6) or
inside the tube (1) with emery cloth of medium grit. Use
the emery cloth with a rotary motion.
6 Inspect the bushing (18) and seal, if equipped, in
the piston rod eye (5) and the closed end of the tube (1).
Replace as required.
7 Inspect the gland (3)for rust and clean and remove
rust as required.
8. Inspect the gland end of the tube (1) for share
edges that will cut the gland O-ring (12). remove as re-
quired.
9. Inspect the piston (4) for damage and wear. If the
piston (4) is damaged or worn. a new piston (4) rnus: be
used
Assembly
NOTE: If anew g/e.nd (3) is beif'Q ir.sralled. put the
pan number of the cylinder on the new gland (3).
1. Install the bushing (17) in .he gland (3).
2. lnstall the wide seal (15) inthe gland. The wide seal
(15) isto be installed so that the lips of the wide seal (i5)
are toward the small end of the gland (3). The wide seal
(15) can be difficult to install. Use the tool shown on
page 8006-3
3. Install a new wiper (14) in the gland (3). The lips of
the wiper (14) must be toward the large end of the gland
(3)
4. Install the narrow seal (16) inthe gland (3) The side
of the narrow seal (16) with the groove must be toward
the small end of the gland (3).
5. Install a new backup ring (13) in the groove on the
outside of the gland (3). If both sides of the backup ring
(13) are not flat, the side that is not flat must be toward
the small end of the gland (3).
6. Install the O-ring (12) next to the backup ring (13) in
the groove on the outside of the gland (3). The O-ring
(12) must be toward the small end of the gland (3)
.~CVISCC 8-92 "'~;ri[CC !n USA
8006-21
Rae 8-17591
Revised 8-92 Printed in U.S.A
B891629J
19. SNAP
RING
8006-22
7. Fasten the piston rod eye (5) in the vise.
8. Remove any marks and sharp edges on the chamfer
at the end of the piston rod (6).
9. Lubricate the bore of the gland (3) with clean oil
10 Push the gland (3) onto the piston rod (6). If neces-
sary, use a soft hammer to drive the gland (3) onto
the piston rod (6).
11. Put a support below and near the end of the piston
rod (6). Use a shop cloth between the support and
the piston rod (6) to prevent damage to the piston
(4).
12. Put the piston (4) on the end of the piston rod (6)
13 Put the hardened washer (8) on the cap screw (7).
14. Clean the threads on the end of the piston rod and
the threads of the cap screw usmq Lac ire cleaning
solvent. Allow to dry Apply Loctite 242 to the piston
rod threads 1/4inch from :he open end of the piston
rod so tha there is 1/2 inch of Loctue 242 on the
piston rod threads 00 NOT apoly Loctite to the first
1/4inch of the piston rod threads
15. Install the cap screw (7). Tighten the cap screw (7)
to the torque value on page 8006-2 for the cylinder
that is being repaired. A torque rnultiolier can be
used to help tighten the cao screw.
16. Install a new wear ring (11) in the end groove on the
outside of the piston (4)
17. Install a new backup ring (10) in the center groove
on the outside of the piston (4)
~ac 8-17591
18 Install a new seal (9) on top of the backup ring (10)
on the outside of the piston (4).
19 Fasten the tube (1) in a vise or other holding equip-
ment Be careful to orevent damage to the tube (1).
20. Lubricate the inside of the tube (1) and the piston (4)
with clean oil
21 Push the piston (4) straight 1"1(0 tre tube (1)
22. When the cis.on (4) is in the srnoo.n pan of the tube
(1) star; the gland (3) into the tube (1)
23 Lubricate the O-ring (12) on the giand (3\ with clean
oil.
24 Tighten the gland (3) to 100 :0 400 ;:::OLnc-'eet :135
to 542 Nm) I: the lock screw '2: holes become
aligned in 'his toroue range ins.ar me lock screw
(2). 7ighten the icck screw :2) :020 co.r.o-mches
(23 NI) I': 2 lee- screw ~2:'"'ces are no: alqnec.
do s.eos 25 throL.:gh 2
7
25 7ighte the glanc (3) :0 1oo .c 400 ooi.r-o-reet :135
:0542 Nm)
26 Use a a 26 dr:1 and cr'll a "',012 1"2:' " Te gl2.rC (3)
and :,alf!'l :,2 t\.:Oe:1. Orl:l:O 2. deo:'" of 7 16 Ir,c~,
(11 rnrn) 00 no: drl;i -n line V/!;i" 2 :,0:0 ir the giand
(3) for t e glanc \'/re'lC';
27 Install the lac" screw (2) ilgr,:er :"Ie lccx screw (2)
to 20 oound-mcr-es 123 N'T
Ii the hoses were .err.oveo wi.h the cyunoer. instau new
O-rrngs I: ecuipped on :he hose :::;ings L.;brlca:c .no
0-,1ngs witr clear. cil. I::stall 'he hoses
Rcv!scc 8-92
8006-23
13
6. PISTON ROD
5. PISTON ROD EYE
15. WIDE
SEAL
17. BUSHING
Rod End of Cylinder
1. TUBE
4. PISTON
20. GREASE
FITTING
Closed End of Cylinder
Bur 8-17590
Revised 8-92
Printed in U.S.A.
CASE CORPORATION
Sect i on
8007
BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE
Bur 8-17430
Printed in U.S.A.
Issued J anuary 1991
8007-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECiFiCATIONS.... . 3
SPECIAL TOOLS.. .4
EXPLODED VIEW OF BACKHOE CONTROL VALVE.......... . 5
SEPARATING THE VALVE SECTIONS................................................................................. . 6
ASSEMBLING THE VALVE SECTIONS. . 7
INLET SECTION .. 8
Disassembly. 8
Assembly. .. 10
OUTLET SECTION......... 12
Disassembly............... . .............................12
Assembly........... ...14
SWING AND BOOM SECTION . ..16
Disassembly............. . 16
Assembly............................. .. . 22
STABILIZER SECTION . . 28
Disassembly 28
Assembly..... .. . 32
BUCKET, DIPPER, AND EXTENDABLE DIPPER SECTIONS..................... 37
Disassembly............................................................................. . 37
Assembly 41
CIRCUIT RELIEF VALVE 46
Disassembly .46
Inspection .... . 47
Assembly 48
INSPECTION 49
Bur 8-17430 Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8007-3
SPECIFICATIONS
Manufacturer , .J I Case
Pressure settings , ,................... ,See Section 8002
Ports and Spools
Spool travel, neutral to pressure , , 0.45 inch (11.5 mm)
Spool moved into the body pressure at A port
Spool moved out of the body . .. pressure at B port
Threads in inlet and outlet ports , 1-5/16 - 12, straight thread
Threads in inlet and swing section port , . ........ ,.. 7/8 - 14, straight thread
Threads in A and B ports of stabilizer 3/4 - 16, straight thread
Threads in A and B ports of other sections 1-1/16 - 12, straight thread
Special torques
Nuts that fasten the valve sections together 20 to 30 pound-feet (27 to 41 Nm)
Circuit relief valves for swing, boom, stabilizer, and dipper sections
or plugs for load check valves 65 to 80 pound-feet (88 to 108 Nm)
Circuit relief valves for bucket or extendable dipper sections 65 to 85 pound-feet
(88 to 155 Nm)
Spool cap 20 to 30 pound-feet (27 to 41 Nm)
Weight , approximately 130 pounds (59 kg)
Bur 8-17430
Issued 1-91 Printed in U,S.A.
8007-4
SPECIAL TOOLS
Order special tools from one of the following ad-
dresses:
Inthe U.S.A and Canada
Service Tools
P.O. Box 314
Owatonna, Minnesota 55060
In Europe
VL Churchill Ltd.
P.O. Box 3, Daventry
Northants, NN11 4NF
England
The spring compressing plate is used to compress
the centering springs for removal and installation. The
part number of the tool is CAS-147-2. This tool is first
used on page 16.
Bur 8-17430
BB61843J
1. 3/8-16NC X 3Inches (76mm)
Or Longer Hex Bolt
2. Grind Two Sides Evenly
To 15/32 Inch (11.9 mm)
3. Grind To 1/8Inch (3.2 mm)
4. 5/8Inch (10.1 mm)
The tool above is used to remove and install the
load check plugs. The tool is first used on page 17.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8007-5
B870187J
Exploded View of Backhoe Control Valve
Bur 8-17430
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8007-6
SEPARATING THE VALVE SECTIONS
STEP 4 STEP 1
Clean the backhoe control valve and put the valve on a
clean bench. Write numbers on each section of the
valve.
STEP 2
Loosen and remove the nuts from the studs.
STEP 3
B630304M
Remove the inlet section.
Bur 8-17430
Remove the shims.
STEP 5
Remove the remainder of the sections and shims.
STEP 6
~.'
Remove the studs from the outlet section.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A
ASSEMBLING THE VALVE SECTIONS
8007-7
STEP 7
Install new O-rings in each section.
STEP 8
Install the studs in the outlet section.
STEP 9
Install the shims on the studs.
Bur 8-17430
STEP 10
Use the numbers on each valve section as a guide and
install the valve sections and shims.
STEP 11
0044M
-,..-,.;,..,,;,., ,._,
Install the nuts. Tighten the nuts to 20 to 30 pound-feet
(27 to 41 Nm).
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8007-8
INLET SECTION
Di sassembly
STEP 12
Fasten the inlet sections inavise with soft jaws. Loosen
the plug.
STEP 13
Remove the plug
Bur 8-17430
STEP 14
Remove the spring.
STEP 15
Remove the poppet.
STEP 16
See Inspection on page 49 and inspect the parts of the
inlet section.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
Bur 8-17430
8007-9
B870188J
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8007-10
Assembly
STEP 17
Install the poppet.
STEP 18
Install the spring.
Bur 8-17430
STEP 19
; B630320M
Install a new O-ring on the plug. Lubricate the O-ring
with clean hydraulic oil. Install the plug.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
3. SPRING
Inlet Section
Bur 8-17430
8007-11
6. BODY
B861844J
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8007-12
OUTLET SECTION
Di sassembly
STEP 20
Fasten the outlet section in the vise with soft jaws.
Loosen and remove the plug.
STEP 21
Remove the spring.
STEP 22
Remove the spool.
Bur 8-17430
STEP 23
Remove the piston.
STEP .24
1. OUTLET SECTION
Remove the O-ring from the bore for the spool.
STEP 25
See page 49 and inspect the parts of the outlet section.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A
7. PLUG
Outlet Section
Bur 8-17430
Issued 1-91
8007-13
B870189J
Printeo in U.S.A.
8007-14
Assembly
STEP 26
See the illustration on page 12 and install a new O-ring
in the bore for the spool.
STEP 27
Install the piston.
STEP 28
Bur 8-17430
STEP 29
Install the spring.
STEP 30
0414M
Install a new O-ring on the plug. Lubricate the O-ring
with clean hydraulic oil. Install the plug.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8007-15
3. PISTON
5. O-RING
B871846J
6. SPRING
Outlet Section
Bur 8-17430
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8007-16
Di sassembly
STEP 31
SWING AND BOOM SECTION
STEP 34
Fasten the section inthe vise with soft jaws. Loosen and
remove the cap.
STEP 32
Pull the spool, retainer, and O-ring from the body.
STEP 33
Remove the O-ring and retainer from the spool.
Bur 8-17430
'B62~2M
Use the spring compressing plates shown on page 4to
compress the spring.
STEP 35
Remove the snap ring from the spool.
STEP 36
Release the spring tension and separate the spring
seats and spring.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 37
Loosen the circuit relief valve.
STEP 38
Remove the circuit relief valve.
STEP 39
Use the tool shown on page 4to remove the load check
plug, spring and poppet.
Bur 817430
8007-17
STEP 40
Repeat steps 37,38, and 39 to remove the circuit relief
valve from the A port.
STEP 41
Removethewiperfrom theA portend of the spool bore.
STEP 42
Remove the a-ring from the bore.
NOTE: Steps 43through 46are for the swing section
only. The boom section does not have this check valve
assembly.
STEP 43
Loosen the check valve body in the swing section.
Issued 191 Printed in U.S.A.
8007-18
STEP 44
Remove the check valve body.
STEP 45
Remove the spring.
STEP 46
Remove the plunger.
Bur 8-17430
STEP 47
Loosen the plug.
STEP 48
Remove the plug.
STEP 49
Remove the spring and poppet.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 50
Repeat steps 47,48, and 49 to remove the other plug,
spring, and poppet.
STEP 51
See page 46 for the disassembly and assembly of the
circuit relief valves.
Bur 8-17430
8007-19
STEP 52
See page 49 and inspect the parts of the swing section.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8007-20
Bur 8-17430
22. SPOOL
20. BODY
16. CAP
B901902J
Swing Section
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
/'
Bur 8-17430
Boom Section
8007-21
22. SPOOL
20. BODY
B901903J
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8007-22
Assembly
STEP 53
8630614M
':"-'.";'. ;..... ,
Install the poppet and spring in the body.
STEP 54
0512M
Install a new O-ring on the plug. Lubricate the O-ring
with clean hydraulic oil. Install the plug.
STEP 55
Repeat steps 53 and 54 to install the other poppet,
spring, and plug.
NOTE: Steps 56through 59are for the swing section
only. The boom section does not have this check valve
assembly.
Bur 8-17430
STEP 56
Install the plunger in the body.
STEP 57
Install the spring.
STEP 58
Install a new O-ring and backup ring on the check valve
body.
Issued 1-91 Printedin U.S.A.
STEP 59
Lubricate the O-ring and backup ring with clean oil.
Install the check valve body
STEP 60
Install a new O-ring inthe A port end of the spool bore.
STEP 61
Bur 8-17430
8007-23
STEP 62
STEP 63
Lubricate the O-ring and backup rings on the load
check plug. Install the poppet, spring, and load check
plug. Make sure that the groove in the load check plug
is toward the spool bore.
STEP 64
Lubricate the O-rings and backup rings on the circuit
relief valve. Install the circuit relief valve.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8007-24
STEP 65
Tighten the circuit relief valve to 65 to 80 pound-feet (88
to 108 Nm).
STEP 66
Repeat steps 61 through 65 to install the other load
check plug and circuit relief valve.
STEP 67
Assemble the spring seats and spring. Use the spring
compressing plates to compress the spring.
STEP 68
B629344M
Install the spring and spring seats on the spool. Install
the snap ring.
Bur 8-17430
STEP 69
Release the spring tension and remove the spring com-
pressing plates.
STEP 70
Lubricate the O-ring with clean oil. Carefully install the
retainer and O-ring. Do not cut the O-ring on the spool.
STEP 71
Lubricate the spool and spool bore with clean oil. Install
the spool.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 72
Install the cap.
STEP 73
Tighten the cap to 20 to 30 pound-feet (27 to 41 Nm).
Bur 8-17430
8007-25
STEP 74
Move the body in the vise so that the spool eye is up.
Lubricate the wiper with clean oil. Install the wiper with
the lip up.
STEP 75
~t2M
Use a hollow sleeve and a hammer to push the wiper
into the body.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A
8007-26
4. a-RING
23. A PORT
20. BODY
24. B PORT
4. a-RING
19. RETAINER
22. SPOOL
11. CIRCUIT RELIEF VALVE
4. a-RING
18. SPRING SEAT
6. SPRING 13. POPPET
Bur 8-17430
16. CAP
11. CIRCUIT RELIEF VALVE
17. SNAP RING
B901904J
Swing Section
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A
8007-27
6. SPRING
17. SNAP RING
22. SPOOL
11. CIRCUIT RELIEF VALVE
4. a-RING
23. A PORT
6. SPRING
13. POPPET
20. BODY
24. B PORT
4. O-RING
19. RETAINER
14. PLUG
13. POPPET
11. CIRCUIT RELIEF VALVE
B90190SJ
Boom Section
Bur 8-17430
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8007-28
Di sassembly
STEP 76
STABILIZER SECTION
STEP 79
Fasten the section inthe vise with soft jaws. Loosen and
remove the cap.
STEP 77
Pull the spool, retainer, and O-ring from the body.
STEP 78
Remove the O-ring and retainer from the spool.
Bur 8-17430
B629342M
Use the spring compressing plates shown on page 4to
compress the spring.
STEP 80
Remove the snap ring from the spool.
STEP 81
Release the spring tension and separate the spring
seats and spring.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 82
Loosen the plug.
STEP 83
Remove the plug.
STEP 84
Loosen the check valve in the other end of the body.
Bur 8-17430
8007-29
STEP 85
Remove the check valve.
STEP 86
Remove the spool from the body.
STEP 87
Remove the wiper from the spool bore.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8007-30
STEP 88
Remove the O-ring from the bore.
STEP 89
Fasten the check valve inthe vise with soft jaws. Loosen
and remove the plug.
Bur 8-17430
STEP 90
Remove the spring.
STEP 91
Remove the plunger.
STEP 92
See page 49 and inspect the parts of the stabilizer
section.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.SA
Bur 8-17430
Issued 1-91 Printedin U.S.A.
Stabilizer Section
8007-31
8007-32
Assembly
STEP 93
',B631008M
Install newO-rings (1) and backup rings (2) onthe body
of the check valve, Install a new O-ring on the plug.
STEP 94
Fasten the body of the check valve in the vise with soft
jaws. Install the plunger.
STEP 95
Install the spring.
Bur 8-17430
STEP 96,
Lubricate the O-ring on the plug. Install the plug in the
body.
STEP 97
Install a new O-ring in the A port end of the spool bore.
STEP 98
Lubricate the spool with clean oil. Install the spool inthe
body.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A
STEP 99
:'j!;, 'i
Lubricate the O-rings and backup rings on the check
valve. Install the check valve
STEP 100
Tighten the check valve to 65 to 80 pound-feet (88 to
108 Nrn).
STEP 101
Install new O-rings and a backup ring on the plug,
Bur 8-17430
8007-33
STEP 102
- J ,OM
Lubricate the O-rings and backup ring on the plug.
Install the plug,
STEP 103
STEP 104
9302M
Assemble the spring seats and spring. Use the spring
compressing plates to compress the spring.
Issued 1-91 Printed in USA
8007-34
STEP 105
Install the spring and spring seats on the spool. Install
the snap ring.
STEP 106
Release the spring tension and remove the spring com-
pressing plates.
STEP 107
Lubricate the O-ring with clean oil. Carefully install the
retainer and O-ring. Do not cut the O-ring on the spool.
Bur 8-17430
STEP 108
Lubricate the spool and spool bore with clean oil. Install
the spool.
STEP 109
Install the cap.
STEP 110
Tighten the cap to 20 to 30 pound-feet (27 to 41 Nm).
Issued 1-91 Printedin U.SA
STEP 111
.M
Move the body in the vise so that the spool eye is up.
Lubricate the wiper with clean oil. Install the wiper with
the lip up.
STEP 112
Use a hollow sleeve and a hammer to push the wiper
into the body.
Bur 8-17430
8007-35
1. PLUG
2. a-RING
3. SPRING
5. BODY
8861849J
Check Valve
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8007-36
12. RETAINER
15. SPOOL
17. A PORT
2. O-RING
18. B PORT
3. SPRING
11. SPRING SEAT
B861850J
9. CAP
10. SNAP
RING
Stabilizer Section
Bur 8-17430
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8007-37
BUCKET, DIPPER, AND EXTENDABLE DIPPER SECTIONS
Di sassembly
NOTE: The bucket and dipper sections have circuit
relief valves at the A port and B port. The extendable
dipper section has plugs in place of the circuit relief
valves. The following photographs show the dipper
section.
STEP 113
Fasten the section inthevise with soft jaws. Loosen and
remove the cap.
STEP 114
Pull the spool, retainer, and O-ring from the body
STEP 115
Remove the O-ring and retainer from the spool.
Bur 8-17430
STEP 116
B629342M
Use the spring compressing plates shown on page 4to
compress the spring.
STEP 117
'B629344M
Remove the snap ring from the spool.
STEP 118
Release the spring tension and separate the spring
seats and spring.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8007-38
STEP 119
Loosen the circuit relief valve.
STEP 120
Remove the circuit relief valve.
STEP 121
Usethe tool shown on page 4to remove the load check
plug, spring, and poppet.
STEP 122
Repeat steps 119. 120. and 121 to remove the circuit
relief valve, load check plug, spring. and poppet from
the A port.
Bur 8-17430
STEP 123
Remove the wiper from the A port end of the spool bore.
STEP 124
Remove the O-ring from the bore.
STEP 125
See page 46 for the disassembly and assembly of the
circuit relief valves.
STEP 126
See page 49 and inspect the parts of the section.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8007-39
8901906J
Bur 8-17430
Bucket and Dipper Section
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.SA
8007-40
Bur 8-17430
Extendable Dipper Section
B901907J
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
Assembly
STEP 127
Install a new O-ring inthe A port end of the spool bore.
STEP 128
Install a new O-ring and new backup rings on the load
check plug.
STEP 129
Install the spring and poppet on the load check plug.
Bur 8-17430
8007-41
STEP 130
Lubricate the O-ring and backup rings on the load
check plug. Install the poppet, spring, and load check
plug. Make sure that the groove inthe load check plug
is toward the spool bore.
STEP 131
Lubricate the O-rings and backup rings on the circuit
relief valve. Install the circuit relief valve.
STEP 132
0802 1 \ 1
Tighten the circuit relief valve to 65 to 85 pound-feet (88
to 155Nm).
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8007-42
STEP 133
Repeat steps 128 through 132 to install the other load
check plug and circuit relief valve.
STEP 134
Assemble the spring seats and spring. Use the spring
compressing plates to compress the spring.
STEP 135
Install the spring and spring seats on the spool. Install
the snap ring.
STEP 136
Release the spring tension and remove the spring com-
pressing plates.
Bur 8-17430
STEP 137
Lubricate the a-ring with clean oil. Carefully install the
retainer and a-ring. Do not cut the a-ring on the spool.
STEP 138
Lubricate the spool and spool bore with clean oil. Install
the spool.
STEP 139
Install the cap.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 140
STEP 141
Move the body in the vise so that the spool eye is up.
Lubricate the wiper with clean oil. Install the wiper with
the lip up.
Bur 8-17430
8007-43
STEP 142
Use a hollow sleeve and a hammer to push the wiper
into the body.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8007-44
13. CAP
19. SPOOL
10. CIRCUIT RELIEF VALVE
4. O-RING
20. A PORT
12. POPPET
17. BODY
21. B PORT
4. O-RING
16. RETAINER
15. SPRING SEAT
6. SPRING j.!;,
14. SNAP RING
10. CIRCUIT RELIEF VALVE
6901908.1
15. SPRING SEAT
Bucket and Dipper Section
Bur 8-17430 Issued 1-91 Printed in U.SA.
8007-45
13. SPOOL
1. PLUG
2. a-RING
14. A PORT
15. B PORT
1. PLUG
7. CAP
B901909J
9. SPRING SEAT
Extendable Dipper Section
Bur 8-17430
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8007-46
Di sassembly
STEP 143
CIRCUIT RELIEF VALVE
STEP 145
Fasten the circuit relief valve in the vise with soft jaws.
Loosen the lock nut. Loosen and remove the adjusting
screw and lock nut.
NOTE: If you disassemble more than one circuit relief
valve, keep the parts for each relief valve together. This
procedure will prevent mixing the parts during as-
sembly.
STEP 144
Move the circuit relief valve in the vise. Fasten the
poppet seat in the vise. Loosen the body from the
poppet seat.
Bur 817430
B628730M
Remove the circuit relief valve from the vise. Separate
the parts of the circuit relief valve. Some circuit relief
valves have a spring and pin and some circuit relief
valves have two springs.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
3. BODY
Inspect i on
STEP 146
Inspect the parts of the circuit relief valve. All of the
repair parts are available in a kit. If any of the parts are
damaged, replace all the parts in the kit.
Bur 8-17430
8007-47
STEP 147
"""W,s.B628734M
Replace the O-rings and backup ring onthe parts of the
circuit relief valve.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
8007-48
Assembly
STEP 148
B628606M
B628730M
Lubricate the O-rings on the parts of the relief valve.
Assemble the parts into the body.
STEP 149
Fasten the poppet seat in the vise with soft jaws.
Tighten the body to 96 to 144 pound-inches (11 to 16
Nm).
Bur 8-17430
STEP 150
Install the adjusting screw and lock nut in the body.
STEP 151
See the procedure in Section 8002. Check and adjust
the pressure setting of the circuit relief valve before the
relief valve is installed in the section.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A
8007-49
INSPECTION
STEP 152
Discard all O-rings. backup rings, and wipers.
STEP 153
Clean all parts in cleaning solvent.
STEP 154
B861853J
Inspect the seat inside the inlet section. If the seat is
damaged, use a 21/32 inch (17mm) diameter drill and
drill the seat to a depth of 11/32 inch (8.7 mm). A thin
shell of the seat will stay inthe inlet section. Remove this
thin shell. Remove all metal chips from the inlet section
Bur 8-17430
STEP 155
Inspect the spools and spool bores. Use a newsection
if the spool or bore is damaged.
STEP 156
Inspect the poppets. Use new parts as necessary
STEP 157
Inspect all machined surfaces.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
CASE CORPORATION
Sect i on
8008
SWING SEQUENCE VALVE
Bur 8-12650 Printed in U.S.A.
Issued in November 1989
8008-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS. . 2
DISASSEMBLY ................. 3
INSPECTION . . 7
EXPLODED VIEW OF SWING SEQUENCE VALVE........ . ...... 8
ASSEMBLY . . 9
CROSS SECTION VIEW OF SWING SEQUENCE VALVE . . 14
SPECIFICATIONS
Manufacturer . . J I Case
Pressure settings . ..... ..See Section 8002
Ports..... 7/8 - 14, straight thread
Special Torques
Relief valves ... .. 65 to 85 pound-feet (88 to 155 Nm)
Spool cap . ..20 to 30 pound-feet (27 to 41 Nm)
Relief valve body .. .. 8 to 12 pound-feet (11 to 16 Nm)
Weight . .. approximately 20 pounds (9 kg)
Bur 8-12650 Issued 11-89 Printed in U.S.A
DISASSEMBL Y
8008-3
Clean the outside of the swing sequence valve
Fasten the swing sequence valve in the vise with soft
jaws.
STEP 1
B629022M
Loosen thespool cap The springs will push against the
spool cap as the spool cap is loosened.
STEP 2
Remove the spool cap.
STEP 3
Pull the spool tram the body.
Bur 8-12650
STEP 4
Loosen one of the relief valves.
STEP 5
Remove the relief valve.
STEP 6
B629130M
Fasten an identification tag to the relief valve.
Issued 11-89 Printed in U.S.A
8008-4
STEP 7
Loosen and remove the other relief valve.
STEP 8
B629130M
Fasten an identification tag to the relief valve.
STEP 9
Remove the wiper from the other end of the body.
Bur 8-12650
STEP 10
Remove the O-ring from the body.
STEP 11
Loosen the plug.
STEP 12
Remove the plug from the body.
Issued 11-89 Printed in U.S.A
STEP 13
Loosen the plug inside the bore.
STEP 14
Remove the plug.
STEP 15
Remove the plunger fromthe opposite end of the body.
Bur 8-12650
8008-5
STEP 16
Remove the spring.
STEP 17
8629142M
Remove the O-ring and retainer from the spool.
STEP 18
Remove the springs from the spool.
Issued 11-89 Printed in U.S.A
8008-6
B629101M
Loosen and remove the Allen head screw and spring
seat from the spool.
STEP 20
Fasten the relief valve inthe vise with soft jaws. Loosen
the lock nut from the adjusting screw. Remove the
adjusting screw and lock nut.
NOTE: If you disassemble more than one relief valve,
keep the parts for each relief valve together. This
procedure will prevent mixing the parts during
assembly.
Bur 8-12650
STEP 21
Loosen the vise. Fasten the poppet seat in the vise.
Loosen the body from the poppet seat.
STEP 22
B628606M
Remove the relief valve from the vise. Separate the
parts of the relief valve.
Issued 11-89 Printed in U.SA
INSPECTION
1. Replace the O-ring on the plug.
B629140M
2. Inspect theparts of the relief valves. All repair parts in
the relief valves are available in a kit. If any of the parts
are damaged, replace all the parts in the kit.
Bur 8-12650
8008-7
3. Replace the O-rings and backup ring on the parts of
the relief valves.
2. a-RING
B628734M
4. Inspect the springs. If the springs are damaged,
install new springs.
5. Inspect the spool and spool bore. If the parts are
damaged or worn, use a new swing sequence valve.
6. Inspect the plunger. If the plunger is damaged or
worn, install a new plunger.
Issued 1189 Printed in U.S.A
8008-8
12. O-RING
13. PLUNGER
20. SPOOL
19. WIPER
B891691J
Swing Sequence Valve
Bur 8-12650
Issued 11-89 Printedin U.S.A
8008-9
ASSEMBLY
STEP 26
See the procedure in Section 8002. Check and adjust
the pressure setting of each relief valve in a test block
before the relief valve is installed inthe swing sequence
valve.
STEP 23
B628606M
Lubricate the O-rings on the parts of the relief valve.
Assemble the parts in the body.
STEP 24
,,\~BB28602M
Fasten the poppet seat in the vise with soft jaws.
Tighten the body to 8 to 12 pound-feet (11 to 16 Nm).
STEP 25
Install the adjusting screw and lock nut in the body.
Bur 8-12650
STEP 27
Fasten the body in the vise with soft jaws. Install the
spring and plunger in the body.
STEP 28
Lubricate the O-ring on the plug with clean hydraulic oil.
Install the plug in the bore for the relief valve.
STEP 29
Tighten the plug to 15 to 20 pound-feet (20 to 27 Nm).
Issued 11-89 Printed in U.S.A.
8008-10
STEP 30
Lubricate the O-ring on the plug with clean hydraulic oil.
Install the plug.
STEP 31
Tighten the plug to 60 to 70 pound-feet (81 to 95 Nm).
STEP 32
Install a new O-ring in the spool bore.
Bur 8-12650
STEP 33
8629036M
Lubricate the O-rings and backup ring on one of the
relief valves with clean hydraulic oil. Install the relief
valve.
STEP 34
038M
Tighten the relief valve to 65 to 85 pound-feet (88to 155
Nm).
STEP 35
Lubricate the O-rings and backup ring on the other
relief valve with clean hydraulic oil. Install the relief
valve.
Issued 11-89 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 36
M
Tighten the relief valve to 65 to 85 pound-feet (88to 155
Nm).
STEP 37
Fasten the body in the vise with soft jaws as shown
above.
STEP 38
.-.....
Lubricate the spool with clean hydraulic oil. Install the
spool in the body.
Bur 8-12650
8008-11
STEP 39
M
Move the body inthe vise so that a rod can be installed
through the hole in the end of the spool. Fasten the
body inthe vise with the end of the spool incontact with
the vise.
STEP 40
Install a new O-ring on the spool.
STEP 41
Install the retainer. Make sure the shoulder on the
retainer is down.
Issued 11-89 Printed in U.SA.
8008-12
STEP 42
Install the three springs on the spool.
STEP 43
8629242M
Install the spring seat on the springs. Push down on the
spring seat to compress the springs. Install the Allen
head screw.
STEP 44
Install the spool cap. Do not tighten the spool cap atthis
time.
Bur 8-12650
STEP 45
Move the swing sequence valve in the vise so that the
spool is not incontact the the vise. Remove the rod from
the end of the spool.
STEP 46
~
_<6#$
.. ::.,:~-'.:/~..:~~"'~"
\;"
Tighten the spool cap. The spool cap must be
tightened to a torque of 20 to 30 pound-feet (27 to 41
Nm).
STEP 47
Install a new wiper on the spool. The lips of the wiper
must be up
Issued 11-89 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 48
,70128M
Use a hollow sleeve and a hammer to push the wiper
into the body until the top of the wiper is even with the
surface of the housing.
Bur 8-12650
4. SPRING
1. ADJ USTING
SCREW
j
2. BODY
3. SPRING
OR
PIN
5. POPPET
SEAT
13. POPPET
12. O-RING
Relief Valve
8008-13
8. O-RING
10. O-RING
11. BACKUP
RING
B861803M
Issued 11-89 Printed in U.S.A.
_ 9. O-RING
8008-14
Bur 8-12650
15.
B891692J
1. O-RING
6. PLUG
8. SPRING
9. PLUNGER
14 SPRINGS
10. RELIEF
VALVE
Cross Section Valve -
. S quence SWing e
Issued 11-89 Printed in U.SA.
8009
THREE-POINT HITCH CONTROL VALVE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Speci fi cat i ons 8009-2 Exploded View 8009-18
Speci al Tools 8009-2 Assembly 8009-19
Separat i ng t he Valve Sect i ons 8009-3 Inlet /Out let and Auxi li ary Sect i on 8009-22
Assembli ng t he Valve Sect i ons 8009-5 Disassembly 8009-22
Li ft Sect i on 8009-6 Exploded View 8009-26
Disassembly 8009-6 Assembly 8009-27
Exploded View 8009-10 Inspect i on 8009-30
Assem bly 8009-11 Reli ef Valves 8009-31
Ti lt and Pi t ch Sect i ons 8009-15
Disassembly 8009-31
Disassembly 8009-15
Inspection 8009-32
Assembly 8009-32
CASE CORPORATION
Bu r 8-67421 Printed in U.S.A.
Issued February 1968
8009-2
SPECIFICATIONS
Manufacturer Rexroth
Weight " " 20 pounds (9 kg)
Special Torques
Detent stud 17 to 21 pound-feet (23 to 28 N m, 2 to 3 kg/m)
Self-locking nuts on suds that
hold sections together 17 to 21 pound-feet (23 to 28 N rn, 2 to 3 kg/m)
Plugs and relief valves 50 to 60 pound-feet (60 to 80 N m, 7 to 8 kg/m)
Allen screws for spool caps
and retainers 60 to 80 pound-inches (7 to 9 N m, 0.7 to 0.9 kg/m)
SPECIAL TOOLS
786802
The spring compressing plates are used to
compress the centering springs for removal and
installation. The part number of the tool is CAS-
1147-2. See Section 1001 for information about
ordering the special tool.
8009-3
SEPARATING THE VALVE SECTIONS
STEP 1
Clean the outside of the three-point control valve.
STEP 2
721802
Write numbers on each section.
STEP 3
72 1 804
Loosen the studs that fasten the valve sections
together.
STEP 4
721806
Remove the studs and self-locking nuts.
721606
Remove the lift section.
STEP 6
,2 1 81 0
Remove the pitch section.
STEP 7
Remove the tilt section.
8009-4
INLET/OUTLET /
AND AUXILIARY
SECTION
Three Point Hitch Control Valve
8871897
8009-5
ASSEMBLING THE VALVE SECTIONS
STEP 8
i216'~
Replace the O-rings in each section of the control
valve.
STEP 9
721816
Remove the self-locking nuts from the studs. In-
stall the studs in the inlet/outlet and auxiliary sec-
tion.
STEP 10
721818
Install the tilt section.
STEP 11
721820
Install the pitch section.
STEP 12
721822
Install the li ft section.
STEP 13
Make sure that the control valve is on aflat surface.
Install the self-locking nuts. Tighten the self-lock-
ing nuts to 17 to 21 pound-feet (23to 28N m, 2 to 3
kg/m).
8009-6
LIFT SECTION
Di sassembly
STEP 14
721826
Fasten the lift section in the vise with soft jaws.
Loosen the Allen head screws.
STEP 15
Remove the Allen head screws and spool cap.
STEP 16
721830
There is a spring and detent balls inside the detent
sleeve. Use a punch to compress the spring and
remove the detent sleeve.
STEP 17
721832
Remove the large steel ball.
STEP 18
Remove the three small steel balls.
STEP 19
721836
Remove the spring.
STEP 20
721902
Remove the retainer.
STEP 21
Pull the spool and detent housing from the body.
STEP 22
721906
Loosen the plug in the body.
8009-7
STEP 23
Remove the plug.
STEP 24
721910
Loosen the Allen head screws in the retainer.
STEP 25
i2 1 g1 2
Remove the Allen headscrews, retainer, and wiper.
8009-8
STEP 26
721914
Remove the O-ring.
STEP 27
Loosen the circuit relief valve from the body.
STEP 28
721926
Remove the circuit relief valve.
STEP 29
721928
Loosen the plug for the load check valve. It can be
necessary to loosen the fitti ng to get access to the
plug.
Remove the plug.
STEP 31
72 1 934
Remove the spring.
STEP 32
Remove the poppet.
STEP 33
700840
Remove the sleeve, O-ring, and detent housing
from the spool.
STEP 34
700844
Install the spring compressing plates shown on
page 8009-2.
8009-9
STEP 35
i00802
Loosen and remove the detent stud from the spool.
STEP 36
700838
Release the spring tension and separate the spring
seats from the spring.
8009-1 0
Li ft Section
-SPOOL
8871898
Assembly
STEP 37
See page 8009-30. Inspect the parts of the lift sec-
tion.
STEP 38
700338
Assemble the spring seats and spring. Use the tool
shown on page 8009-2 to compress the spring.
STEP 39
7008:2
Install the spring seats and spring on the spool.
Tighten the detent stud to 17to 21 pound-feet (23
to 28 N rn, 2 to 3 kg/m).
STEP 40
700844
Remove the tool from the spool.
8009-11
STEP 41
700804
Install the detent housing on the spool. Lubricate
the a-ring with clean oil. Carefully install the 0-
ring into the detent housing.
STEP 42
700806
Install the sleeve into the detent housing.
Install the poppet in the body.
8009-12
STEP 44
Install the spring inthe poppet.
STEP 45
721930
Lubricate thea-ring withclean oil. Install the plug.
STEP 46
721928
Tighten the plug.
-,
721926
Lubricate the a-rings and backup ring onthe cir-
cuit relief valve. Install thecircuit relief valve.
STEP 48
Lubricate thea-rings andbackup ring onthe plug.
Install the plug.
STEP 49
72200.
Tighten the plug to 50 to 60 pound-feet (68 to 80
Nm,7 to 8 kg/m).
STEP 50
721904
Lubricate the spool andO-ring onthe detent hous-
ing with clean oil. Install thespool anddetent hous-
ing in the body.
STEP 51
721902
Install the retainer.
STEP 52
721836
Install the spring.
8009-13
STEP 53
7?2006
Install thethree steel balls inthe holes inthedetent
stud. Apply petroleum jelly tothesteel balls tohold
the steel balls in position.
STEP 54
721632
Install the large steel ball in the end of the detent
stud.
STEP 55
721830
Useapunch to push inthe steel ball and install the
detent sleeve. Make sure the large steel ball is
pushed past the small steel balls.
8009-14
STEP 56
721828
Install the spool cap.
STEP 57
722010
Tighten the Allen head screws to 60 to 80 pound-
inches (7 to 9 Nrn,0.7 to 0.9 kg/m).
STEP 58
7220'"
Lubricate the O-ring with clean oil. Install the 0-
ring onthe spool.
STEP 59
7220'6
Install the wiper onthe spool.
STEP 60
7220' 8
Install the retainer. Tighten the Allen head screws
to 60 to 80 pound-inches (7 to 9 Nm, 0.7 to 0.9
kg/m).
8009-15
Disassembly
STEP 61
TILT AND PITCH SECTIONS
STEP 64
722022
Fasten the section inthe vise with soft jaws. Loos-
en the Allen head screws in the spool cap.
STEP 62
Remove the Allen head screws and spool cap.
STEP 63
722026
Pull the spool, O-ring, and wiper from the body.
722028
Loosen the plug from the body.
STEP 65
722030
Remove the plug.
STEP 66
722032
Loosen the Allen head screws from the retainer.
8009-16
STEP 67
722034
Remove the Allen head screws, retainer, andwiper.
STEP 68
722036
Remove the O-ring.
722037
Loosen and remove the plug.
STEP 70
722106
Loosen the plug for the load check valve.
-~
Remove the plug.
STEP 72
722"0
Remove the spring from the body.
STEP 73
72211 4
Remove the poppet.
STEP 74
700828
Remove the O-ring, wiper, and retainer from the
spool.
STEP 75
700832
Usethetool shown onpage8009-2 tocompress the
spring.
8009-17
STEP 76
70083"
Loosen and remove the Allen head screw from the
spool.
STEP 77
700638
Release the spring tension and separate thespring
seats and spring.
8009-18
6871899
Tilt and PitchSections
Assembly
See page 8009-30. Inspect the parts of the tilt
or pitch section.
STEP 78
iOO838
Assemble the spring seats and spring. Usethe tool
to compress the spring.
STEP 79
700834
Install the spring and spring seats on the spool.
STEP 80
700832
Remove the tool from the spool.
8009-19
STEP 81
700826
Lubricate the O-ring and spool with clean oil. In-
stall the retainer. Carefully install the wiper and 0-
ring. Push the retainer, wiper, and O-ring against
the spring seat.
STEP 82
72211~
Install the poppet inthe body.
STEP 83
i22"O
Install the spring.
8009-20
STEP 84
722108
Lubricate theO-ring with clean oil. Install theplug.
STEP 85
Tighten the plug.
STEP 86
722037
Lubricatethe O-rings and backup ring ontheplug.
Install the plug inthe body. Tighten the plug to50
to 60 pound-feet (68to 80 Nm,7to 8 kg/m).
722030
Lubricate the O-rings andbackup ring onthe plug.
Install the plug inthe body. Tighten the plug to 50
to 60 pound-feet (68 to 80 Nrn,7 to 8 kg/m).
STEP 88
722116
Lubricate the spool and O-ring with clean oil. In-
stall the spool inthe body.
STEP 89
722118
Install the spool cap.
STEP 90
722120
Tighten the Allen headscrews to 60to 80 pound-
inches (7 to9 Nm,0.7to 0.9 kg/m).
STEP 91
Lubricate the O-ring with clean oil. Install the 0-
ring on the spool.
Install the wiper onthe spool.
8009-22
INLET/OUTLET AND AUXiliARY SECTION
Disassembly
STEP 95
722130
Fastenthe section inthe vise with soft jaws. Loos-
entheAllen head screws in the spool cap.
STEP 96
722134
Removethe Allen head screws and spool cap.
STEP 97
722136
Pull the spool, O-ring, and wiper from the body.
722302
Loosen the plug from the body.
STEP 99
~.~
1~~,-
'...,
722306
Remove the plug.
STEP 100
72230e
Loosen the relief valve.
STEP 101
722310
Remove the relief valve.
722312
Loosen the Allen head screw from the retainer.
STEP 103
722314
Remove the Allen headscrews, retainer, and wiper.
8009-23
STEP 104
i22316
Remove the O-ring.
722318
Loosen the plug.
STEP 106
722322
Remove the plug.
8009-24
STEP 107
72232'
Loosen the plug for the load check valve.
STEP 108
722326
Remove the plug.
STEP 109
722328
Removethe spring from the body.
STEP 110
722330
Remove the poppet.
'STEP 111
700825
Remove the O-ring, wiper, and retainer from the
spool.
700832
Usethe tool shown on page 8009-2 tocompress the
spring.
STEP 113
700834
Loosen and remove the Allen head screw from the
spool.
STEP 114
8009-25
700838
Release the spring tension and separate the spring
seats and spring.
8009-26
-SPOOL
Inlet/Outlet and Auxiliary Sections
8871900
Assembly
SeepageBOOS-3D. Inspect theparts of the inlet!
outlet and auxiliary section.
STEP 115
;00838
Assemble thespring seats and spring. Use the tool
to compress the spring.
STEP 116
70083'
Install the spring andspring seats on the spool.
STEP 117
700832
Remove thetool fromthe spool.
8009-27
STEP 118
700828
Lubricate the a-ring and spool with clean oil. In-
stall the retainer. Carefully install thewiper and 0-
ring. Push the retainer, wiper, and a-ring against
the spring seat.
Install the poppet inthe body.
STEP 120
722328
Install the spring.
8009-28
STEP 121
722326
Lubricate the a-ring with clean oil. Install the plug.
STEP 122
Tighten the plug.
722320
Lubricate the a-rings and backup ring onthe plug.
Install the plug inthe body. Tighten the plug to 50
to 60 pound-feet (68 to 80 Nm,7 to 8 kg/m).
STEP 124
722310
Lubricate thea-rings andbackup ring onthe relief
valve. Install the relief valveinthe body. Tighten the
retiet valvetoso toso pound-feet (68t080 Nm,7to
8 kg/m).
STEP 125
722304
Lubricate thea-rings andbackup ring onthe plug.
Install the plug inthe body. Tighten the plug to 50
to 60 pound-feet (68to 80 Nrn,7 to 8 kg/m).
STEP 126
722136
Lubricate the spool and O-ring with clean oil. In-
stall the spool inthe body.
STEP 127
72213~
Install the spool cap.
STEP 128
722132
Tighten the Allen head screws to 60 to 80 pound-
inches (7 to 9 Nm,0.7 to 0.9 kg/m).
STEP 129
722332
Lubricate the O-ring with clean oil. Install the 0-
ring on the spool.
8009-29
STEP 130
Install the wiper on the spool.
STEP 131
tnstau the retainer and Allen head screws. Tighten
the Allen head screws to 60 to 80 pound-inches (7
to 9 Nm,0.7 to 0.9 kg/m).
8009-30
INSPECTION
Discard all O-rings, backup rings, and wipers.
Clean all parts in cleaning solvent. Inspect the
spools and spool bores for wear anddamage. Usea
new valve section if the spools or spool bores are
damaged.
STEP 132
700842
Install anewO-ring inthe detent housing for the lift
spool.
STEP 133
O-RINGS
700824
Install new O-rings and backup ring on the plugs.
STEP 134
700826
Install anewO-ring onthe plug for the load check
valves.
8009-31
RELIEF VALVES
Disassembly
STEP 135
700506
Fasten the relief valve in the vise with soft jaws.
Remove the cover.
STEP 136
700510
Loosen the lock nut.
STEP 137
i00512
Remove the adjusting screw and lock nut. Make a
count of the number of turns needed to remove the
adjusting screw. Record this count.
STEP 138
;01518
Loosen the body from the housing.
STEP 139
701520
Remove the body.
STEP 140
701616
Separate the parts of the relief valve.
8009-32
Inspection
Remove and discard the O-rings and backup
rings. Inspect the seal on the bottom of the adjust-
ing nut. Replace the adjusting nut if the seat is
damaged.
STEP 141
BODY
PLUNGER
701616
Inspect the parts ofthe relief valve. The spri ngs, 0-
rings, and backup rings areavailable for service. If
anyof the other parts are damaged, usea newrelief
valve.
STEP 142
O-RINGS
701610
Install new O-rings and backup ring on the hous-
ing.
STEP 143
O-RINGS
i01614
Install new O-rings and backup ring on the body.
Assembly
STEP 144
701520
Install the piston, plunger, spring, and body in the
housing.
STEP 145
701518
Tighten the body.
STEP 146
700512
Install the poppet, spring, adjusting screw, and
lock nut in the body.
STEP 147
700510
Turn the adjusting screw into the body the same
number of turns needed to remove the adjusting
screw.
8009-33
STEP 148
700506
Tighten the lock nut and install the cover.
After the three point hitch control valve is as-
sembled and installed, seeSection 8002andcheck
the pressure setti ng of the relief valves.
CASE CORPORATION
Section
8011
DOUBLE SELECTOR VALVE
Bur 8-12670 Printed in U.S.A.
Issued November 1989
8011-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECiFiCATIONS 2
DOUBLE SELECTOR VALVE 3
Disassembly 3
Inspection , , 4
Assembly 6
SPECIFICATIONS
Special torques
Retainer. 108 to 132 pound-inches (12 to 15 Nm)
Allen head screws 108 to 132 pound-inches (12 to 15 Nm)
Bur 8-12670 Issued 11-89 Printedin U.SA
Disassembly
STEP 1
DOUBLE SELECTOR VALVE
8011-3
B8971702M
Fasten the body of the double selector valve in avise.
Loosen and remove the Allen Head screws that fasten
the cap to the body.
STEP 2
Remove the cap from the body.
STEP 3
,__ B897171OM
Hold the spool in place and loosen the retainer.
Bur 8-12670
STEP 4
Remove the retainer and sleeve assembly from the
spool.
STEP 5
Remove the plate from the body.
STEP 6
Remove the double selector valve from the vise.
Remove the spool from the body.
Issued 11-89 Printed in U.S.A
8011-4
STEP 7
Remove anddiscard the seal fromeach end of the bore
of the body.
STEP 8
Push the retainer, balls, and spring from the sleeve.
Bur 8-12670
Inspection
STEP 9
B8971728M
Inspect the spool for damage or wear. If the spool is
damaged orworn anewdouble selector valve must be
used.
STEP 10
Inspect thespool bore inthe body for damage or wear.
If the spool bore is damaged or worn a new double
selector valve must be used.
STEP 11
Inspect the sleeve, balls, spring, and retainer for
damage or wear. Use new parts as required.
STEP 12
Inspect the cap, plate, and knob for damage or wear.
Use new parts as required
Issued 11-89 Printed in U.S.A.
2. CAP
7. SPOOL
10. BODY
Double Selector Valve - Exploded View
Bur 8-12670
8011-5
Issued 1189 Printedin U.S.A.
8011-6
Assembly
STEP 13
B8971734M
Putthespring andballs intheretainer as shown inthe il-
lustration on page 5. Push the retainer assembly into
the sleeve.
STEP 14
Install newseals inthe bore of the body. Lubricate the
seals with clean hydraulic oil.
STEP 15
Lubricate the spool with clean hydraulic oil. Install the
spool inthe body.
Bur 8-12670
STEP 16
STEP 17
Apply 271 Loctite to the threads in the spool.
STEP 18
B8971720M
._----""'.{.~."-.~ ..,.~~
Keep the spool from turning and install and tighten the
retainer assembly to 108to 132 pound-inches (12 to 15
Nm).
Issued 11-89 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 19
Install the cap
Bur 8-12670
8011-7
STEP 20
88971704
Install and tighten the Allen head screws to 108 to 132
pound-inches (12 to 15 Nm)
Issued 11-89 Printed in U.S.A.
8011-8
3. SLEEVE
7. SPOOL
10. BODY
11. KNOB
8891755
Double Selector Valve - Cross Section
Bur 8-12670
Issued 11-89 Printed in U.S.A.
SECTION INDEX - MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
Section Title
Section Number
Pedals and Levers 9001
Air Conditioning Troubleshooting and Pressure Checks . .9002
Air Conditioning System _ _ . ....9003
Loader . _.9004
ROPS Cab and ROPS Canopy . .9005
Backhoe - Integral .9006
Backhoe - Demountable. ...9007
Three Point Hitch..... 9008
Seat and Seat Belts ..................................... . ..9009
Suspension Seat ... . _ 9010
CASE CORPORATION
Bur 8-12680
Printed in U.S.A.
Issued November 1989
Section
9001
PEDALS AND LEVERS
CASE CORPORATION
Bur 8-17540 Printed in U.S.A.
Issued March 1991
9001-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECiFiCATIONS , ' , , 3
SPECIAL TOOLS 4
ADJ USTMENT FOR RETURN-TO-DIG , " , , ,5
ADJ USTMENT OF ANTI ROLLBACK .. 6
THROTILE LINKAGE ADJ USTMENT... . 8
THROTILE LEVER ADJ USTMENT , 8
BRAKE PEDAL ADJ USTMENT.. _ 10
Checking Brake Pedal Height , ' , , ' 10
Brake Pedal Height Adjustment , 10
Free Travel Adjustment., , , , 10
Brake Switch Adjustment ,..10
PARKING BRAKE ADJ USTMENT , , , 12
SHUTILE CONTROL LINKAGE ADJ USTMENT 14
SHIFT LINKAGE ADJ USTMENT FOR TRANSAXLE 15
DIFFERENT\AllOCK PEDAL ADJ USTMENT , 16
SHIFT LINKAGE FOR TRANSFER CASE 17
LOADER LIFT CONTROL INSTALLATION 18
LOADER BUCKET CONTROL INSTALLATION 19
CLAM CONTROL INSTALLATION 20
ADJ USTMENT OF THE BACKHOE CONTROL LEVERS 21
ADJ USTMENT OF THE SWING SEQUENCE VALVE L1NKAGE.. 24
BOOM LATCH INSTALLATION .., ' , 25
THREE POINT HITCH CONTROL LEVER INSTALLATION (IF EQUIPPED) 26
ADJ USTMENT OF THE HOOD SEE SECTION 2001
Bur 8-17540 Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9001-3
SPECIFICATIONS
Clearance between the switch and the inner bucket
link for return-to-dig..................................... . 0012 to 0.027 (0.3 to 0.7 mm)
Center to center length of the yoke and rollback rod
for antirollback adjustment... . . 14 inches (355 mm)
Number of teeth on the flywheel. . . 159
Engine speeds
Low idle ,.. . ...............................................850 to 900 rpm (r/min)
High idle (no load) . . 2330 to 2380 rpm (r/min)
Low idle and high idle override. .. 1/16 to 1/8 inch (1.5 to 3.0 mm)
Brake pedal height . .. 7-1/4 to 7-1/2 inches (185 to 190 mm)
Brake pedal free travel . .. " 0.06 to 0.18 inch (1.5 to 4.6 mm)
Angle of backhoe control levers .71 to 73 degrees
Maximum clearance of cam follower for the swing sequence valve 0.02 inch (0.5 mm)
Alignment of cam follower on cam for the swing sequence valve must be centered within 0.08 inch (2 mm)
Special torques
Nut that fastens clamp for shuttle control linkage 156 to 180 pound-inches (18 to 20 Nm)
Screw that fastens boot for the shift control lever 12 to 24 pound-inches (1.4 to 2.7 Nm)
Cap screw that fastens the bumper to the swing tower 274 to 318 pound-inches (31 to 36 Nm)
Bur 8-17540 Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A
9001-4
SPECIAL TOOLS
Order special tools from one of the following ad-
dresses:
Inthe U.S.A. and Canada
Service Tools
P.O. Box 314
Owatonna, Minnesota 55060
In Europe
VL Churchill Ltd.
P.O. Box 3, Daventry
Northants, NN11 4NF
England
CAS-10ll8
Bur 817540
The special tool shown is usedto check the engine
rpm (r/rnin).
The tool must be programmed for the number of
teeth on the flywheel. The580 Super K loader backhoe
has 159 teeth on the flywheel.
Install the magnetic sensor intothethreaded hole in
the flywheel housing. Turn the magnetic sensor clock-
wise until thesensor contacts theflywheel,thenturnthe
sensor counterclockwise 1/2 to3/4 of aturn andtighten
the lock nut. This tool is first used on page 8.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
ADJUSTMENT FOR RETURN-TO-DIG
9001-5
1. Parkthe machine on a level surface and apply the
parking brake.
2. Lower the loader frame and put the bucket flat on
the floor or in the correct digging position.
3. Stop the engine.
4. Clean the switch so the LED at the wire end of the
switch can be seen,
5, Move the inner RH bucket link all the way to the
right.
6. There must be 0.012 to 0027 inches (0.3 to 0.7
mm) clearance between the switch and the inner
bucket link.
7 Turn the key switch to the ON position.
8. Loosen thenuts for theswitch, andmove the switch
all the way forward in the mounting slot.
Bur 8-17540
9. Slowly move the switch rearward until the LED illu-
minates.
10. Hold the switch inposition and tighten the nuts for
the switch.
11. Startthe engine. Raisethe loader frame all theway
and dump the bucket completely.
12. Increase the engine speed to full throttle.
13. Putthe loader control lever inthe RETURN-TO-DIG po-
sition. The loader frame will lower to the floor and the
bucket will roll back,
14. Check the position of the bucket on the floor,
15. Ifthe bucket is not inthe correct position, do steps
16 through 19.
16. Loosen the nuts for the switch.
17. Move the switch rearward if the bucket did not roll
back far enough.
18. Move the switch forward if the bucket rolled back
too far,
19. Repeat steps 11through 18until the bucket returns
to the correct position.
Issued3-91 Printed in U.S,A.
9001-6
ADJUSTMENT OF ANTI ROLLBACK
1. Check toseethat the yoke (1) androllback rod (2)are
adjusted to a length of 14 inches (355 mm) from the
center of the hole inthe endof the rollback rod(2) tothe
center of the clevis pin in the yoke (1).
2. Raise the loader frame until the pivot pin for the
bucket is 45 inches (1143 mm) from the floor.
3. Roll the bucket all the way back.
4. Check to seethat the rollback rod(2) andtherollback
pivot block (3) areengaged completely without anyfree
travel inthe pivot joints. Adjust the length of theyoke (1)
and the rollback rod (2) as required.
Bur B-17540
5. Raise the loader frame all the way.
6. Look at the side cutting edge of the bucket.
7. The side cutting edge must be approximately level.
8. Ifthe side cutting edge is not inthespecified position,
increase the length between the yoke (1) and the
rollback rod (2) to increase the amount of rollback.
Shorten the length between the yoke (1) and the
rollback rod (2) to decrease the amount of rollback.
Issued 3-91 Printed inU.S.A.
2. ROLLBACK ROD
Bur 8-17540
9001-7
B902737J
Issued 3-91
Printed in U.S.A.
9001-8
THROTTLE LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT
1. Disconnect the throttle rod (1) fromthe lever (2) on
the fuel injection pump.
2. Use a photo tachometer or other tachometer of
equal accuracy and check the engine speeds If the
engine speeds arenot equal tothe specifications inthis
section, adjust the engine speeds as required. See
Special Tools inthis section.
NOTE: Adjustment of high idle must be done by an
authorized Case service person.
3. Connect the throttle rod (1) to the lever (2) on the
fuel injection pump.
4, Make surethat the throttle lever (3) is inthe lowidle
position.
5. Check the position of the lever (2) on the fuel injec-
tion pump. Adjust the clevis (4) at the cross shaft (5)
until there is1/16to 1/8 inch (1.5to 3.0 mm) of override
as shown.
6. Have another person push the accelerator pedal
(6) down until the accelerator pedal (6) is against the
stop bolt (7).
7. Check the position of the lever (2) onthe fuel injec-
tion pump. Adjust the stop bolt (7) sothere is 1/16to 1/8
inch (1.5 to 3.0 mm) of override as shown.
8. Release the accelerator pedal (6).
9. Move the throttle lever (3) to thefull throttle position.
The accelerator pedal (6) must be against the stop bolt
(7) before the throttle lever (3) reaches the end of the
slot inthe mounting bracket (8). Adjust the cable (9) at
the throttle lever (3) as required.
10. Check to see that the high and low idle engine
speeds are as specified in this section.
THROTTLE LEVER ADJUSTMENT
Move the throttle lever (3) to the high idle position
and then to the low idle position. The throttle lever (3)
must move smoothly and hold the setting for thethrottle
lever (3) when the throttle lever (3) is released. If the
throttle lever (3) does not move smoothly or hold the
Bur 8-17540
setting after the throttle lever (3) has been released, the
throttle lever (3) must be adjusted. Loosen or tighten
the nut (10) as necessary until the throttle lever (3)
works correctly.
Issued 3-91 Printed inU.S.A.
9001-9
A
A
3. THROTTLE
LEVER
B902738J
Bur 8-17540
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A
9001-10
BRAKE PEDAL ADJ USTMENT
Checking Brake Pedal Height
1. Remove the rubber pads (1 and 2) fromthe brake
pedals (3 and 4).
2. Disengage the brake pedal lock (5) if the brake
pedal lock (5) is engaged.
3. If equipped with a floormat, remove the floormat
from the floor plate.
4. Measure the distance fromthefloor platetothe rear
edge of each brake pedal (3 and 4) as shown. The
brake pedals (3 and 4) must be 7-1/4 to 7-1/2 inches
(185 to 190 mm) above the floor plate with the brake
pedals (3 and 4) in the released position.
Brake Pedal Height Adjustment
1. Loosen the lock nuts (6) on the stop bolt (7).
2. Turn the stop bolt (7) clockwise or counterclock-
wise as required until the rearedge of each brake pedal
(3 or 4) is 7-1/4 to 7-1/2 inches (185to 190 mm) above
the floor plate.
3. Tighten the lock nuts (6) on the stop bolt (7).
4. Repeat steps 1through 3for the other brake pedal
(3 or 4).
Bur 8-17540
Free Travel Adjustment
NOTE: Free travel is the distance which the brake
pedal can move before the push rod makes contact with
the outer piston in the master cylinders.
1. Measure the free travel at the rear edge of each
brake pedal (3and4) as shown. The freetravel must be
0.06 to 0.18 inch (1.5 to 4.6 rnrn).
2. To increase or decrease the free travel, loosen the
lock nut (8) at each clevis (9) and turn the push rod as
necessary to get thecorrect free travel. Tighten the lock
nut (8).
Brake Switch Adjustment
1. Loosen the lock nut (10) for the cap screw (11) that
actuates the brake switch (12). Adjust the cap screw
(11) so the brake switch (12) is not damaged with the
brake pedal (3 and 4) inthe released position. Tighten
the lock nut (10).
2. Thebrake switch (12) must actuate when the brake
pedal (3 or 4) is applied.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
Bur 8-17540 Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A
9001-12
PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT
The parking brake must prevent the machine from
moving forward with the transmission inthird gear and
the engine running at 1500 rpm (r/rnin).
Toadjust the parking brake, do the following steps.
1. Release the parking brake.
2. Turnthe knob onthe parking brake lever clockwise
several turns to increase the tension. Turn the knob
counterclockwise several turns to decrease the
tension.
Bur 817540
3. Check the adjustment by trying to move the
machine with the parking brake applied.
4. Repeat steps 1,2, and 3 until the parking brake is
adjusted correctly.
NOTE: If you can not get the correct adjustment by
turning the knob, adjust the parking brake cable at the
transaxle. See page 13.
5. If the parking brake will not prevent the machine
from moving, the problem can be in the cable or the
parking brake mechanism. Repair the cable or the
parking brake mechanism as required.
NOTE: If your parking brake is equipped with a
parking brake switch, the parking brake switch cannot
be adjusted.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9001-13
1. BOOT. USED ON
TWO WHEEL DRIVE
MACHINES
NOTE: To adjust the parking brake cable, loosen
the lock nut and turn the end of the parking brake
cable as necessary to loosen or tighten the parking
brake cable.
B902739J
Parking Brake Cable Installation
Bur 8-17540 Issued3-91 Printedin U.S.A
9001-14
SHUTILE CONTROL LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT
1. Removethecotter pin(6)and pin(5) that fasten the
control rod (3) to the control spool on the transaxle.
2. Makesurethat thepinintheshuttle control lever (1)
is in the NEUTRAL position between the tabs on the
detent plate (2).
3. Adjust the length of the control rod (3) at the yoke
(4) as required until the control rod (3) can be con-
nected to the control spool on the transaxle with the
control lever inthe NEUTRAL position.
4. Put the control rod (3) in position on the control
spool. Install the pin (5) and cotter pin (6) that fasten the
control rod (3) to the control spool on the transaxle.
NOTE: SHUTTLE CONTROL LEVERAD-
JUSTMENT: Put the Shuttle Control Lever
(1) in the NEUTRAL position between the
tabs on the Detent Plate (2). Lock in place
with the Locking Co/lars (7) on the Control
Link (8).
Bur 817540
3. CONTROL ROD
B902740J
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9001-15
SHIFT LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT FOR TRANSAXLE
NOTE: With the shift plates (1) and the transmission
in neutral detent, adjust the yokes (2) on the shift
rods (3) so the yokes (2) can be installed on the
levers (4) at the transmission without moving the
levers (4).
5. SHIFT LEVER
3. FIRST AND SECOND
GEAR SHIFT ROD
3. THIRD AND FOURTH
GEAR SHIFT ROD
6902741J
Bur 8-17540
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9001-16
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK PEDAL ADJUSTMENT
1. Make sure that the stop onthe pedal (1) is against
the bottom of the floor plate.
2. Adjust the ball joint (2)onthe control rod (3) until all
free travel is removed fromthe pedal (i), then tighten
the ball joint (2) one additional turn.
3. CONTROL ROD
2. BALL J OINT .
Bur 8-17540
B902764J
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A
9001-17
'<;
Bur 8-17540
Shift Linkage for Transfer Case
8902743J
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9001-18
B902744J
Loader Lift Control Installation
Bur 8-17540 Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9001-19
\
\
\
,
,
,
Loader Bucket Control Installation
Bur 8-17540 Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A
9001-20
I
I
I
B902746J
Clam Control Installation
Bur 8-17540 Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9001-21
ADJUSTMENT OF THE BACKHOE CONTROL LEVERS
1. All control levers (1) must be in alignment and
centered inthe slots inthe control tower (2).
2. All control levers (1) must be within 71 to 73
degrees fromthe floor plate as seen fromthe right side
of the backhoe. See the illustration below.
1. CONTROL LEVERS
2. CONTROL TOWER
71 TO 73 DEGREES
@
@
FLOOR PLATE RIGHT SIDE SHOWN B891234J
Bur 8-17540 Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9001-22
1. EXTENDAHOE
(IF USED)
3. BOOM 4. DIPPER
5. BUCKET
6. RH STABILIZER
8. LH SWING
B902747J
Backhoe Controls with Foot Swing
Bur 8-17540 Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A
9001-23
4. BOOM AND SWING
6. SWING
5 BOOM
11. EXTENDAHOE CONTROL
PIVOT (MOUNTED ON RH
SIDE OF BACKHOE
CONTROL TOWER)
I
3. DIPPER
NOTE: These parts
rotated 180 degrees.
10. EXTENDAHOE CONTROL
PEDAL (IF EQl!J IPPED)
B902748J
Backhoe Controls with Hand Swing
Bur 8-17540
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A
9001-24
ADJISTMENT OF THE SWING SEQUENCE VALVE LINKAGE
Bur 8-17540
4. CAM
FOLLOWER
5. CAM
8902375J
NOTE: In the following instructions, "right" and "left"
are as seen from the backhoe operators seat.
1. Swing the swing tower completely to the right.
2. Loosen the jam nuts at the yoke and at the ball joint
on the control rod.
3. Turn the control rod clockwise or counterclockwise
until the cam follower will turn freely. The cam follower
must still touch the camor be within 0.02 inch (0.5mm)
from the cam.
4. After step 3 has been completed, turn the control rod
clockwise (looking atthe control rodfromtherear of the
tractor) 1/4 to 1/2 turn to shorten the control rod.
5. Make sure that the clevis pin that fastens theyoke on
the control rod to the spool eye inthe swing sequence
valve is in the vertical position. If the clevis pin is not
vertical after the jam nuts are tightened on the control
rod, the control rod or the spool can be damaged.
6. Tighten the jam nuts at the yoke and at the ball joint
on the control rod.
7. Start and runthe engine at approximately 1/4 throttle.
8. Swing the backhoe completely to the left and then to
the right. The amount of cushion should be equal on
both sides. If necessary, shorten the control rod to
increase left cushion or lengthen the control rod to
increase right cushion. The only adjustment available is
todivide the amount of cushion equally between sides.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
Bur 8-17540
9001-25
B902765J
Boom Latch Installation
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9001-26
B902411J
Three Point Hitch Control Lever Installation (If Equipped)
Bur 8-17540
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.SA
9002
AIR CONDITIONING TROUBLESHOOTING
AND PRESSURE CHECKS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Safety Rules 9002-2 Troubleshooting 9002-5
Special Tools 9002-2 System Checks 9002-7
Illustration 9002-3 Pressure Testing 9002-13
Operation 9002-4
CASE CORPORATION
Bur 8-12700
Printed in U.S.A.
Issued November 1989
9002-2
SAFETY RULES
SPECIAL TOOLS
Order special tools from one of the following
addresses:
Inthe U.S.A. and Canada
Service Tools
P.O. Box 314
Owatonna, Minnesota 55060
In Europe
VL Churchill Ltd
P.O. Box 3, Daventry
Northants, NN114 NF
England
The tool shown below is used to check for leaks in
the air conditioning system. The part number is CAS-
10028. This tool is first used on page 9002-12.
131238
The tools shown below are used to service the air
conditioning system. Thetools are available separately
or in a kit. The part number of the kit is CAS-10023.
Parts from this kit are first used on page 9002-10.
9002-3
3
2
- - - - - - - - - - ~ - - - - - - -
f
4
5
861485
:::::::::::::: Low Pressure Gas
~,','>:High Pressure Gas
- - Low Pressure Liquid
- High Pressure Liquid
1. Typical Expansion Valve
2. Temperature Sensor
3. Evaporator
4. Compressor
5. Condenser
6. Receiver-Drier
9002-4
OPERATION
The air conditioning system includes five major
components: condenser, evaporator, compressor,
expansion valve, and receiver-drier. These compo-
nents are connected by tubes and hoses to operate
as a closed system. The air conditioning system is
charged with R12 refrigerant.
The compressor receives the refrigerant in gas
form. Thecompressor then compresses therefriger-
ant and sends the refrigerant, still ingas form, to the
condenser. The condenser uses air flow from the
radiator fan to remove heatfrom the refrigerant. As
heat is removed, the refrigerant changes into a liq-
uid.
The liquid refrigerant flows from the condenser
to the receiver-drier. The receiver-drier is a con-
tainer filled with a drying material which removes
moisture that has entered the air conditioning sys-
tem. Moisture must be removed in order to prevent
corrosion of internal components of the air condi-
tioning system. The receiver-drier is also arefriger-
ant reservoir for the air conditioning system.
The refrigerant, still inaliquid from, flows to the
expansion valve. The expansion valve causes a re-
striction in the flow of refrigerant to the evaporator.
Because of this restriction, the refrigerant flowing
out of the expansion valve is under less pressure
than the refrigerant flowing in. As refrigerant flows
through the evaporator, the refrigerant takes -heat
from the air around the evaporator. Thecombination
of increased heat and decreased pressure causes
evaporation of the refrigerant. The evaporation
causes the air flowing over the evaporation coil to
become very cool. The cooled air is then used to
keep the operators cab cool.
The refrigerant, in a gas form again, flows back
to the compressor, and the cycle is repeated.
9002-5
TROUBLESHOOTING
Problem
No Cooling
COMPRESSOR DOES NOT RUN
MECHANICAL
See mechanical Compressor Check, page 9002-
7.
ELECTRICAL
See Blower and Compressor Clutch Check, page
9002-8.
REFRIGERATION
See Visual and Leak Check, page 9002-11.
INTERNAL SYSTEM PRCJ BLEM
See Pressure Testing page, 9002-13.
ICOMPRES~OR RUNS I
9002-6
9002-7
SYSTEM CHECKS
9002-9
Blower and Compressor Clutch Check (Continued)
9002-10
Cab Temperature Check
Air Louvers
1. Make sure ports are fully open for most effi-
cient air conditioning operation.
2. Check blower; blower must be operating.
Air Conditioning
1. Feel the air conditioning hoses. The high
pressure hose (small line) must be warmer
than the low pressure hose (large line).
2. If no temperature difference, the system is
low on refrigerant, there is a restriction in
system, or compressor is not operating cor-
rectly.
Duct Temperature
1. Put a thermometer in the air duct and run
compressor for five minutes to maketemper-
ature stable.
2. Duct temperature must be below 50F(10C)
if systemis operating at maximum efficiency.
NOTE: Ambient temperature must be 70 -
90F (21 - 32C).
3. If temperature is above 50F (10C), system
is low on refrigerant, there is restriction in
system, or compressor has malfunction.
9002-12
9002-13
PRESSURE TESTING
Manifold Gauge Set
The manifold gauge set is the most important
tool used to service the air conditioning system. The
manifold gauge set is used to learn the high and low
pressures of the system, the correct refrigerant
charge, system diagnosis, and operating efficiency.
The manifold gauge set can read both the high (dis-
charge) and low (suction) sides at the same time,
since pressures must be compared in order to make
a diagnosis of system operation.
LOW PRESSURE GAUGE - The low pressure
gauge is a compound gauge. All air conditioning
systems can, under some conditions, change from a
pressure into a vacuum on the low side. For this
reason, it is necessary that agauge be used that will
Pressure - Temperature Chart
indicate both psi (kPa) pressure and inches of mer-
cury.
During normal operation the low pressure
gauge must always indicate from 7 to 30 psi (48 to
207 kPa) after the system has run 10 to 15minutes.
HIGH PRESSURE GAUGE - The high side
gauge is a pressure gauge used to indicate pres-
sures inthe high side of the system. The gauge must
indicate from 0 - 400 psi (0 - 2758 kPa) minimum.
During normal operation, the high pressure
gauge will normally indicate from 120 to 270 psi (827
to 1861 kPa), including correction for ambient air
temperatures, see pressure - temperature chart.
Pressure- Temperature Chart
I
Normal High Pressure Reading Ambient Temperature
150 - 170 psi 80 F (26.7 C)
(1034 - 1172 kPa)
175-185 psi
I
90 F (32.2C)
(1206 -1275 kPa)
195 - 205 psi 95 F (35C)
(1344 - 1413 kPa)
210 - 230 psi 100 F (37.8C)
(1447 - 1585 kPa)
230 - 250 psi 105 F (40.7C)
(1585 - 1723 kPa)
250 - 270 psi 110F (43C)
(1723 - 1861 kPa)
NOTE: Ambient temperature is the tempera-
ture of the air around the machine. Connect the
manifold gauge set according to the instructions in
Section 9003, page 9003-7 to do the following pres-
sure tests.
9002-14
Problem - No Cooling
1. LOW PRESSURE GAUGE READING IN A VACUUM
2. HIGH PRESSURE GAUGE READING BELOW PRESSURE-
TEMPERATURE CHART
Indications of Low Refrigerant Charge
a. Sight glass clear - no bubbles
1. Test system for leaks. see page 9002-12. It
can be necessary to add some refrigerant
charge, see Section 9003.
b. Discharge air from evaporator warm.
2. Discharge system of refrigerant, see Section
9003.
3. Repair system leaks as necessary. See Air
and Moisture Removal in Section 9003.
4. Check compressor oil level, see Section
9003.
5. Remove air and moisture from the system,
see Section 9003.
6. Charge systemwith newrefrigerant, see Sec-
tion 9003.
9002-15
Problem - No Cooling
1. LOW PRESSURE GAUGE READING ABOVE 30 PSI (207 kPaj
2. HIGH PRESSURE GAUGE READING ABOVE PRESSURE-
TEMPERATURE CHART
Indications of Air in System
a. Bubbles in sight glass. 1. Discharge refrigerant from system, SeeSec-
tion 9003.
b. Discharge air fromevaporator warm.
2. Replace receiver-drier if drying material is
full of moisture and removal procedure can-
not remove moisture from receiver-drier.
3. Remove air and moisture from the system,
seeSection 9003.
4. Charge systemwith newrefrigerant, seeSec-
tion 9003.
Indications of a Problem
in Condenser Operation
a. Bubbles insight glass at intervals.
1. Inspect for loose or worn compressor belt
and fan belts.
b. Line between condenser and evaporator
inlet very hot.
c. Discharge air fromevaporator warm.
2. Inspect condenser and radiator for restric-
tions in air passages.
(Continued on next page)
9002-16
Indications of a Problem in Condenser Operation (Continued)
Indications of a Problem
in Expansion Valve Operation
a. Discharge air from evaporator warm.
b. Much condensation on suction hose at
compressor.
c. Much condensation on evaporator out-
let.
-
3. Check system for too much refrigerant.
a. Discharge refrigerant until bubbles can
be seen in sight glass and gauge pres-
sure is below normal.
b. Add refrigerant until bubbles cannot be
seen in sight glass and gauges indicate
normal pressures, seeSection 9003.
4. Remove and inspect condenser for restric-
tion caused by oil.
a. Use compressed air to remove oil from
condenser.
b. Replace receiver-drier.
c. Remove air andmoisture andcharge sys-
tem, see Section 9003.
1. Remove cab trim panels and headliners, see
Section 9003. Inspect temperature sensing
contact to evaporator outlet for looseness or
corrosion.
2. Clean contact surface between temperature
sensing bulb and evaporator outlet, see Sec-
tion 9003.
3. Fasten temperature sensing bulb to evapora-
tor outlet and tighten.
4. Fill the area between temperature sensing
bulb and evaporator outlet with lithium base
grease to make a better conductor.
(Continued on next page)
9002-17
Indications of a Problem in
Expansion Valve Operation (Continued)
5. Install the insulation putty inthe original po-
sition.
6. Discharge the system and remove expansion
valve, see Section 9003.
7. Test expansion valve and replace or adjust as
necessary, see Section 9003.
8. Replace expansion valve, remove air and
moisture, and charge system, see Section
9003.
9002-18
Problem - Not Enough Cooling
1. LOW PRESSURE GAUGE READING NORMAL.
7 TO 30 PSI (48 TO 207 kPa)
2. HIGH PRESSURE GAUGE READING NORMAL.
ACCORDING TO PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE CHART
I
Indications of Air In System
a. Sight glass free of bubbles or bubbles
can be seen only at intervals.
-
1. Test system for leaks, see page 9002-12.
Possible leak has let air enter; check com-
pressor seal carefully, see Section 9003.
b. Suction line warmto your hand.
c. Evaporator discharge air only a little
cool.
2. Discharge systemof refrigerant. SeeSection
9003.
3. Repair system leaks as necessary, see Dis-
charging the System in Section 9003.
4. Replace receiver-drier if drying material is
full of moisture and removal procedure can-
not remove moisture from receiver-drier.
5. Check compressor oil level, see Section
9003.
(Continued on next page)
9002-19
Indications of Air in System (Continued)
6. Remove air and moisture from the system,
see Section 9003.
7. Charge systemwith newrefrigerant, seeSec-
tion 9003.
Problem - Not Enough Cooling
1. LOW PRESSURE GAUGE READING BELOW 7 PSI (48 kPaj
2. HIGH PRESSURE GAUGE READING BELOW PRESSURE-
TEMPERATURE CHART
Indications of Low Refrigerant Charge 1. Test system for leaks. System has a loss of
refrigerant.
a. Bubbles in sight glass.
b. Discharge air from evaporator only alit-
tle cool.
NOTE: Normally. the system will have a
loss of 1/2 to 1 ounce (14.7 - 29.5 ml) of
refrigerant between seasons.
a. If leak is found, do Step 2.
b. If no leak is found, do Step 6.
2. Discharge systemof refrigerant. See Section
9003.
(Continued on next page)
9002-20
Indications of Low Refrigerant Charge (Continued)
Indications of High Pressure Restriction
a. Discharge air fromevaporator only alittle
cool.
b. Condensation or frost on receiver-drier.
c. Liquid line to receiver-drier cool, with
frost or condensation.
Indications of a Problem
in Expansion Valve Operation
a. Discharge air fromevaporator only alittle
cool.
b. Condensation or frost on expansion
valve inlet.
c. Inlet end of expansion valve is warm.
(Continued on next page)
3. Repair system leaks as necessary. See Dis-
charging the System in Section 9003.
4. Check compressor oil level. See Section
9003.
5. Remove air and moisture from the system,
see Section 9003.
6. Charge systemwith new refrigerant, seeSec-
tion 9003.
1. Discharge the system.
2. Remove and replace part which has restric-
tion.
3. Remove air and moisture from the system,
see Section 9003.
4. Charge systemwith new refrigerant, seeSec-
tion 9003.
1. Expansion valve inlet which has condensa-
tion or frost is anindication of arestriction in
the expansion valve.
a. Discharge the system. SeeSection 9003.
b. Remove expansion valve andclean or re-
place. See Section 9003.
c. Remove air and moisture and charge sys-
tem. See Section 9003.
9002-21
Indications of a Problem
in Expansion Valve Operation (Continued)
2. Inlet end of expansion valve is warm, indicat-
ing expansion valve is not completely open.
a. Discharge system. Test expansion valve
and adjust or replace. SeeSection 9003.
b. Install expansion valve, remove air and
moisture. and charge system, see Sec-
tion 9003.
c. Clean contact surface between tempera-
ture sensing and evaporator outlet. See
Section 9003.
d. Fill the area between temperature sens-
ing bulb and evaporator outlet with lith-
ium base grease to make a better con-
ductor.
e. Install the insulation putty inthe original
position.
9002-22
Problem - Not Enough Cooling
1. LOW PRESSURE GAUGE READING ABOVE 30 PSI (207 kPaj
2. HIGH PRESSURE GAUGE READING BELOW PRESSURE-
TEMPERATURE CHART
I
Indications of a Problem 1. Separate the compressor from the system.
in Compressor Operation See Section 9003.
a. System is fully charged; no bubbles in
sight glass.
2. Internal leak in compressor is indicated. Re-
b. Evaporator discharge air only a little move compressor from machine. Possible
cool.
causes are:
a. Leakage at valves.
b. Leakage at head gasket
c. Pistons, rings, or cylinders havewear
or scoring.
3. Check and make a record of compressor oil
level before doing service work. SeeSection
9003.
4. Repair or replace compressor as necessary.
See Section 9003.
I
(Continued on next page)
9002-23
Indications of a Problem
in Compressor Operation (Continued)
5. Replace receiver-drier if:
a. The system has been opened for repairs
two times.
b. Receiver-drier operated two or more sea-
sons.
c. Disassembly of compressor showed fine
particles of drying material (normally
yellow or brown particles).
6. Fill compressor with newrefrigeration oil ac-
cording to instructions in Section 9003. In-
stall compressor in machine.
7. Remove air ana moisture from the system,
see Section 9003. Charge system.
8. Operate system and check refrigerant
charge. See Section 9003.
9002-24
Problem - Not Enough Cooling
1. LOW PRESSURE GAUGE READING ABOVE 30 PSI (207 kPa)
2. HIGH PRESSURE GAUGE READING ABOVE PRESSURE-
TEMPERATURE CHART
Indications of a Problem
in Condenser Operation
1. Inspect for looseor worn fanandcompressor
belts.
a. Bubbles in sight glass at intervals.
b. Liquid line very hot.
c. Discharge air from evaporator warm.
2. Inspect condenser and radiator for restric-
tions inair passages.
3. Check systemfor too much refrigerant.
a. Remove refrigerant until there are
bubbles in sight glass and gauge pres-
sure is below normal.
b. Addrefrigerant until there arenobubbles
in sight glass and gauge pressures are
normal. SeeSection 9003.
c. If there is still a problem, do step 4.
(Continued on next page)
Indications of a Problem
in Condenser Operation (Continued)
Indications of Air in System
a. Bubbles in sight glass.
b. Discharge air from evaporator warm.
9002-25
I
Indications of Too Much
Refrigerant in System
a. Sight glass clear.
1. Remove refrigerant from the system until
-
bubbles show in the sight glass and gauge
b. Discharge air fromevaporator cool.
readings are below normal.
c. Compressor makes noise.
2. Add new refrigerant until bubbles do not
show and gauge readings are normal. See
Section 9003.
CASE CORPORATION
Section
9003
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Bur 8-12711 Printed in U.S.A.
Issued J anuary 1991
9003-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIFICATIONS 3
SPECIAL TOOLS 3
ADJ USTMENT OF DRIVE BELT 5
LUBRICATION OF COMPRESSOR 5
General Information 5
Lubricant 5
Oil Level Check .
Oil Level for a New Compressor .
.. 5
. 7
DISCHARGING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM 8
REMOVING AIR AND MOISTURE FROM THE AIR CONDITIONING SySTEM 9
CHARGING THE AIR CONDITIONING SySTEM 10
REMOVING THE COMPRESSOR 12
REPLACING THE COIL OR CLUTCH ASSEMBLY 14
REPLACING THE SEAL 19
REPLACING THE VALVE PLATE AND GASKETS 24
INSTALLING THE COMPRESSOR 27
REPLACING THE AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL 28
REPLACING THE EXPANSION VALVE 28
REPLACING THE EVAPORATOR 30
REPLACING THE CONDENSER 34
Bur 8-12711
Issued 1-91 Printedin U.S.A.
9003-3
SPECIFICATIONS
Compressor Manufacturer Sanyo-Sanden Corporation
Lubricant. Suniso-5GS or equivalent
Coil
Resistance 2.B to 3.3 ohms at BOF(27C)
Current draw 3.6 to 4.2 amperes at 12 volts
Torque
Cap screws for end cap 264 to 300 pound-inches (30 to 34 Nm)
Nut for clutch plate 300 to 360 pound-inches (34 to 40 Nrn.)
Refrigerant , , , , , , R-12 refrigerant
System capacity ' 80 U.S. ounces (2.26 kg)
SPECIAL TOOLS
The tools shown are required to service the air con-
ditioning system (finding leaks, charging the air con-
ditioning system, checking the charge of the air con-
ditioning system, and repairing the compressor).
It is a scientifically proven fact that one of the con-
tributing factors to thedepletion of theozone layer is the
use of CFCs.
Inthe U.S.A. and Canada, order the tools from:
Service Tools
P.O. Box 314
Owatonna, MN 55060
Youwill sean addition to the equipment required to
service the air conditioning system. This new piece of
equipment is an R-12 refrigerant recovery/recycling
system. This equipment will permit you to discharge an
air conditioning system without allowing the refrigerant
to escape into the atmosphere and help to cause the
depletion of the ozone layer This piece of equipment
will also permit the recycling of the refrigerant for future
use.
In Europe order the tools from:
VL Churchill ltd
P.O. Box 3, Daventry
Northants NN11 4NF
England
Introduction
These special tools arerequired to safely discharge
and charge the air conditioning system.
The use of chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) such as R-
12 refrigerant used inmobile air conditioning systems
has become a worldwide concern. The concern is
about the depletion of the earth's ozone layer. The
ozone layer is a shield that protects man, beast, and
fieldfrom the harmful effects of ultraviolet rays from the
sun. Ultraviolet rays are believed to be a cause of skin
cancer and could also destroy the earth's entire food
chain,
Bur 8-12711 Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A
9003-4
B4041990E
OEM-1396 Refrigerant/Recovery/Recycling
>B131238M
...... .
The leak detector shown is used to find leaks inthe
air conditioning system. The part number of the
detector is CAS-10028. Not shown in use.
Bur 8-12711
The tool shown is a vacuum pump that is used to
remove air and moisture from the air conditioning
system. The part number of the vacuum pump is CAS-
10027. Not shown in use
~t.1)'i$~~;;;"::7~., ..
C D ...-~a3M
1. CAS-10023-1 Gauge Manifold
2. CAS-10023-2 Goggles
3. CAS-10023-4 Thermometer
4. CAS-10023-5 Control Valve
NOTE: The other parts shown are not required.
The tools shown above are used to charge and
check the charge of the air conditioning system. The
tools are available as a kit or separately. The part
number of the kit is CAS-10023. Some parts shown in
use.
B414636M
The tool kit shown above is needed to replace the
seal, coil, or complete clutch assembly. Not all tools in
the kit are required for the compressor used on this
machine. The part number of the kit is CAS-10747.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
ADJUSTMENT OF DRIVE BELT
9003-5
Check the tension of the drive belt after every 250
hours of operation. Ifanewdrive belt is installed, check
the tension of the drive belt after the first 20 hours of
operation.
The correct tension for a new drive belt is 65 to 75
pounds (29 to 34 kg) measured with a belt tension
gauge.
The correct tension for adrive belt used more than
20hours is55to65pounds (20to23 kg) measured with
a belt tension gauge.
To adjust the tension of the drive belt:
1. Loosen slightly the nuts on the bolts that hold the
compressor.
2. Use a prybar near the front of the compressor to
tighten the drive belt, then tighten the nuts.
3. Usea belt tension gauge and check the tension of
the drive belt.
4. Repeat steps 1, 2, and 3 as required.
General Information
LUBRICATION OF COMPRESSOR
Because the air conditioning system is a closed
system, the compressor will not need regular oil level
checks or oil changes.
An oil change is necessary only when the air con-
ditioning system has contamination from a leak or a
component failure.
Lubricant
Thecompressor uses refrigeration oil. Refrigeration
oil is a special oil that has most of the moisture
removed. Use Suniso-5GS, Texaco No. 768, Capella
WF100,or anequivalent refrigeration oil when you add
or change oll.
Oil Level Check
Thelevel of theoil must bechecked whenever anew
receiver-drier, condenser, or evaporator has been in-
stalled.
B ur 8-12711
1. Connect the hoses from the R-12 refrigerant re-
covery/recycling system to the manifold. Make sure
that both valves inthe gauge manifold are closed.
B891255J
2. Connect the hose from the high pressure gauge to
the high pressure port.
3. Connect the hose from the low pressure gauge to
the low pressure port.
4. Start the engine and runthe engine at lowidlewith
the air conditioning control set for maximum cooling
and the blower at high speed. Run the engine for 10
minutes.
5. Stop the engine.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.SA
9003-6
6. Connect the hose from the low pressure gauge to
the low pressure port.
7. Connect the charge-discharge hose (yellow) to the
fitting onthe side of the R-12 refrigerant recovery/recy-
cling system.
8. Put the angle gauge from the tool kit shown on
page 9003-2 on the front or rear mounting flange.
Adjust the level onthe angle gauge until the bubble is
between the marks. Tighten the wing nut.
9. Loosen and remove the filler plug.
10. Look into the fill hole and check to see if a piston
rodandthe plate are inthe position shown above, next
column. Ifthe parts are not inthe correct position, use a
socket wrench andturn the shaft to put the parts inthe
position shown. This is important to correctly install the
dipstick.
Bur 8-12711
1. PISTON ROD
B840535J
11. Install the dipstick sothat the point onthe stop near
the handle is toward the left. The stop must touch the
compressor as shown.
B840536J
1. Point Must Be Toward Left
Side Of Machine. Stop On
Dipstick Must Touch
The Compressor
12. Read the degrees on the angle gauge and the
notches inthe dipstick.
13. Compare the readings withthe chart and add oil as
required. Add oil in amounts less than 1 U.S. fluid
ounce (30 mL) and check the level again. The oil must
be that which is specified on page 9003-3.
Angle Gauge Oil Level
Reading Notches
0 2-4
10 4-5
70 5-6
14. Charge the airconditioning systemaccording to in-
structions in this section.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
Oil Level for a New Compressor
1. Drainthe oil fromthe old compressor into a mea-
suring container.
2. Drain the oil from the new compressor into a
CLEAN measuring container.
Bur 8-12711
9003-7
3. Fill the new compressor with the newoil equal to
the amount drained from the old compressor plus 1
U.S. fluid ounce (30 mL) of new oil.
4. Install and tighten the filler plug.
5. No oil level check will be needed after the com-
pressor has been installed.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9003-8
DISCHARGING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
The air conditioning system must be discharged
before beginning the removal of any component of the
air conditioning system.
1. Connect the hoses from the R-12 refrigerant re-
covery/recycling system to the gauge manifold.
2. Make sure that each valve in the gauge manifold is
closed.
3. Loosenand remove the cap fromthe high pressure
port
4. Connect the hose fromthe high pressure gauge to
the high pressure port.
B ur 812711
5. Loosen andremove the cap from the lowpressure
port.
6. Connect the hose from the low pressure gauge to
the low pressure port.
7. Connect thecharge-discharge hose (yellow) to the
fitting onthe side of the R-12 refrigerant recovery/recy-
cling system.
8. Usethe R-12 refrigerant recovery/recycling system
according th the instructions of the manufacturer.
9. Open the valvefor the low pressure gauge asmall
amount to slowly release the refrigerant
10 Open thevalvefor the high pressure gauge asmall
amount to release the refrigerant.
11. When the lowpressure gauge and high pressure
gauge indicate zero,the air conditioning system is dis-
charged.
LOW
PRESSURE
GAUGE
HIGH
PRESSURE
GAUGE
CHARGE-
DISCHARGE
~HOSE
, HIGH
\ tt PRESSURE
.I-../PORT
Will
B 891255J
Issued 1-91 Printedin U.S.A
REMOVING AIR AND MOISTURE FROM THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
9003-9
When the air conditioning system has been dis-
charged and opened for service, air enters the air con-
ditioning system before the openings can be closed.
The air carries moisture which can cause damage to
the air conditioning system. It is necessary to remove
the air and moisture before the air conditioning system
is charged with new refrigerant.
Replace the receiver-drier before removing the air
and moisture if:
a. The air conditioning system has been opened
before.
b. Thereceiver-drier has been used for more than
two seasons.
c. The reason for service is too much air and
moisture in the air conditioning system.
d. Disassembly of the compressor shows parti-
cles of the drying material inside the compressor.
NOTE: Make sure the hoses from the R-12 refrigerant
recoverylrecycling system are connected to the gauge
manifold.
1. If the hoses from the gauge manifold have been
disconnected from the compressor:
LOW
PRESSURE
GAUGE
HIGH
PRESSURE
GAUGE
HIGH
B891255J
a. Connect the hose from the high pressure
gauge to the high pressure port.
Bur 8-12711
b. Connect thehosefromthe lowpressure gauge
to the low pressure port.
2. Makesurethatthevalves inthegauge manifold are
open.
3. Connect the charge-discharge hose from the
gauge manifold to the vacuum pump.
4. Run the vacuum pump for a minimum of 30
minutes. The low pressure gauge must indicate a
vacuum of 28 to 29 inches of mercury (95to 100 kPa)
within five minutes. If the vacuum is not as specified,
there is a leak in the air conditioning system or the
vacuum pump is not working correctly.
NOTE: The vacuum indication will be one inch of
mercury (3.3kPa) less for every 1000feet (305meters)
above sea level.
5. To check for a leak inthe air conditioning system:
a. Close thevalves for the lowpressure and high
pressure gauges.
b. Stop the vacuum pump.
c. If the reading of the low pressure gauge in-
creases more than one inch of mercury (3.3 kPa) in
four minutes, there is a leak inthe air conditioning
system.
d. Check all connections in the air conditioning
system.
6. Before disconnecting the vacuum pump, make
sure that the valves for the low pressure and high
pressure gauges have been closed.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9003-10
CHARGING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
General Information
Charge the air conditioning system only when there
is no indication of leaks,
Ifthe air conditioning system has been discharged,
air and moisture must be removed from the air con-
ditioning system according to instructions in this
section before the air conditioning system can be
charged.
If refrigerant is being added to a charged air con-
ditioning system, removal of air and moisture is not ne-
cessary,
The correct amount of R12 refrigerant for the air
conditioning system is 80 ounces (2.26 Kg). Using
more refrigerant than required will damage the com-
pressor,
Use the procedure that follows to correctly charge
the air conditioning system.
Charging Pr o c ed u r e
1, If the air conditioning system is to receive a
complete charge of refrigerant, remove air and
moisture fromthe air conditioning system according to
instructions in this section, Then continue the pro-
cedure at step 3.
NOTE: Make sure the hoses from the R-12 refrigerant
recovery/recycling system are connected to the gauge
manifold.
2, If you are only adding refrigerant:
a. Makesurethevalves inthe gauge manifold are
closed,
Bur 8-12711
LOW
PRESSURE
GAUGE
HIGH
PRESSURE
GAUGE
HIGH
B891255J
b. Loosen and remove the cap from the high
pressure port.
c. Connect the hose from the high pressure
gauge to the high pressure port.
d. Loosen and remove the cap from the low
pressure port.
e, Connect the hose fromthe lowpressure gauge
to the low pressure port.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U,S,A,
3. Install the control valve on the container of re-
frigerant.
4. Connect the charge-discharge hose from the
gauge manifold to the control valve.
5. Loosen the connection of the charge-discharge
hose and the gauge manifold.
Bur 8-12711
9003-11
6. Open the control valve a small amount to remove
the air from the charge-discharge hose. Then tighten
the connection at the gauge manifold.
7. Open the control valve on the container several
turns.
8. Slowly open thevalve for the lowpressure gauge to
prevent the pressure fromgoing above 40 psi (276kPa,
2.8 bar). At a higher pressure the refrigerant will
become liquid and damage the compressor.
9. Start the engine and run the engine at 1500 rpm
(r/min).
10. Turn the air conditioning control to the COLD posi-
tion.
11. Turn the knob for the blower to the HI position.
12. Continue to charge the air conditioning system
until 80 ounces (2.26 kg) of refrigerant is inthe air con-
ditioning system or until there are no air bubbles inthe
sight glass on the top of the receiver-drier.
13. When changing containers of refrigerant:
a. Close the valve for the low pressure gauge.
b. Close the control valve on the container
c. Remove the control valve fromthe empty con-
tainer.
d. Install the control valve on the newcontainer.
14. Open the valve for the lowpressure gauge and the
control valve on the container of refrigerant.
15. Read the low pressure gauge and the high
pressure gauge. The air conditioning system is cor-
rectly charged when:
a. The indication of the lowpressure gauge is 7to
30 psi (48 to 207 kPa, 0.48 to 2.1 bar).
b. The indication of the high pressure gauge is
the same as inthe temperature-pressure chart that
follows on the next page.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A
9003-12
Ambient Temperature* High Pressure Indication
80F (26.7C) 150 to 170 psi
(1034 to 1172 kPa,
10.3 to 11.7 bar)
90F (32ZC) 175 to 185 psi
(1206 to 1275 kPa,
12.1 to 12.7 bar)
95F (35C) 195 to 205 psi
(1344 to 1413 kPa,
13.4 to 14.1 bar)
100F (37.8C) 210 to 230 psi
(1447 to 1585 kPa,
14.4 to 15.8 bar)
105F (40.rC) 230 to 250 psi
(1585 to 1723 kPa,
15.8 to 17.2 bar)
110F (43C) 250 to 270 psi
(1723 to 1861 kPa,
17.2 to 18.6 bar)
*The temperature of the air around the machine.
16. If the high pressure reading is too high:
a. Close the control valve for the refrigerant con-
tainer.
b. Disconnect the charge-discharge hose from
the control valve.
c. Slowly open the valve for the high pressure
gauge to decrease the high pressure tothecorrect
value.
d. Close the valve for the high pressure gauge
when the reading is correct.
17. After the air conditioning system has the correct
charge, stop the engine.
18. Disconnect the hoses from the low and high
pressure ports.
19. Install the cap onthe lowand high pressure ports.
REMOVING THE COMPRESSOR
1. Discharge theair conditioning system according to
instructions inthis section.
2. Disconnect the hoses from the compressor.
3. Install a plug in each hose.
4. Disconnect the wire from the wiring harness.
5. Loosen and remove the nut and lock washer from
the.bolt at the top of the adjustment strap.
Bur 8-12711
6. Remove the bolt and flat washer.
7. Loosen and remove the nut, lock washer and flat
washers from the bolt that holds the compressor.
8. Hold the compressor and remove the bolt and
remove the compressor fromthe machine.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A
9003-13
B ur 812711
Issued 1-91 Printedin USA
9003-14
REPLACING THE COIL OR CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
NOTE: Special tools are from kit CAS-10747
shown on page 9003-4.
STEP 1
Fasten the compressor in a vise. Loosen and remove
the three cap screws and lock washers from the cover
on the clutch. Remove the cover. Loosen and remove
the nut that holds the clutch plate.
STEP 2
Install the puller for the clutch plate.
STEP 3
Remove the clutch plate.
B ur 8-12711
STEP 4
Remove the shield from the bore of the pulley.
STEP 5
Remove the large snap ring.
STEP 6
Remove the small snap ring.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 7
Install the jaws of the puller on the pulley.
STEP 8
Install the separator.
STEP 9
Install the handle.
Bur 8-12711
9003-15
STEP 10
Remove the pulley.
STEP 11
Remove the separator.
STEP 12
Loosen the screw that holds the clamp for the wire.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9003-16
STEP 13
Remove the snap ring that holds the coil.
STEP 14
Remove the coil.
STEP 15
When you install the coil, make sure that the boss onthe
bottom of the coil engages the hole in the front of the
compressor.
Bur 8-12711
STEP 16
Install the coil.
STEP 17
Install the snap ring that holds the coil.
STEP 18
Install the wire behind the clamp and tighten the screw.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 19
Install the pulley.
STEP 20
Assemble the two parts of the driver as shown.
STEP 21
Drive the pulley all the way onto the compressor.
Bur 8-12711
9003-17
STEP 22
~-
Install the snap ring that holds the pulley.
STEP 23
Install the large snap ring.
STEP 24
Start the shield into the pulley.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9003-18
STEP 25
Drive the shield into the pulley.
STEP 26
Drive the clutch plate all the way onto the shaft.
STEP 27
Install and tighten the nut to 300 to 360 pound-inches
(34 to 40 Nm).
B ur 8-12711
STEP 28
If a new clutch assembly has been installed check the
gap between the clutch plate and pulley.
STEP 29
If the gap is more than .032 inch (0.81 mm) or less than
.016 inch (0.41 mm), remove the clutch plate and add
or remove shims as required to get the correct gap.
STEP 30
Install the cover on the clutch.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9003-19
REPLACING THE SEAL
STEP 34 STEP 31
Fasten the compressor in a vise. Remove the cover
from the clutch. Loosen and remove the nut that holds
the clutch plate.
STEP 32
Install the puller for the clutch plate.
STEP 33
Remove the clutch plate.
Bur 8-12711
Drive the bottom of the Woodruff key into the keyway.
STEP 35
Use a pair of wire cutters to remove the Woodruff key.
STEP 36
Remove the shims for the clutch plate.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9003-20
STEP 37
Use a pair of snap ring pliers and remove the felt seal.
STEP 38
Remove the snap ring that holds the seal seat.
STEP 39
Remove the seal seat.
Bur 8-12711
STEP 40
Remove the O-ring from the groove. Be careful not to
make a scratch in the groove.
STEP 41
Install the seal tool and engage the notches inthe seal
tool with the tabs on the seal.
STEP 42
Remove the seal.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 43
Install the protector on the shaft.
STEP 44
Carefully remove the seal from the container.
NOTE: DO NOT touch the sealing surface of the
carbon ring. Body salts and acids will damage the
sealing surface.
STEP 45
Install the seal on the seal tool.
Bur 8-12711
9003-21
STEP 46
Lubricate the protector with refrigeration oil and install
the seal.
STEP 47
Mt.
Install the new a-ring in the bottom groove in the bore
for the seal.
STEP 48
Carefully remove the seal seat from the container.
NOTE: DO NOT touch the sealing surface of the seal
seat. Body salts and acids will damage the sealing
surface.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9003-22
STEP 49
Lubricate the sealing surface of the seal seat with refri-
geration oil and install the seal seat.
STEP 50
Instail the snap ring sothat the chamfer on the IDwill be
on top.
STEP 51
Install the new felt seal.
Bur 8-12711
STEP 52
Drive the felt seal into the bore until the metal is even
with the top of the bore.
STEP 53
B414508M
Remove the protector.
STEP 54
Install the Woodruff key. If pliers are used as shown, use
a piece of metal as a protector between the pliers and
shaft to prevent damage to the shaft.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 55
Install the same shims that were removed.
STEP 56
Drive the clutch plate all the way onto the shaft.
B ur 8-12711
9003-23
STEP 57
Install and tighten the nut to 300 to 360 pound-inches
(34 to 40 Nm).
STEP 58
Install the cover on the clutch.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A
9003-24
REPLACING THE VALVE PLATE AND GASKETS
STEP 59
Remove the dirt and grease from the compressor.
STEP 60
Fasten the compressor in a vise and loosen and
remove the cap screws that hold the end cap.
STEP 61
Hit the end cap to loosen the end cap.
STEP 62
Remove the end cap.
B ur 8-12711
STEP 63
Remove the gasket from the valve plate.
STEP 64
Loosen the valve plate.
STEP 65
Remove the valve plate.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 66
If the gaskets are being replaced, remove the other
gasket from the valve plate. Be careful not to damage
the valves.
STEP 67
.:..... :
4a 43M
. : ... ->;., .
Install the new gaskets on the valve plate. The gaskets
will only fit one way.
STEP 68
Install the valve plate.
B ur 8-12711
9003-25
STEP 69
Install the end cap.
STEP 70
Install and tighten every other cap screw to 264 to 300
pound-inches (30 to 34 Nm) until all cap screws have
been tightened.
STEP 71
Loosen and remove the filler plug and drain the oil into a
measuring container.
STEP 72
Fill the compressor with the same amount of NEWrefri-
geration oil.
STEP 73
Install and tighten the filler plug.
Issued 1-19 Printed in U.S.A.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
B1245A88J
Bur 8-12711
9003-26
INSTALLING THE COMPRESSOR
9003-27
'I . Align the compressor with the mounting bracket
and install the bolt and flat washer.
2. Install the flat washer, lock washer and nut on the
bolt.
3. Install the drive belt on the pulley.
4. Align the adjusting strap with the compressor and
install the bolt and flat washer.
5. Install the lock washer and nut on the bolt.
Bur 8-12711
6. Adjustthe drive belt according to instructions inthis
section.
7. Loosen and remove the plugs from the hoses.
8. Connect the hoses to the compressor
9. Connect the wiring to the wiring harness
10. Charge the airconditioning system according to in-
structions in this section.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9003-28
REPLACING THE AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL
1. Remove the evaporator according to instructions in
this section.
2. Loosen and remove the nut that holds the air con-
ditioning control.
3. Remove the air conditioning control from the
mounting plate.
4. Disconnect the wiring from the air conditioning
control.
5. Completely remove the air conditioning control.
6. Route the tube for the new air conditioning control
the same way as the original.
7. Connect the wiring to the air conditioning control.
8. Install the air conditioning control in the mounting
plate.
9. Install and tighten the nut that holds the air con-
ditioning control.
10. Install the evaporator according to instructions in
this section.
REPLACING THE EXPANSION VALVE
1. Discharge the air conditioning systemaccording to
instructions in this section.
2. Turn the temperature control to HOT.
3. Drain one U.S. gallon (4 litres) of coolant from the
radiator.
4. Remove the knobs from the switches, air con-
ditioning control and temperature control.
5. Loosen and remove the screws that hold the
control panel.
6. Disengage the control panel from the vertical cover
and disconnect the wiring from the cab lamp switch.
7. Loosen and remove the screws that hold the
bottom of the vertical cover.
Bur 8-12711
8. Disengage the vertical cover from the frame begin-
ning at the top and remove the vertical cover.
9. Disengage the left vertical cover beginning at the
top and remove the vertical cover.
NOTE: The front headliner MUST be removed first.
10. Hold the front headliner in place and loosen and
remove the screws at the front of the front headliner and
the screws on each side including the screw at the
junction of the front and rear headliners.
11. Lower the front headliner onto the control.
12. Loosen the clamp on the front drain hoses.
13. Remove the hoses from the drain pan.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
14. Loosen and remove the screw from the left and
right rear sides of the rear headliner.
15. Hold the rear headliner in place and loosen and
remove the screws from the left and right sides of the
rear headliner.
16 Carefully lower the rear headliner behind the seat.
17. Remove the insulation from the expansion valve.
8891257J
18. Loosen completely the connections at the rear of
the expansion valve
19. Loosen completely the connections at the front of
the expansion valve and remove the expansion valve.
20. Install new O-rings on the fittings on the tubes and
the fittings on the evaporator.
21. Lubricate the O-rings with refrigeration oil.
22. Install the expansion valve and tighten the connec-
tions withforce equal to 240 to 300 pound-inches (27to
34 Nm).
Bur 8-12711
9003-29
23. Install new insulation tape around the expansion
valve.
24. Carefully raise the rear headliner and engage the
rear headliner with the slot at the rear of the roof.
25. Hold the rear headliner in place and install a screw
in the center hole on the right and left sides of the rear
headliner.
26. Install and tighten the screw atthe left and right rear
sides of the rear headliner.
27. Connect the front drain hoses to the drain pan.
28. Tighten the clamp on each hose.
29. Carefully raise the front headliner and engage the
front headliner with the rear headliner.
30. Install and tighten the screws atthe front of thefront
headliner.
31. Install and tighten the screws on the right sides of
the front and rear headliners.
32. Install the left vertical cover.
33. Install the right vertical cover.
34. Install and tighten the screw at the bottom of the
right vertical cover.
35. Connect the wires to the cab lamp switch in the
control panel and engage the control panel with the
right vertical cover.
36. Install and tighten the screws that hold the control
panel.
37. Install the knobs for the switches and the air con-
ditioning and temperature controls.
38. Charge the air conditioning system according to in-
structions in this section.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9003-30
REPLACING THE EVAPORATOR
1. Discharge the air conditioning system according to
instructions in this section.
2. Turn the temperature control to HOT.
3. Drain one U.S. gallon (4 litres) of coolant from the
radiator.
4. Remove the knobs from the switches, air con-
ditioning control and temperature control.
5. Loosen and remove the screws that hold the
control panel.
6. Disengage the control panel from the right vertical
cover.
7. Loosen and remove the screws that hold the
bottom of the right vertical cover.
8. Disengage the vertical cover from the frame begin-
ning at the top and remove the vertical cover.
9. Disengage the left vertical cover beginning at the
top and remove the vertical cover.
IMPORTANT: The front headliner must be removed
first.
10. Hold the front headliner in place and loosen and
remove the screws at the front of the headliner and the
screws on each side including the screw at the junction
of the front and rear headliners.
11. Lower the front headliner onto the control console.
12. Loosen the clamp on the front drain hoses.
13. Remove the front drain hoses from the drain pan.
14. Loosen and remove the screw from the left and
right rear sides of the rear headliner.
15. Hold the rear headliner in place and loosen and
remove the screws from the lett and right sides of the
rear headliner.
16. Carefully lower the rear headliner behind the seat.
17. Loosen both clamps on the hoses connected to
the heater.
18. Slide the hoses to the rear.
B ur 8-12711
19. Remove the insulation for the connections to the
expansion valve and evaporator.
20. Disconnect the tubes fromthe expansion valve and
evaporator .
21. Loosen the cap screws that hold the evaporator.
22. Carefully remove the evaporator and remove the
temperature sensor and tube for the air conditioning
control from the evaporator.
B861647M
23. Remove any remaining insulation from the expan-
sion valve and the connections to the evaporator.
24. Remove the clamp that holds the temperature
sensor.
25. Disconnect the expansion valve and equalizer tube
from the evaporator.
26. Connect the expansion valve to the new evapo-
rator.
27. Connect the equalizer tube to the outlet tube of the
evaporator.
28. Apply a small amount of grease between the tem-
perature sensor and the outlet tube.
29. Install the clamp that holds the temperature
sensor.
30. Apply newinsulation tapes to the tubes at each end
of the evaporator, the inlet and outlet tubes, and the ex-
pansion valve and the equalizer tubes.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
Bur 8-12711
9003-31
1. HEATER
~.
- - - ~.
8891258J
Issued 1-91
Printed in U.S.A.
9003-32
31. Install the temperature sensor and tube in the eva-
porator as shown.
32. Install the evaporator.
33. Install and tighten the cap screws that hold the eva-
porator
34. Connect the tubes to the expansion valve and eva-
porator.
35. Apply new insulation tape to the connections.
36. Slide the hoses onto the tubes from the heater.
37. Tighten the clamps for both hoses.
38. Carefully raise the rear headliner and engage the
rear headliner with the slot at the rear of the roof.
39. Holdthe rear headliner in place and install a screw
inthe center hole on the right and left sides of the rear
headliner.
Bur 8-12711
40. Install and tighten the screw at the left and right rear
sides of the rear headliner.
41. Connect the front drain hoses to the drain pan.
42. Tighten the clamp on each hose.
43. Carefully raise the front headliner into position and
engage the front headliner with the rear headliner.
44. Install and tighten the screws at the front of the front
headliner.
45. Install and tighten the screws on the right and left
sides of the front and rear headliners.
46. Install the left vertical cover.
47. Install the right vertical cover.
48. Install and tighten the screws at the bottom of the
right vertical cover.
49. Connect the wires to the cab lamp switch and
engage the control panel with the right vertical cover.
50. Install and tighten the screws that hold the control
panel.
51. Install the knobs for the switches and the air con-
ditioning and temperature controls.
52. Fill the radiator to the correct level.
53. Charge the air conditioning system according to in-
structions in this section.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
Bur 8-12711
9003-33
B891258J
ISsued 1-91
Printed in U.SA
9003-34
REPLACING THE CONDENSER
1. Discharge the air conditioning system according to
instructions in this section.
2. Have another person hold the hood in position.
3. Make analignment mark atthe top and rear of each
pivot bracket for the hood.
4. Loosen and remove the nut, lock washer, spacer,
flat washer and bolt that fasten each cable to the
radiator shroud.
5. Loosen and remove the front and rear cap screws
that hold each pivot bracket.
6. Remove the hood from the machine.
7. Put blocks between the radiator and pump to hold
the radiator in place with the radiator shroud or
mounting brackets removed.
8. Loosen and remove the self-locking nut, bolt and
flat washer from each oil cooler mount.
9. Loosen and remove the cap screw and bracket at
the top of the radiator.
10. Loosen and remove the nuts and bolts that hold the
radiator shroud.
11. Remove the radiator shroud.
12. Loosen and remove the cap screws that hold the
guard at the bottom of the condenser.
13. Remove the guard.
14. Disconnect the hoses from the condenser.
15. Install and tighten a plug in each hose.
16. Loosen and remove the nuts and lock washers
from the bolts that hold the mounting brackets.
17. Remove the mounting brackets and the bolts.
18. Loosen and remove all but the top cap screws that
hold the condenser.
19. Hold the condenser in place and remove the top
cap screws and remove the condenser.
20 Hold the condenser in place and install the flat
washers, lock washers and cap screws.
B ur 8-12711
21. Tighten the cap screws.
22. Install the mounting brackets and bolts and lock
washers and nuts.
23. Tighten the nuts.
24. Loosen and remove the plug from each hose.
25. Connect the hoses to the condenser.
26. Install the guard and cap screws.
27. Tighten the cap screws.
28. Install the radiator shroud.
29. Install the bolts and flat washers, and nuts that hold
the radiator shroud.
30. Install the bracket and cap screw at the top of the
radiator.
31. Tighten the cap screw.
32. Have another person push and hold the top of the
radiator shroud all the way to the rear.
33. Tighten the nuts.
34. Install a bolt and flat washer and self-locking nut in
each oil cooler mount.
35. Tighten the self-locking nuts.
36. Remove the blocks from below the radiator.
37. Make sure that the pivot brackets are all the way on
the pivots for the hood.
38. Install the hood.
39. Install the cap screws that hold the pivot brackets.
40. Align each pivot bracket with the alignment marks
and tighten the cap screws.
41. Close the hood. The top rear of the hood must be
even with the frame.
42. If the top of the hood is too high, check to see if the
sides of the hood are touching the frame. To correct this
problem, move the pivot brackets forward.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
3. O-RING
3. O-RING
3. O-RING
Bur 8-12711
9003-35
3. O-RING
B891259J
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9003-36
43. If the top of the hood is too high and the sound of
metal hitting metal is heard at the front of the hood, the
radiator shroud is not inthe correct position. To correct
this problem, the top of the radiator shroud must be
moved farther to the rear.
Bur 8-12711
44. When the hood can be closed and is inthe correct
position, tighten the nuts on the bolts that hold the
radiator shroud to 270 to 324 pound-feet (366 to 439
Nm).
45. Charge the air conditioning system according to in-
structions in this section.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
3. O-RING
9003-37
3. O-RING
3. O-RING
B ur 8-12711
8891259J
Issued 1-91
Printed in U.S.A.
9004
LOADER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPLACEMENT OF CUTIING EDGE FOR
STANDARD BUCKETS 2
EXPLODED VIEWS
loader Frame 9
REPLACEMENT OF CUTIING EDGE FOR
CLAM BUCKET. 4 Lift Cylinder Hydraulic Installation 10
REPLACEMENT OF TOOTH SHANK 6 Bucket Cylinder Hydraulic Installation 11
REPLACEMENT OF TOOTH POINT 6 Antirollback Linkage 12
REMOVAL OF lOADER FRAME 7 Clam Cylinder Circuit... 13
INSTALLATION OF LOADER FRAME 8 Clam Cylinder Hydraulic Installation 14
Installation of Front Counterweight 15
Installation of Rear Counterweight 16
CASE CORPORATION
Bur 8-17630
Copyright J I Case Company
Printed in U.S.A.
Issued March 1991
9004-2
REPLACEMENT OF CUTTING EDGE FOR STANDARD BUCKETS
1. Ifthe bucket is not removed from the machine, raise
the bucket to a suitable height and use suitable
supports to hold the loader frame and bucket in place.
2. If equipped with bucket teeth, use carbon arc rod to
remove the bucket teeth.
3. Use carbon arc rod or an acetylene cutting torch to
remove the welds that hold the cutting edge. Keep dis-
tortion to a minimum when removing the cutting edge.
4. When removing the bottom rear weld for the cutting
edge DO NOT cut through the floor of the bucket.
5. If removing the cutting edge from a short lip bucket,
remove the gusset from each side of the bucket.
1. Gusset
6. If removing the cutting edge from a short lip bucket,
cut through each corner of the cutting edge 1-13/16 (45
mm) to the rear from the front edge of the floor of the
bucket.
7. Use a grinder to remove any welds or extra metal on
the bucket that will prevent the new cutting edge from
fitting correctly.
Bur 8-17630
8. Put the cutting edge in place and use C-clamps to
hold the cutting edge inplace. See the illustration forthe
correct position of the cutting edge.
B902762J
1. Short Up Bucket - 25-3/16 In (639mm)
2. Long Up Bucket - 27 In (687mm)
9. Use E-7018 welding rod and weld the cutting edge to
the bucket.
10. When welding the floor of the bucket the top of the
cutting edge:
a. Start at one end of the bucket and weld toward
the center until one welding rod is used.
b. Start at the center of the bucket and weld inboth
directions from center until one welding rod is
used.
c. Start at the other end of the bucket and weld
toward the center until one welding rod is used.
d. Continue to weld the cutting edge to the bucket
using this method until welding is complete.
11. If replacing the cutting edge on a short lip bucket,
weld the gussets in place at each side of the bucket.
12. If bucket teeth were removed from the old cutting
edge, install the bucket teeth according to instructions
in this section.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.SA
Wel d Speci f i ca t i ons f or
Long Li p Bucket
1. 1/4 In (6 mm) Fillet
2. Fill Corners
3. Fill Groove
4. 3/16 In (5mm) Fillet
Bur 8-17630
9004-3
Wel d Speci f i ca t i ons f or
Short Li p Bucket
1. 1/4 In (6 mm) Fillet
2. Fill Corners
3. 3/16 In (5mm) Fillet
4. 1/4 In (6 mm) Fillet 5-1/8 In (130 mm) Long
on 9.8 In (250 mm) Center
Issued3-91 Printedin U.S.A.
9004-4
REPLACEMENT OF CUTTING EDGE FOR CLAM BUCKET
1. Ifthe bucket is not removed from the machine, raise
the bucket to a suitable height and use suitable
supports to hold the loader frame and bucket in place.
2. If equipped with bucket teeth, use carbon arc rod to
remove the bucket teeth.
3. Use carbon arc rod or an acetylene cutting torch to
remove the welds that hold the cutting edge. Keep dis-
tortion to a minimum when removing the cutting edge.
4. When removing the bottom rear weld for the cutting
edge DO NOT cut through the floor of the bucket.
5. Cut through each corner of the bucket and cutting
edge in the area shown.
1. Cut Through Corner
6. Use a grinder to remove any welds or extra metal on
the bucket that will prevent the new cutting edge from
fitting correctly.
Bur 8-17630
7. Put the cutting edge in place and use C-clamps to
hold the cutting edge inplace. Seethe illustration for the
correct position of the cutting edge.
B902018J
1. 11 Inches (279 mm)
8. Use E-7018welding rod and weld the cutting edge to
the bucket.
9. When welding the floor of the bucket the top of the
cutting edge:
a. Start at one end of the bucket and weld toward
the center until one welding rod is used.
b. Start at the center of the bucket and weld inboth
directions from center until one welding rod is
used.
C. Start at the other end of the bucket and weld
toward the center until one welding rod is used.
d. Continue to weld the cutting edge to the bucket
using this method until welding is complete.
10. If bucket teeth were removed from the old cutting
edge. install the bucket teeth according to instructions
in this section.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
Wel d Speci f i ca t i ons f or Cl a m Bucket
Bur 8-17630
9004-5
1. 1/4Inch (6mm) Fillet
2. Fill Corner
3. Fill Groove
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9004-6
REPLACEMENT OF TOOTH SHANK
1. Use carbon arc rod or an acetylene cutting torch to
remove the welds that hold the tooth shank in place.
2. Use a grinder to remove any welds or extra material
that will prevent the tooth shank from fitting correctly.
3. See the following illustration for the correct location
of the tooth shank on the cutting edge.
1__ 2_
B 861656J
1. Short Up Bucket - 15-1/8In (384mm)
Long Up Bucket - 8-1/4 In (208 mm)
2. Short Up Bucket - 14-9/16 In (370mm)
Long Up Bucket - 8In (203 mm)
3. Put Tooth Shank as Close to Corner as Possible
and Keep Corner of the Tooth Point Even With Outer
Surface of Cutting Edge
4. See the following illustration for weld specifications
and instructions.
B902019J
1. 3/8Inch (10 mm) Fillet. Weld Around Each Corner
3/8 Inch (10 mm). Weld Two Times
2. 2-1/2 Inches (63 mm)
3. 3/8 Inch (10 mm) Fillet. Weld Both Sides and Rear
of Tooth Shank Weld Two Times
4. 3/8In (10 mm) Fillet. Two Times
5. Bent Area of Tooth Point
REPLACEMENT OF TOOTH POINT
1. Heat the part of the tooth point that has been
pressed into the hole on each side of the tooth shank.
2. Bend the tooth point out of the dent on each side of
the tooth shank.
3. Use a pair of pliers to remove the tooth point from
the tooth shank.
4. Install a newtooth point on the tooth shank.
Bur 8-17630
5. Heat the part of the tooth point that will be pressed
into the hole on each side of the tooth shank.
6. Have another person hold the tooth point against
the tooth shank.
7. Use an suitable tool and drive the heated part of the
tooth point into the dent on each side of the tooth shank.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
REMOVING THE LOADER FRAME
9004-7
1. Raise the loader frame until the pivot pins for the
piston rod eye ot the lift cylinders are above the hood.
Stop the engine.
2. Fasten suitable lifting equipment to the loader
frame to hold the loader frame in place.
3. Remove theouter snap ring that hold the pivot pins
for the piston rod eyes ot the lift cylinders.
4. Use suitable drivers and drive the pivot pins out of
the loader frame. DO NOT remove the drivers now.
5. Disconnect the lifting equipment and lower the
bucket to the floor.
6. Hold the right liftcylinder and remove the driver and
lower the lift cylinder onto the front axle.
7. Hold the left lift cylinder and remove the driver and
lower the lift cylinder onto the front axle. Flat washers
are used between the strut and the loader frame; be
careful not to lose the flat washers. Itis not necessary to
remove the strut.
8. Move the loader control lever to the right or left to
relieve any pressure in the bucket circuit.
9. Disconnect the tubes to the bucket cylinders from
the hoses on the right side of the loader frame. Fasten
an identification tag to one of the hoses.
10. Install a cap on each hose and acap on each tube.
11. Disconnect the wiring from the switch for return-
to-dig.
12. Loosen and remove the bolt, flat washer and nut
that holds the clamp for the wiring harness.
Bur 8-17630
13. Remove the tie straps that fasten the wiring
harness to the tubes on the loader frame. Putthe wiring
harness out of the way.
14. Remove the cotter pin and flat washer that fasten
the actuator rod for antirollback to the bellcrank for the
right bucket cylinder.
15. Remove the actuator rod. Be careful not to lose the
spring or other flat washer.
16. If equipped with a clam bucket, move the clam
control lever ineither direction to relieve any pressure in
the clam circuit.
17. Disconnect the tubes to the clam cylinders fromthe
hoses on the left side of the machine. Fasten an identi-
fication tag to one hose.
18. Install a cap on each hose and a plug ineach tube.
19. Remove the snap ring and flat washer from the
right end of the pivot shaft.
20. Fasten suitable lifting equipment to the loader
frame to hold the loader frame in place.
21. Use a suitable driver and drive the pivot shaft out of
the loader frame.
22. Belleville springs are used between the loader
frame and the machine. Raise the loader frame and
remove the Belleville springs.
23. Raise the loader frame until the loader frame is free
of the machine.
24. Carefully move the machine out of the loader
frame.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9004-8
INSTALLATION OF LOADER FRAME
1. Carefully move the machine into the loader frame.
2. Lower the loader frame into alignment with the
frame.
3. Install the Belleville springs between the frame and
loader arm as shown.
1. BELLEVILLE SPRING.
THIS SIDE TOWARD MACHINE
B891353J
4. Align the loader frame and Belleville springs with
the frame.
5. Start the pivot shaft into the loader frame from the
left side of the machine.
6. Drive the pivot shaft all the way into the loader
frame.
7. Install the flat washer and snap ring.
8. Ifequipped with a clam bucket, connect the hoses
to the tubes on the left side of the machine.
9. Install the actuator rod and spring in the actuator
tube for the antirollback mechanism.
10. Engage the actuator rod with the bellcrank and
install the flat washer and cotter pin.
11. Connect the wiring harness to the switch for return-
to-dig.
12. Install the nut, bolt and flat washer that hold the
clamp for the wiring harness for the switch.
13. Install tie straps to hold the wiring harness in place.
Bur 8-17630
14. Connect the tubes to the bucket cylinders to the
hoses on the right side of the machine.
15. Move the loader control lever to FLOAT.
16. Remove the snap ring and flat washer from both
pivot pins for the piston rod eyes of the lift cylinders.
Then install the large snap ring on each pivot pin.
17. Start the pivot pintor tne left piston rod eye into the
loader frame and install the flat washer used between
the strut and loader frame.
18. Start the pivot pin into the strut.
19. Align the piston rod with the strut and start the pivot
pin into the piston rod eye.
20. Drive the pivot pin into the piston rod eye.
21. Install the other flat washer between the strut and
loader frame and drive the pivot pin all the way into the
loader frame.
22. Install the flat washer and snap ring on the pivot
pin.
23. Start the pivot pin for the other lift cylinder into the
loader frame.
24. Align the piston rod eye with the loader frame and
drive the pivot pin all the way into the loader frame.
25. Install the flat washer and snap ring on the pivot
pin.
26. Lubricate the pivot pins for the piston rod eyes of
the lift cylinders and the pivot shaft.
27. With the engine running at low idle, extend and
retract the bucket cylinders and clam cylinders, if
equipped, three times to remove any air from the cir-
cuits.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9004-9
Loa der Fra me
Bur 8-17630 3-91 Printed in U.S.A. Issued
9004-10
B 902720J
Lift Cylinder Hydra ul i c Installation
Bur 8-17630 Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9004-11
B902721J
Bur 8-17630
Bucket Cylinder Hydraulic Installation
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9004-12
Antirollback Linkage
Bur 8-17630
B902719J
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A
9004-13
I der Circuit Clam CYln
Bur 8-17630 Printed in U.S.A. Issued 3-91
9004-~4
. III U.S.p..
?rl llteO
8
_17630
Sur
7. Tighten to 720to 770
Pound-Feet (762to 230 Nm)
Bur 8-17630
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.SA
9004-16
8861864J
1. Tighten to 360 to 439 Pound-Feet (488 to 596 Nm)
NOTE: The weight of each counterweight is 1425 pounds (646 kg). Use acceptable
lifting equipment to remove and install the countefINeights.
Bur 8-17630
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
CASE CORPORATION
Sect i on
9005
ROPS CAB AND ROPS CANOPY
Bur 8-17470 Printed in U.S.A.
Issued J anuary 1991 .
9005-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIAL TOOL . . 2
TORQUE SPECiFiCATIONS _ 3
POSSIBLE DAMAGE TO THE ROPS CAB OR ROPS CANOPY 3
MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF THE ROPS CAB OR ROPS CANOPY 3
IllUSTRATION OF ROPS CANOPY INSTALLATION .4
ILLUSTRATION OF SEAT INSTALLATION 5
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF ROPS CAB 6
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF ROPS CANOPY 14
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF HEATER _ 15
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF TEMPERATURE CONTROL 17
SPECIAL TOOL
The tool shown is needed to remove the steering
wheel. Make the tool in your shop. Shown inuse instep
5.
4
6 7 8902174J
Make from 1/4in (3 mm) Cold Rolled Steel
1. 2 In (50mm)
2. 1In (25mm)
3. 5/8In (19mm)
4. 3/8In (9.5mm)
5. 3/4In (19mm)
6. Two Holes, 7/32 In (5.5 mm)
7. Use Np. 4 Drill for 1/4 - 24
Threads Metric Thread Optional
Two 10-32 x 1 In Required
Bur 8-17470 Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS
9005-3
Bolts tor front support of ROPS cab and canopy 220 to 264 pound-feet (298 to 358 Nm)
Cap screws for rear support of ROPS cab and canopy 600 to 720 pound-feet (813 to 976 Nm)
Nut tor steering wheel 384 to 444 pound-inches (43 to 50 Nm)
Bolt for rear POD mount 220 to 264 pound-feet (298 to 358 Nm)
Bolt for front center POD mount... 220 to 264 pound-feet (298 to 358 Nm)
Seat and seat belt torques See page 5
POSSIBLE DAMAGE TO THE ROPS CAB OR Ra PS CANOPY
If the machine has rolled over or the ROPS cab or
ROPScanopy has been insome type of accident (such
as hitting an overhead object during transport), you
must replace the ROPS cab or ROPS canopy to get as
much protection as you had originally.
After an accident, check for damage to the ROPS
cab or ROPS canopy, the operators seat, the seat belt,
and all accessories, wiring etc., in the ROPS cab or
ROPS canopy. Before operating the machine again, all
damaged parts must be replaced.
Do not weld or tryto straighten a ROPS cab or ROPS
canopy.
MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF THE Ra PS CAB OR ROPS CANOPY
After every 500 hours of operation or every six
months, whichever comes first. do the following:
See illustration on page 4. Check the torque on the
ROPS cab or ROPS canopy mounting bolts. If neces-
sary, tighten the cap screws and nuts to the correct
torque.
See illustration on page 5. Check the operators seat
and the mounting parts for the seat belt. Make sure that
all nuts and cap screws aretight. Replace parts that are
worn or damaged.
Bur 8-17470 Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9005-4
sur 8_17
470
9005-5
@
,
B870363R
Bur 8-17470 Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9005-6
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF ROPS CAB
STEP 1
If the machine has air conditioning. discharge the air
conditioning system according to instructions in
Section 9003.
NOTE: After installation, charge the air conditioning
system according to instructions in Section 9003.
STEP 2
Turnthe temperature control to HOT and drain two U.S.
gallons (8 litres) of coolant from the radiator.
NOTE: After installation, return the coolant to the ra-
diator.
STEP 3
Remove the button.
STEP 4
Remove the nut.
NOTE: After installation, tighten the nut to 384 to 444
pound-inches (43 to 50 Nm).
Bur 817470
STEP 5
Use the puller shown on page 2 to loosen and remove
the steering wheel.
STEP 6
Remove the three screws that hold the rear cover for the
steering column.
STEP 7
~
Remove the front and rear covers.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 8
Disconnect the wiring for the turn signals.
STEP 9
Remove the screws that hold the control console.
STEP 10
Remove the control console.
Bur 8-17470
9005-7
STEP 11
Remove the bulbs for the turn signals and disconnect
the wiring from the lamp and warning flasher switches.
STEP 12
Remove the cap screws that hold the front of the ROPS
cab.
STEP 13
Remove the cap screws that hold the seat and remove
the seat.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9005-8
STEP 14
Remove the self-locking nut and shoulder bolt that
holds the cable for the left door.
STEP 15
Remove the self-locking nut that holds rod for the door
cylinder.
STEP 16
Remove the two screws at the bottom of the vertical
cover.
Bur 8-17470
STEP 17
Begin at the top and remove the vertical cover.
STEP 18
Remove the screws and the bottom cover.
STEP 19
Remove the screws that hold the guard for the instru-
ment console and remove the guard.
STEP 20
Remove the screws that hold the instrument cluster.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 21
Disconnect the wiring and front lamp.
STEP 22
Disconnect the wiring harness.
STEP 23
Remove the nut that holds the key switch. Remove the
key switch from the panel.
Bur 8-17470
9005-9
STEP 24
Remove the collar from the cold start switch, if
equipped. Remove the cold start switch fromthe panel.
STEP 25
Remove the knobs.
STEP 26
Remove the screws that hold the cover.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A
9005-10
STEP 27
Disconnect the wiring from the cab lamp switch and
lamp for air conditioning.
STEP 28
Remove the nut that holds the air conditioning control
STEP 29
Remove the screws that hold the switch panel.
Bur 8-17470
STEP 30
Disconnect the wiring from the switches.
NOTE: Top, five wire plug; bottom front, four wire plug;
bottom rear, three wire plug.
STEP 31
STEP 32
Remove the bottom vertical cover.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 33
Beginning at the bottom, remove the top vertical cover.
STEP 34
Remove the cap screws and flat washers that hold the
instrument console.
STEP 35
Drive the knob off the lever.
Bur 8-17470
9005-11
STEP 36
Remove the screws that hold the boot.
STEP 37
Loosen the set screw that holds the handle.
STEP 38
Slide the boot through the opening.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9005-12
STEP 39
Remove the instrument console.
STEP 40
Remove the cap screws that hold the support. There is
a cap screw at the top of the support.
STEP 41
Remove the nut, lock washer and bolt.
Bur 8-17470
STEP 42
Disconnect the wiring harnesses.
STEP 43
Remove the clevis and cotter pins that hold the shift
linkage.
STEP 44
Remove the hardware that holds the clamp, ROPS cab
only, and move the support out of the way.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 45
.~
~~~
Disconnect the heater hoses and air conditioning
hoses, if equipped. Install caps and plugs on the air
conditioning hoses and tubes.
STEP 46
Remove the cap screws all around the bottom.
STEP 47
1. Hardened Washer
Remove the hardware at the front supports.
NOTE: During instal/ation, tighten the nuts to 220 to 264
pound-feet (298 to 358 Nm).
Bur 8-17470
9005-13
STEP 48
1. Hardened Washer
Remove the hardware at the side supports.
NOTE: During instal/ation, tighten the cap screws to
600 to 720 pound-feet (813 to 796 Nm).
STEP 49
Remove the plugs, cap screws and retainers.
STEP 50
Fasten suitable lifting equipment to the roof and care-
fully remove the ROPS cab.
STEP 51
Install the ROPS cab in the reverse of removal.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A
9005-14
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF ROPS CANOPY
1. Remove the hardware that holds the seat and
remove the seat.
NOTE: During instal/ation, tighten the cap screws to 80
to 96pound-feet (109to 130Nm).
2. Do steps 20 to 25and steps 35 to 45 under Removal
and Installation of ROPS Cab.
3. Disconnect the wiring harness for the lamps.
4. Remove the hardware, reinforcement plate and
support for both fenders.
B 902117J
5. Fasten suitable lifting equipment to the ROPS
canopy.
6. Loosen and remove the hardware that fastens the
floor plate to the front supports.
B 902176J
Bur 8-17470
7. Remove the hardware at the front supports.
NOTE: During installation, tighten the nuts to 220to 264
pound-feet (298to 358Nm).
8. Remove the hardware at the side supports.
NOTE: During installation, tighten the cap screws to
600 to 720 pound-feet (813 to 796 Nm).
9. Carefully raise and remove the ROPS canopy.
10. Install the ROPS canopy in the reverse of removal.
Issued1-91 Printedin U.S.A
9005-15
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF HEATER
1.Turn the temperature control to HOT and drain one
U,S. gallon (4 litres) of coolant from the radiator,
NOTE: During installation, return the coolant to the ra-
diator.
2, Remove the knobs from the control panel.
3, Remove the screws that hold the control panel. Dis-
connect thewires from the switch for the cab lamp and
the lamp for air conditioning,
4, Remove the screws atthe bottom of the vertical cover
and remove the vertical cover beginning at the top,
5, Remove the screws at the bottom of the left vertical
cover and remove the leftvertical cover beginning atthe
top,
6. Hold the front headliner in place and remove all
screws that hold the front headliner,
7, Lower the front headliner onto the control console,
Bur 8-17470
8, If equipped with air conditioning, loosen the clamp
on each front drain hose and remove the drain hoses
from the drain pan,
9, Hold the rear headliner in place and remove all
screws that hold the rear headliner. Lower the rear
headliner behind the seat.
10, Disconnect the yellow wire from the wiring harness,
11. Hold the blower assembly inplace and remove the
five cap screws that hold the blower mount and remove
the blower assembly,
12, Loosen the clamps on the hoses at the heater and
remove the hoses,
13, Hold the heater inplace and remove the cap screws
that hold the heater and remove the heater,
14, Install the heater in reverse of removal.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U,S.A
9005-76
"
Bur 8-17470
ISsued 1-91
Printed in U.SA
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF TEMPERATURE CONTROL
9005-17
\
\
B902178J
1. Temperature Control
1.Turn the temperature control to HOT and drain one
U.S. gallon (4 litres) of coolant from the radiator.
NOTE: During installation, return the coolant to the ra-
diator.
2. Remove the knobs from the control panel.
3. Remove the screws that hold the control panel. Dis-
connect the wires from the switch for the cab lamp and
the lamp for air conditioning.
4. Remove the screws atthe bottom of the vertical cover
and remove the vertical cover beginning at the top.
5. Remove the screws that hold the switch panel.
6. Remove the nut that holds the air conditioning
control.
7. Remove the screws that hold the switch mount.
Bur 8-17470
8. Disconnect the wiring from the switches.
NOTE: Top, five wire plug; bottom front, four wire plug;
bottom rear, three wire plug.
9. Loosen the top clamp and remove the hose from the
temperature control.
10. Remove the screws that hold the temperature
control.
NOTE: During installation, make sure that the two
ground wires are installed with the bottom screw.
11. Loosen the bottom clamp and remove the tempera-
ture control.
NOTE: During installation, make sure that the tempera-
ture control is aligned with the control panel.
12. Install the temperature control in the reverse of
removal.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
Sect i on
9006
BACKHOE
CASE CORPORATION
Bur 8-12741
Copyright 1991 J I Case Company
Printed in U.S.A.
Issued March 1991
9006-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
REMOVAL OF SWING TOWER" , , , , , , , , , , " ,.3
INSTALLATION OF SWING TOWER " ,.., , , '' , , ,., ,..', 4
REMOVAL OF BOOM ,., '., ,'..,..' , ' ', ",., " , " , ,.., ,., 5
INSTALLATION OF BOOM , , , ,.., ",., , ,." ,..,., ',., ' , 6
REMOVAL OF DiPPER ".,., .." , , , , , "." ..,."" , 6
INSTALLATION OF DIPPER , , 7
REMOVAL OF DIPPER EXTENSION,., , ", , , " " , 7
INSTALLATION OF DIPPER EXTENSiON , , , 8
REPLACING WEAR PLATES FOR DIPPER WITH EXTENDABLE DiPPER., ,.., , ,., , 8
CUTIING EDGES
Universal and Heavy Duty Buckets .., ', ,..'",' "." , "..""""'''' .,., ,"""" ,.', " , , '"..,..9
High Capacity Buckets " " , ,., , ".., , " "", ..,."., ' , ,10
Standard Duty Trenching Buckets ,..,..,'., ,,' ," , ' ,., , ", ,." , 11
BUCKET TEETH
Replacing a Tooth Point..; , , , ' , , , ', 12
Replacing a Tooth Shank, ,.,..,,.." ' ' ', ,., , , " ,' ,..,' '..,.",..,..' , ,.' , , 12
EXPLODED VIEWS
Stabilizer Installation .,., , , , '., 14
Stabilizer Cylinder Hydraulic Installation ,.., ,.., , , 15
Swing Tower and Swing Cylinder Installation , , , 16
Sequence Valve Linkage .." , ".., , , , , 17
Swing Cylinder Hydraulic Installation , , , ', ,.." , , 18
Boom latch Installation , , 19
Boom and Dipper Installation ,., ,., ', 20
Boom Cylinder Hydraulic Installation , , , ' 21
Dipper Cylinder Hydraulic Installation , 22
Quick Coupler and Bucket Installation , , ", , ,., , , 23
Bucket Cylinder Hydraulic Installation Without Extendable Dipper 24
Extendable Dipper Installation , , " " , 25
Extension Cylinder Hydraulic Installation, , , , , , , , 26
Bucket Cylinder Hydraulic Installation With Extendable Dipper , , .27
Auxiliary Hydraulic Installation With Extendable Dipper , 28
Bur 8-12741
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S,A
9006-3
REMOVAL OF SWING TOWER
1. Remove all dirt from the hose connections at the
backhoe control valve.
2. Start the engine and run the engine at 1000 rpm
(r/min).
3. Hold the bucket control lever inthe LOAD position until
the bucket stops moving.
4. Extend the dipper and boom as far as possible inthe
space that is available and lower the bucket to the floor.
5 Fasten suitable lifting equipment to the boom and
dipper pivot area to prevent the boom and dipper from
falling when the boom is free of the swing tower.
6. Move the control levers for the backhoe in either di-
rection to relieve any pressure in the circuits.
7. Disconnect the hoses from the backhoe control valve
one at a time and fasten an identification tag to each
hose.
8. Install a cap on each fitting and a plug in each hose.
9 Loosen and remove the self-locking nuts and flat
washers that hold the vertical clamps near the center of
the swing tower.
10. Remove the bolts and the clamps.
11. Loosen and remove the self-locking nuts, flat
washers, bolts and the horizontal clamp at the rear of
the swing tower.
12. Write a number on each clamp ring so that the
hoses will be installed inthe correct notch during instal-
lation.
13. Fasten suitable lifting equipment to the boom
cylinder to hold the boom cylinder while the pivot pin is
being removed.
14. Remove the snap ring and flat washer(s) from one
end of the pivot pin for the boom cylinder.
15. Drive the pivot pin out of the swing tower and
remove the driver.
16. Lower the boom cylinder until the boom cylinder
touches the boom and remove the lifting equipment.
17. Use other suitable lifting equipment to hold the
boom when the pivot pins for the boom are removed.
Bur 8-12741
18. Loosen and remove the cap screws, hardened
washers and spacers that hold the pivot pins for the
boom.
19 Remove the pivot pins for the boom.
NOTE: Flat washers are installed between the boom
and swing tower to center the boom in the swing tower.
20. Carefully move the machine away from the boom.
21. Remove the snap ring and flat washer(s) from one
end of the pivot pins for the piston rod eyes of the swing
cylinders.
22. Use a hammer or hydraulic ram and a suitable
driver and remove the pivot pins from the swing tower.
23. Remove a snap ring and flat washer(s) from one
end of the pivot pin for the boom latch.
24. Loosen the set screw in the boom latch and drive
the pivot pin out of the swing tower and remove the
driver.
25. Move the boom latch out of the way
26. Loosen and remove the self-locking nut and flat
washer from the bolt that holds the cam on the top pivot
pin for the swing tower.
27. Remove the bolt and flat washers used as spacers
Record the amount of flat washers used for use during
installation.
28. Remove the snap ring and flat washer from the
bottom of the the bottom pivot pin for the swing tower.
29. Fasten suitable lifting equipment to the swing tower.
30. Use a hammer or hydraulic ram and a suitable
driver and remove the bottom pivot pin.
31. Remove the snap ring and flat washer that hold the
top pivot pin for the swing tower.
32 Drive the top pivot pin out of the swing tower.
33. Remove the swing tower from the frame.
34. Remove the thrust washer from the swing tower or
the bottom support for the swing tower.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A
9006-4
INSTALLATION OF SWING TOWER
1. Installation of the swing tower is the reverse of
removal.
2. The bottom pivot pin for the swing tower must be in-
stalled so that the grease fitting is on top.
Bur 8-12741
3. Lubricate all pivot pins with molydisulfide grease.
4. With the engine running at 1000 rpm (r/rnin), slowly
operate the bucket, dipper, extension, if equipped, and
boom cylinders through four complete cycles to
remove any air from the circuits.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9006-5
REMOVAL OF BOOM
1. With the engine running at low idle, hold the bucket
control lever inthe LOAD position until the bucket stops
moving.
2. Put the boom and dipper in a suitable position for
removal of these parts with the bucket on the floor.
3. With the engine stopped, move the dipper control
lever ineither direction to relieve any pressure inthe cir-
cuits.
4. Fasten suitable lifting equipment to the dipper
cylinder to hold the dipper cylinder for removal of the
pivot pin for the piston rod eye.
5 Remove the snap ring and flat washer that hold the
pivot pin for the piston rod eye of the dipper cylinder.
6. Drive the pivot pin out of the dipper and remove the
driver.
7. Raise the dipper cylinder for access to the hoses
inside the boom
8. Disconnect the hoses from the bucket cylinder at the
tubes inside the boom and fasten an identification tag
to one hose.
9. Install and tighten a plug in each tube and a cap on
each hose.
10. If equipped with an extendable dipper, disconnect
the hoses from the extension cylinder and the tubes
inside the boom and fasten an identification tag to one
hose.
11. Install a plug ineach tube and a cap on each hose.
12. Fasten the lifting equipment to the dipper.
13. Loosen and remove the self-locking nut and
hardened washer that hold the pivot pin for the dipper.
14. Drive the pivot pin out of the dipper and remove the
driver.
15. Move the dipper out of the way.
16. Fasten the lifting equipment to the boom.
Bur 8-12741
17. Remove the snap ringand flat washer fromone end
of the pivot pin for the piston rod eye of the boom
cylinder.
18. Drive the pivot pin out of the boom.
19. Move the boom cylinder toward the machine and
use a chain to hold the boom cylinder out of the way.
20. Disconnect the hoses from the dipper cylinder from
the tubes inside the boom.
21. Install and tighten a plug in each tube and a cap on
each hose.
22. Fasten lifting equipment to the dipper cylinder for
removal of the dipper cylinder.
23. Remove the snap ring and flat washer fromone end
of the pivot pin for the dipper cylinder.
24. Drive the pivot pin out of the boom and remove the
driver.
25. Remove the dipper cylinder.
26. Lower the boom to the floor and use the lifting
equipment to hold the boom when the pivot pins for the
boom are removed.
27. Disconnect the hoses at the bottom of the boom
from the tubes inside the boom one at a time and fasten
an identification tag to each hose.
28. Install and tighten a plug in each tube and a cap on
each hose.
29. Loosen and remove the cap screw, hardened
washer and spacer that hold each pivot pin for the
boom.
30. Remove the pivot pins for the boom.
NOTE: Flat washers are installed between the boom
and swing tower to center the boom in the swing tower.
31. Remove the boom and check for flat washers being
used between the swing tower and the boom.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9006-6
INSTALLATION OF BOOM
1. Install new seals at all pivot points.
2. Installation is the reverse of removal.
3. For original or new booms, measure the distance
between the ears of the boom at the dipper pivot point
and record the measurement. Before installing the self-
locking nut, install flat washers on the pivot pin that will
pull the ears of the boom together 1/16 to 1/8 inch (1to
3mm).
4. Tighten the self-locking nut for the pivot pin for the
dipper to 500 to 550 pound-feet (678 to 746 Nm).
5. Lubricate the pivot pins with molydisulfide grease.
6. With the engine running at 1000 rpm (r/rnin), slowly
operate the bucket, dipper, and extension, if equipped,
cylinders through four complete cycles to remove any
air from the circuits.
REMOVAL OF DIPPER
1. With the engine running at 1000 rpm (r/rnin) use the
backhoe controls as required so that the bucket teeth
are just off the floor and below the pivot pin for the
bucket.
2. Remove the Klik pin from the pivot pin for the bucket.
3. Remove the pivot pin for the bucket.
4. Use the boom, dipper and bucket controls as
required to disengage the coupler from the bucket.
5. Move the bucket out of the way.
6. Retract the bucket cylinder and put the boom and
dipper in a suitable position for removal of the dipper.
7. With the engine stopped, move the bucket control
lever and the extension control lever, if equipped, in
both directions to relieve any pressure in the circuits.
8. Fasten suitable lifting equipment to the dipper
cylinder.
9. Remove a snap ring and flat washer from one end of
thepivot pin for the piston rod eye of the dipper cylinder.
10. Drive the pivot pin out of the dipper.
Bur 8-12741
11. Raise the dipper cylinder for access to the hose
connections inside the boom.
12. Disconnect the hoses from the bucket cylinder at
the tubes inside the boom and fasten an identification
tag to one hose.
13. Install and tighten a plug in each tube and a cap on
each hose.
14. If equipped with an extendable dipper, disconnect
the hoses from the extension cylinder at the tubes
inside the boom and fasten an identification tag to one
hose.
15. Install and tighten a plug in each tube and a cap on
each hose. Thread size is 1-1/16-12.
16. Fasten the lifting equipment to the dipper to hold
and remove the dipper.
17. Loosen and remove the self-locking nut and
hardened washer(s) from the pivot pin for the dipper.
18. Drive the pivot pin out of the dipper.
19. Remove the dipper.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
INSTALLATION OF DIPPER
9006-7
1. Install new seals inthe bores for the pivot pin for the
dipper.
2. Installation is the reverse of removal.
3. Before installing the dipper, measure the distance
between the ears of the boom at the dipper pivot and
record the measurement. Before installing the self-
locking nut, install flat washers on the pivot pin so that
the ears of the boom will be pulled together 1/16 to 1/8
inch (1to 3 mm) when the self-locking nut is tightened.
4. Tighten the self-locking nut for the pivot pin for the
dipper to 500 to 550 pound-feet (678 to 746 Nm).
5. Lubricate the pivot pins with molydisulfide grease.
6. With the engine running at 1000 rpm (r/min), slowly
operate the bucket cylinder and the extension cylinder,
if equipped, through four complete cycles to remove
any air from the circuits.
REMOVAL OF DIPPER EXTENSION
1. With the engine running at 1000 rpm (rim in) use the
backhoe controls as required so that the bucket teeth
are just off the floor and below the pivot pin for the
bucket.
2. Remove the Klik pin from the pivot pin for the bucket.
3. Remove the pivot pin for the bucket.
4. Use the boom, dipper and bucket controls as
required to disengage the coupler from the bucket.
5. Move the bucket out of the way.
6. Completely extend the dipper and raise or lower the
boom so that the end of the dipper is approximately 3
feet (1 m) above the floor.
7. Completely retract the bucket cylinder and stop the
engine.
8. Put a block under the bucket cylinder to hold the
bucket cylinder when the pivot pin for the piston rod eye
is removed.
9. Remove a snap ring and flat washer from one end of
the pivot pin for the piston rod eye of the bucket
cylinder.
Bur 8-12741
10. Drive the pivot pin out of the guide links.
11. Slowly remove the driver and lower a guide link and
then the coupler and the other guide link.
12. Remove the snap ring and flat washer from each
endof the pivot pin for the guide links and the piston rod
eye of the extension cylinder.
13. Remove the guide link and flat washer from each
end of the pivot pin.
14. Drive the pivot pin out of the dipper extension and
remove the driver.
NOTE: The weight of the dipper extension and the
coupler is approximately 395 pounds (179 kg). The
length of the dipper extension is approximately 5-112
feet (1.7 my.
15. Fasten suitable lifting equipment to the dipper ex-
tension approximately two feet (0.6 m) from the bucket
end of the dipper extension to hold and remove the
dipper extension.
16. Install a bar through the hole for the pivot pin for the
bucket and loosen the lifting equipment and pull the
dipper extension off the dipper. Repeat this step until
the dipper extension is free of the dipper. Be careful
because the dipper extension can be out of balance on
the lifting equipment.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9006-8
INSTALLATION OF DIPPER EXTENSION
1. Installation is the reverse of removal.
2. After the dipper extension has been pushed onto the
dipper, use the transport lock pin to hold the dipper ex-
tension in place.
3. Lubricate the pivot pins with molydisulfide grease.
REPLACING THE WEAR PLATES FOR DIPPER WITH EXTENDABLE DIPPER
1. Remove the dipper extension according to instruc-
tions in this section.
2. Loosen and remove the cap screws, flat washers,
side wear plates only, retainers, wear plate(s) and
shim(s).
3. Remove the grease fromthe sides and bottom of the
dipper.
4. Select shims for the bottom wear plate so that the
bottom wear plate will be even with or up to 0.030 inch
(0.8 mm) beyond rails on the dipper.
5. Install the shim(s), wear plates, retainers and cap
screws. Tighten the cap screws to 480 to 540 pound-
inches (54 to 61 Nm).
6. Select shim(s) for the top wear plate so that the
distance from the bottom of the bottom wear plate and
the top of the top wear plate is 9-3/16 inch (233 mm).
Bur 8-12741
7. Install the shim(s), wear plates, retainers and cap
screws. Tighten the cap screws to 480 to 540 pound-
inches (54 to 61 Nm).
8. Select shim(s) for the side wear plates so that the
side wear plates will be even with or or up to 0.030 inch
(0.8 mm) beyond the rails on the dipper.
9. Install the shim(s), wear plates, retainers, flat
washers and cap screws. Tighten the cap screws to
480 to 540 pound-inches (54 to 61 Nm).
10. Apply molydisulfide grease to the rails on the
dipper.
11. Remove the grease from the inside of the dipper ex-
tension.
12. Install the dipper extension according to instruc-
tions in this section.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.SA
9006-9
CUTTING EDGES
Uni versa l a nd Hea vy Dut y Bucket s
Repl a ci ng Bot t om Cut t i ng Edge
1. Remove the bucket teeth. Use carbon arc rod or an
acetylene cutting torch to remove the welds
IMPORTANT: When removing the bottom weld at the
rear of the bottom cutting edge, DO NOTcut through the
bottom of the bucket.
2, Use carbon arc rod or an acetylene cutting torch to
remove the welds that hold the bottom cutting edge.
3. Use a grinder and remove any welds still on the
bucket and any extra metal so that the new bottom
cutting edge will fit the bucket.
4. Hold the newbottom cutting edge in place and make
several tack welds to hold the bottom cutting edge.
5. See the following illustration for the weld locations
and specifications. DO NOT make any welds on the
inside of the bucket except the bottom of the bucket to
the bottom cutting edge. Use E7018 welding rod and
weld the bottom cutting edge in place.
\
B892350J
1. Universal Bucket - 5 79 Inches (147 mm)
Heavy Duty Bucket - 5-15/16 Inches (151 mm)
2. Universal Bucket - 1.73 Inch (44 mm)
Heavy Duty Bucket - 1-7/8 Inch (47mm)
3. 7/16Inch (10 mm) Fillet Top and Bottom
4. Fill Groove Return Wear Plates and
Bottom Cutting Edge
5. 1/4Inch (6mm) Fillet All Around.
6. Two Pass 1/4 Inch (6 mm) Weld To Fill Void.
Bur 8-12741
6. See the following illustration and install the corner
bucket teeth and weld the bucket teeth in place. Use
E7018 welding rod.
B861750R
1. 1/2Inch (14mm)
2. 7/8Inch (20 mm) No Weld
3. No Weld, Top Only
4. First Weld. 7/16 Inch (10 mm) Flare
Bevel Weld
Second Weld. 7/16 Inch (10 mm)
Fillet Weld.
5. Bottom All Around 5/16 Inch (8mm)
Fillet. Weld Two Times
6. 5/16Inch (8mm) Fillet. Weld Two Times
7. Weld the remaining bucket teeth to the bottom
cutting edge according to the instructions in this
section.
Repl a ci ng Si de Cut t i ng Edge
1. Use carbon arc rod or an acetylene cutting torch to
remove the welds that hold the side cutting edge.
2. Use a grinder and remove any welds still on the
bucket and any extra metal so that the newside cutting
edge will fit the bucket.
3. Use E7018 welding rod and weld the side cutting
edge to the bucket with a 1/4 inch (6 mm) fillet all
around the side cutting edge.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S,A.
9006-10
Hi gh Ca pa ci t y Bucket s
Repl a ci ng Bot t om Cut t i ng Edge
1. Remove the bucket teeth. Use carbon arc rod or an
acetylene cutting torch to remove the welds.
2. Remove all welds that hold the bottom cutting edge
in place. Use carbon arc rod or an acetylene cutting
torch to remove welds.
3. Cut through each corner of the bottom cutting edge
and bucket.
4. Remove the cutting edge from the bucket.
5. Use a grinder to remove anywelds still on the bucket.
Remove any extra metal so that the new cutting edge
will fit the bucket.
6 Putthe new bottom cutting edge in place and use C-
clamps to hold the bottom cutting edge in place.
7. See the following illustration for weld locations and
specifications. Use E7018 welding rod and weld the
bottom cutting edge to the bucket.
B902037J
1. 1-7/8Inch (48mm)
2. 1/4Inch (6mm) Fillet
3. 1/4Inch (6mm) Fillet. Weld Two Times
4. Groove Weld. Weld Two Times
5. 1-7/16 Inch (37mm)
Bur 8-12741
8. Fill the corners cut through during removal.
Repl a ci ng Si de Cut t i ng Edge
1. Remove all welds that hold the side cutting edge in
place. Use carbon arc rod or an acetylene cutting torch
to remove the welds.
2. Remove the side cutting edge from the bucket.
3. Use a grinder to remove any welds still on the bucket
and any extra metal so that the new side cutting edge
will fit the bucket.
4. Put the side cutting edge inplace and use a C-c1amp
to hold the side cutting edge in place.
5. Use E7018 welding rod and weld the side cutting
edge to the bucket with a 3/16 inch (5mm) fillet weld all
around the side cutting edge.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.SA
St a nda rd Dut y Trenchi ng Bucket s
Repl a ci ng Bot t om Cut t i ng Edge
1. Remove the bucket teeth. Use carbon arc rod or an
acetylene cutting torch to remove the welds.
IMPORTANT: When removing the bottom weld at the
rear of the bottom cutting edge, do not cut through the
bottom of the bucket.
2. Use carbon arc rod or an acetylene cutting torch to
remove the welds that hold the bottom cutting edge.
3. Cut through each corner of the bucket to the rear of
the bottom cutting edge.
4. Remove the bottom cutting edge from the bucket.
5. Use a grinder to remove any welds still on the bucket
and any extra metal so that the new bottom cutting
edge will fit the bucket.
6. Use C-c1amps to hold the bottom cutting edge on the
bucket.
7. See the following illustration for weld locations and
specifications. Use E7018 welding rod and weld the
bottom cutting edge to the bucket.
1. 1-7/16 Inches (36.5 mm)
2. 3/16 Inch (5 mm) Fillet
3. Fill Groove
4. 1-3/16 Inches (30 mm)
B902089J
BurB-12741
9006-11
8. Fill the corners cut through during removal.
Repl a ci ng Si de Cut t i ng Edge
1. Remove the welds that hold the side cutting edge.
Use carbon arc rod or an acetylene cutting torch
2. Remove the side cutting edge.
3. Use a grinder to remove any welds still on the bucket
and any extra metal so that the new side cutting edge
will fit the bucket.
4. Use C-clamps to hold the side cutting edge on the
bucket.
5. Use E7018 welding rod and weld the side cutting
edge to the bucket with a 3/16 inch (5 mm) fillet weld all
around the side cutting edge.
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9006-12
BUCKET TEETH
Repl a ci ng a Toot h Poi nt
1. Use a hammer and punch to remove the flexpin from
the tooth point.
2. Install the flex pin so that the shoulders aretoward the
cutting edge.
3. Install a newtooth point and drive a new flex pin into
the tooth point.
Repl a ci ng a Toot h Sha nk
1. Use carbon arc rod or an acetylene cutting torch to
remove the welds that hold the tooth shank.
2. Use a grinder to remove anywelds or extra metal that
will prevent the new tooth shank from fitting correctly.
3. Ifa new cutting edge has been installed, seethe illus-
trations on the following page for correct location of the
bucket teeth.
4. See the following illustration for weld specifications
for all bucket teeth except the corner bucket teeth for
the universal and heavy duty buckets. Use E7018
welding rod to weld the tooth shanks in place.
B861752R
1. 7/8 Inch (20 mm) No Weld
2. No Weld
3. 5/16Inch (8mm) Fillet Both Sides.
Weld Two Times
Bur 8-12741
5. Universal and heavy duty buckets only. See the fol-
lowing illustration for the weld specifications for the
corner bucket teeth. Use E7018 welding rod and weld
the tooth shanks in place.
B861750R
1. 11/16Inch (17mm)
2. 7/8Inch (20mm) No Weld
3. No Weld, Top Only
4. First Weld. 7/16 Inch (10 mm) Flare Bevel Weld.
Second Weld. 7/16 Inch (10 mm) Fillet Weld.
5. Bottom All Around 5/16 Inch (8mm) Fillet.
Weld Two Times
6. 5/16Inch (8mm) Fillet. Weld Two Times
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9006-13
1. Center Tooth
2. 0.50 In (12.7mm)
3. 18In (457mm) Bucket - 5.18In (131.5mm)
24 In (610 mm) Bucket - 7.13In (181mm)
30 In (762mm) Bucket - 8.86 In (225.1mm)
36 In (914mm) Bucket - 7.64In (194mm)
4. 18In (457mm) Bucket - 10.83 In (275mm)
36In (914mm) Bucket - 11.57In (294mm)
Toot h Loca t i on f or Hi gh
Ca pa ci t y Bucket s
4
1
B90203BJ
1. Centerline
2. Center Tooth
3. 24 In (610 mm) Bucket - 4.3 In (109 mm)
30 In (762mm) Bucket - 6.8In (173mm)
4. Put Tooth Shank as Near Corner as
Possible and Keep Tooth Point
0.5 In (12.7mm) Outside of Cutting Edge
Bur 8-12741
B872455J
5. 16In (406 mm) Bucket - 7.0 In (177.9 mm)
24 In (610 mm) Bucket - 10.98 In (279mm)
30 In (762mm) Bucket - 14.0 In (355.7mm)
36 In (914mm) Bucket - 22.44 In (570 mm)
6. 36 In (914mm) Bucket - 17.0 In (432mm)
7. 24 In (610mm) Bucket - 16.34In (415mm)
30 In (762mm) Bucket - 20.65 In (524.4mm)
36 In (914mm) Bucket - 27.83 In (707mm)
Toot h Loca t i on f or St a nda rd Dut y
Trenchi ng Bucket s
1
B902038J
1. Centerline
2. Center Tooth
3. 18In (457mm) Bucket - 3.56 In (90 mm)
4. 24 In (610 mm) Bucket - 5.4 In (137mm)
5. Put Tooth Shank as Near Corner as
Possible and Keep Tooth Point
0.5 In (12.7mm) Outside of Cutting Edge,
All Buckets Except 12in (305 mm) Bucket
Which Is Even with Outside of Cutting Edge
Issued3-91 Printedin USA
9006-14
.......... , .
8902834J
Bur 8-12741
Issued 3-91
Printed in U.S.A.
9006-15
B902704J
St a bi l i zer Cyl i nder Hydra ul i c Inst a l l a t i on
Bur 8-12741 Issued 3-91
Printed in U.S.A.
9006-16
e
B902B35J
1. Use Flat Washers As Required For 0.6 To 0.18 Inch (1.5 To 4.5 mm) Clearance Between the Top Pivot
Pin and the Boom Latch with the Backhoe in Transport Position.
Bur 8-12741 Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
Bur 8-12741
9006-17
Issued 3-91 Printed i n U.S.A.
9006-18
B902B36J
Bur 8-12741 Issued 3-91 Pri nt ed in U.S.A.
9006-
19
tTighten to 26
4
To 305 pound-Inches (3
1
to 36 Nm)
After putting Backhoe in Transport POSItionThree Times
Issued 3-9" \ pri nt ed i n U.S.A.
sur B-" \274" \
9006-20
1. See Installation of Dipper, Step 3.
2. Shim. Use as Required to Keep Boom Centered
in Swing Tower and Reduce Clearance.
B902837J
Bur 8-12741
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9006-21
Bur 8-12741
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.SA
9006-22
Dipper Cylinder Hydraulic Installation
Bur 8-12741
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9006-23
B902839J
Bur 8-12741
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A
9006-
24
\ \
'.'
o
6902958.1
BuCKetcylinder \ -IydrauliC Installation Witoo
ut
8dendable Dipper
ISsued3-91 printed in U.S.A
Bur 8_127
41
9006-25
1. Wear Plate
2. Shim
8902713J
Bur 8-12741
ISSued3-91 Printedin U.S.A.
9006-26
B870384R
Extension Cylinder HydrauliC Installation
Issued 3-91
Printed in U.S.A.
Bur 8-12741
9006-27
Bur 8-12741
Issued 3-91
Printed in U.S.A.
9006-28
Bur B-127
41
1. To Extension Cylinder
B902B40J
Issued 3-91
Printed in U.S.A
Sect i on
9008
THREE-POINT HITCH
1996 Case Corporation Bur 8-12761 Printed in U.S.A.
Issued March 1991
9008-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
REMOVING THE THREE POINT HITCH 3
INSTALLING THE THREE POINT HITCH 3
EXPLODED VIEWS
Three Point Hitch .4
Cylinder Hydraulic Installation 5
Three Point Hitch Control Valve and Control lever Installation 6
Bur 8-12761
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A
REMOVING THE THREE-POINT HITCH
9008-3
1. The attachment can stay on the three-point hitch.
Lower the attachment to the floor.
2. Move the control levers in either direction to relieve
any pressure in the circuits.
3. Disconnect all hoses from the three-point hitch
control valve one at atime and and fasten an identifica-
tion tag to each hose.
4. Install caps on the fittings and plugs in the hoses.
5. For machines with a ROPS cab, loosen and remove
the nuts, lock washers, flat washers and bolts that hold
the top closure panel.
6. Remove the top closure panel.
7. For machines with a ROPS canopy, loosen and
remove the nuts, lock washers and bolts that hold the
cover and remove the cover.
8. Fasten acceptable lifting equipment to the mounting
bracket for the control levers and the three point hitch
control valve.
9. Loosen and remove the nuts, lock washers and bolts
that hold the mounting bracket and remove the
mounting bracket assembly.
10. Raise the rear wheels off the floor and use accept-
able supports to hold the machine in place.
11. Loosen and remove the wheel nuts and the wheels.
12. Fasten acceptable lifting equipment to the three-
point hitch to hold the three-point hitch in place when
the bolts are removed.
13. Loosen and remove the nuts, hardened washers
and bolts that hold the three-point hitch.
IMPORTANT: Before the engine can be started, the
inlet and outlet hoses must be connected together. To
connect the hoses together, use tube union 218-854.
14. Move the machine away from the three-point hitch.
IMPORTANT: If the three-point hitch is not to be in-
stalled again, the rear counterweight or backhoe must
be installed before the machine can be used.
INSTALLING THE THREE-POINT HITCH
1. Move the machine into alignment with the three-point
hitch.
2. Install the hardened washers and bolts and the
hardened washers and nuts.
3. Tighten the nuts to 380 to 455 pound-feet (515to 615
N m).
4. Install the rear wheels and the wheel nuts. Do not use
an impact wrench to install the wheel nuts.
5. Tighten the wheel nuts to 320 to 380 pound-feet (435
to 515 N m).
6. Lower the wheels to the floor.
7. Align the mounting bracket assembly with the three-
point hitch and install the bolts, lock washers and nuts.
Tighten the nuts.
Bur 8-12761
8. Install the cover or top closure panel and the bolts,
flat washers, lock washers and nuts. Tighten the nuts.
9. Connect the hoses to the three-point hitch control
valve.
10. With the engine running at low idle, operate each
cylinder through three complete cycles to remove any
air from the circuits.
11. Stop the engine and check for oil leaks.
12. Check the level of the oil inthe reservoir and add oil
as required
Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9008-4
Bur 8-12761
Issued 3-91 .
Printed in U.S.A
9008-5
B902761J
Bur 8-12761
Issued 3-91 Printed i n U.S.A.
9008-6
Bur 8-12761 Issued 3-91 Printed in U.S.A.
Sect i on
9009
SEAT AND SEAT BELT
1996 Case Corporation Bur 8-12770 Printed in U.S.A.
Issued November 1989
9009-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
STANDARD SEAT INSTALLATION
EXPLODED VIEW OF STANDARD SEAT. .. .
SUSPENSION SEAT INSTALLATION
EXPLODED VIEW OF SEAT SUPPORT ....
... 3
4
.................. . 5
. 6
Bur 8-12770
Issued 11-89 Printed in USA
9009-3
1. Tighten to 80 to 96 Pound-Feet (109 to 130 Nm)
2. Tighten to 54 to 64 Pound-Feet (73 to 87 Nm)
3. Tighten to 17 to 21 Pound-Feet (23 to 28 Nm)
Standard Seat Installation
Bur 8-12770
B891367J
lssuec 11-89 Printed in USA
Bur 8-12770
9009-4
s. BACK
CUSHION
1. CLIP
4. SHEll
Stand
ard S
eat
8870238R
ISsued
11-89
Printed
In U.SA
Bur 8-12770
9009-5
"
"
2
B891368J
1. Tighten to 80 to 96 Pound-Feet (109 to 130 Nm)
2. Tighten to 54 to 64 Pound-Feet (73 to 87 Nm)
3. Tighten to 17 to 21 Pound-Feet (23 to 28 Nm)
Suspension Seat Installation
Issued 11-89 Printed in U.S.A.
9009-6
B
2. SWIVEL LEVER
7. HEIGHT ADJUSTER
4. SHAFT
5. SLIDE TUBE BELLOWS
B891369J
Seat Support
Bur 8-12770 Issued 11-89 Printed in U.S.A.
Sect i on
9010
SUSPENSION SEAT
CASE CORPORA nON
Bur 8-12781
Printed in U.S.A.
Issued J anuary 1991
9010-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DiSASSEMBLy _ _.._.._ _.__ ._._ 3
ASSEMBLy _ _ _ 7
Bur 8-12781 Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9010-3
DISASSEMBLY
STEP 4 STEP 1
Remove the fasteners that hold the boot to the slide.
STEP 2
Drive the pin out of the knob and the adjuster rod and
remove the knob.
STEP 3
Use a prybar and remove the cover.
Bur 8-12781
Remove a C-clip from the shaft for the arm.
STEP 5
Remove the shaft.
STEP 6
Loosen and remove the cap screws that hold the seat.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9010-4
STEP 7
Remove the seat.
STEP 8
Remove an E-ring from the pivot pin for the shock ab-
sorber and remove the pivot pin.
STEP 9
Remove an E-ring from the pivot pin that holds the
shock absorber and remove the pivot pin and the shock
absorber.
Bur 8-12781
STEP 10
Make sure the tension of the springs has been released
and loosen and remove the self-locking nut from the
bottom of the adjuster rod.
STEP 11
Remove the springs.
STEP 12
The adjuster rod is threaded into the bottom of the
spring seat. Install the punch through the hole in the
adjuster rod and turn the adjuster rod out of the spring
seat.
Issued 1-91 Printed in USA
STEP 13
Remove the spring seat.
STEP 14
Remove the springs.
STEP 15
Remove the cotter pins and pivot pins that fasten the
housing to the base.
STEP 16
Remove the housing.
Bur 8-12781
9010-5
STEP 17
Loosen and remove the cap screws that hold the base.
STEP 18
Remove the base.
Issued 1-91 Printedin U.SA
9010-6
2. SHOCK ABSORBER
4. ADJUSTER SPRING
f 11. COTTER PIN
B870242R
Bur 8-12781
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9010-7
ASSEMBLY
STEP 23 STEP 19
Install the base.
STEP 20
Install and tighten th~cap screws.
STEP 21
Install the housing
STEP 22
Install the pivot pins and cotter pins that hold the
housing.
Bur 8-12781
Install the springs.
STEP 24
Install the spring seat.
STEP 25
Turn the adjuster rod into the spring seat.
STEP 26
Install the springs.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9010-8
STEP 27
Install and tighten the self-locking nut on the bottom of
the adjuster rod.
STEP 28
Install the shock absorber, pivot pin and E-ring..
STEP 29
Align the piston rodeyewith the brackets and install the
pivot pin and E-ring.
Bur 812781
STEP 30
Install the seat.
STEP 31
Install and tighten the cap screws that hold the seat.
STEP 32
Raise the boot and install the shaft.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
STEP 33
Install the C-c1ip.
STEP 34
Install the cover.
Bur 8-12781
9010-9
STEP 35
Align the knob with the adjuster rod and drive the pin
into the knob.
STEP 36
Fasten the boot to the slide.
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.
9010-10
2. SEAT BACKREST
3. SEAT CUSHION
r
14. LH COVER
10. BOOT
Bur 8-12781
Issued 1-91 Printed in U.S.A.